From: Thomas E. Dickey Date: Thu, 15 May 1997 04:00:00 +0000 (-0500) Subject: ncurses 4.1 X-Git-Tag: v4.1 X-Git-Url: http://ncurses.scripts.mit.edu/?p=ncurses.git;a=commitdiff_plain;h=3a9b6a3bf0269231bef7de74757a910dedd04e0c ncurses 4.1 --- 3a9b6a3bf0269231bef7de74757a910dedd04e0c diff --git a/ANNOUNCE b/ANNOUNCE new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95ae5be2 --- /dev/null +++ b/ANNOUNCE @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ + + Announcing ncurses 4.1 + + The ncurses (new curses) library is a freeware emulation of System V + Release 4.0 curses. It uses terminfo format, supports pads and color + and multiple highlights and forms characters and function-key mapping, + and has all the other SYSV-curses enhancements over BSD curses. + + In mid-June 1995, the maintainer of 4.4BSD curses declared that he + considered 4.4BSD curses obsolete, and is encouraging the keepers of + Unix releases such as BSD/OS, freeBSD and netBSD to switch over to + ncurses. + + The ncurses code was developed under Linux. It should port easily to + any ANSI/POSIX-conforming UNIX. It has even been ported to OS/2 Warp! + + The distribution includes the library and support utilities, including + a terminfo compiler tic(1), a decompiler infocmp(1), clear(1), + tput(1), tset(1), and a termcap conversion tool captoinfo(1). Full + manual pages are provided for the library and tools. + + The ncurses distribution is available via anonymous FTP at: + [1]ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses. and + [2]ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses. It is also carried on + the GNU distribution site at [3]ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu. + + Features of ncurses + + The ncurses package is fully compatible with SVr4 curses: + + * All 257 of the SVr4 calls have been implemented (and are + documented). + * Full support for SVr4 curses features including keyboard mapping, + color, forms-drawing with ACS characters, and automatic + recognition of keypad and function keys. + * An emulation of the System V Release 4 panels library, supporting + a stack of windows with backing store, is included. + * An emulation of the System V Release 4 menus library, supporting a + uniform but flexible interface for menu programming, is included. + * An emulation of the System V Release 4 form library, supporting + data collection through on-screen forms, is included. + * Binary terminfo entries generated by the ncurses tic(1) + implementation are bit-for-bit-compatible with the entry format + SVr4 curses uses. + * The utilities have options to allow you to filter terminfo entries + for use with less capable curses/terminfo versions such as the + HP/UX and AIX ports. + + The ncurses package also has many useful extensions over SVr4: + + * The API is 8-bit clean and base-level conformant with the X/OPEN + curses specification, XSI Curses (that is, it implements all BASE + level features, but not all EXTENDED features). Most + EXTENDED-level features not directly concerned with wide-character + support are implemented, including many function calls not + supported under SVr4 curses (but portability of all calls is + documented so you can use the SVr4 subset only). + * Unlike SVr4 curses, ncurses can write to the rightmost-bottommost + corner of the screen if your terminal has an insert-character + capability. + * (PC-clone boxes only) Support for access to the IBM PC ROM + characters 0-32 through the highlight A_ALTCHARSET. + * Support for mouse event reporting under xterm. + * The function wresize() allows you to resize windows, preserving + their data. + * Better cursor-movement optimization. The package now features a + cursor-local-movement computation more efficient than either BSD's + or System V's. + * Super hardware scrolling support. The screen-update code + incorporates a novel, simple, and cheap algorithm that enables it + to make optimal use of hardware scrolling, line-insertion, and + line-deletion for screen-line movements. This algorithm is more + powerful than the 4.4BSD curses quickch() routine. + * Real support for terminals with the magic-cookie glitch. The + screen-update code will refrain from drawing a highlight if the + magic- cookie unattributed spaces required just before the + beginning and after the end would step on a non-space character. + It will automatically shift highlight boundaries when doing so + would make it possible to draw the highlight without changing the + visual appearance of the screen. + * It is possible to generate the library with a list of pre-loaded + fallback entries linked to it so that it can serve those terminal + types even when no terminfo tree or termcap file is accessible + (this may be useful for support of screen-oriented programs that + must run in single-user mode). + * The tic(1)/captoinfo utility provided with ncurses has the ability + to translate many termcaps from the XENIX, IBM and AT&T extension + sets. + * A BSD-like tset(1) utility is provided. + * The ncurses library and utilities will automatically read terminfo + entries from $HOME/.terminfo if it exists, and compile to that + directory if it exists and the user has no write access to the + system directory. This feature makes it easier for users to have + personal terminfo entries without giving up access to the system + terminfo directory. + * You may specify a path of directories to search for compiled + descriptions with the environment variable TERMINFO_DIRS (this + generalizes the feature provided by TERMINFO under stock System + V.) + * In terminfo source files, use capabilities may refer not just to + other entries in the same source file (as in System V) but also to + compiled entries in either the system terminfo directory or the + user's $HOME/.terminfo directory. + * A script (capconvert) is provided to help BSD users transition + from termcap to terminfo. It gathers the information in a TERMCAP + environment variable and/or a ~/.termcap local entries file and + converts it to an equivalent local terminfo tree under + $HOME/.terminfo. + * Automatic fallback to the /etc/termcap file can be compiled in + when it is not possible to build a terminfo tree. This feature is + neither fast nor cheap, you don't want to use it unless you have + to, but it's there. + * The table-of-entries utility toe makes it easy for users to see + exactly what terminal types are available on the system. + * The library meets the XSI requirement that every macro entry point + have a corresponding function which may be linked (and will be + prototype-checked) if the macro definition is disabled with + #undef. + * An HTML "Introduction to Programming with NCURSES" document + provides a narrative introduction to the curses programming + interface. + + State of the Package + + Numerous bugs present in earlier versions have been fixed; the library + is far more reliable than it used to be. Bounds checking in many + `dangerous' entry points has been improved. The code is now type-safe + according to gcc -Wall. The library has been checked for malloc leaks + and arena corruption by the Purify memory-allocation tester. + + The ncurses code has been tested with a wide variety of applications + including: + + ded + directory-editor [4]ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ded. + + dialog + the underlying application used in Slackware's setup, and the + basis for similar applications on Linux. + + lynx-2.7 + the character-screen WWW browser + + ncftp 2.0 + file-transfer utility + + nvi + New vi versions 1.50 are able to use ncurses versions 1.9.7 and + later. + + taper + tape archive utility + + vh-1.6 + Volks-Hypertext browser for the Jargon File + + as well as some that use ncurses for the terminfo support alone: + + minicom-1.75 + terminal emulator + + tin-unoff + tin (unofficial) newsreader, supporting color, MIME + [5]ftp://ftp.akk.uni-karlsruhe.de/pub/news/clients/tin-unoff. + + vile + vi-like-emacs [6]ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/vile. + + The ncurses distribution includes a selection of test programs + (including a few games). + +Who's Who and What's What + + The original maintainer of ncurses is [7]Zeyd Ben-Halim. + Unfortunately, he can only work on the package part time. As a result, + since 1.8.1, much of the enhancement work and documentation has been + done by [8]Eric S. Raymond. The current primary maintainers are + [9]Thomas Dickey and [10]Juergen Pfeifer. + + There is an ncurses mailing list. It is a majordomo list; to join, + write to ncurses-request@mailgate.bsdi.com with a message containing + the line: + + subscribe @ + + This list is open to anyone interested in helping with the development + and testing of this package. + + Beta versions of ncurses and patches to the current release are made + available at [11]ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses. + +Future Plans + + * Extended mouse support via Alessandro Rubini's gpm package. + * Extended-level XPG4 conformance, with internationalization + support. + * Ports to more systems, including DOS and Windows. + + We need people to help with these projects. If you are interested in + working on them, please join the ncurses list. + +The terminfo/termcap Database + + The distribution includes and uses a copy of the terminfo-format + terminal description file maintained by Eric Raymond. You can download + either the [12]termcap or [13]terminfo versions of the terminal-type + database from Eric's ncurses page, + [14]http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html. + +Other Related Resources + + You can find lots of information on terminal-related topics not + covered in the terminfo file at [15]Richard Shuford's archive. + +References + + 1. ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses + 2. ftp://ftp.netcom.com/pub/zm/zmbenhal/ncurses + 3. ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu + 4. ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ded + 5. ftp://ftp.akk.uni-karlsruhe.de/pub/news/clients/tin-unoff + 6. ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/vile + 7. mailto:zmbenhal@netcom.com + 8. http://www.ccil.org/~esr/home.html + 9. mailto:dickey@clark.net + 10. mailto:Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de + 11. ftp://ftp.clark.net/pub/dickey/ncurses + 12. http://www.ccil.org/~esr/terminfo/termtypes.tc.gz + 13. http://www.ccil.org/~esr/terminfo/termtypes.ti.gz + 14. http://www.ccil.org/~esr/ncurses.html + 15. http://www.cs.utk.edu/~shuford/terminal_index.html diff --git a/Ada95/Makefile.in b/Ada95/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4f6a816 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# -- +# GNAT ncurses Binding -- +# Makefile -- +# -- +# Version 00.92 -- +# -- +# The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +# Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +# -- +# Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +# binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +# of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +# this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +# removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +# author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +# highly appreciated. -- +# -- +# This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Version Control +# $Revision: 1.3 $ +# +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +SUBDIRS = @ADA_SUBDIRS@ + +all :: + for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\ + done + +clean :: + for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\ + done + +distclean :: + for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\ + done + rm -f Makefile + +realclean :: + for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\ + done + rm -f Makefile + +mostlyclean :: + for d in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + (cd $$d ; $(MAKE) $@) ;\ + done + +install :: diff --git a/Ada95/README b/Ada95/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a5362df --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/README @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by Juergen Pfeifer +Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de + +Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this +binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part +of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED +this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not +removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the +author of this binding in any applications linked with it is +highly appreciated. + +This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. +---------------------------------------------------------------------- +Caveats: + + This is the first delivery of this binding. It has not been + extensively tested. So I declare this as BETA level software, + although it is delivered with an official release of ncurses. + + You should install the ncurses distribution around this binding + first before you try to run the sample. + + This Binding is currently strictly for the GNAT compiler, because + in one place I use a GNAT specfic runtime module (see doc.) + + +The documentation is provided in HTML format in the ./html +subdirectory. The main document is named index.html + diff --git a/Ada95/TODO b/Ada95/TODO new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8516d227 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/TODO @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +-- Intensive testing + Perhaps the delivery of the Beta will help a bit. + +-- Documentation + Like most WEB pages: under continous construction + +-- Style cleanup + +-- Alternate functions for procedures with out params + Comfort purpose + +-- Sample program + Under continous construction (and it's not a WEB page!!!) + +-- Make the binding objects a shared libray + They are rather large, so it would make sense, otherwise Ada95 + would look too large, although the generated code is as compact + as C or C++. I'll wait a bit until the GNAT people provide some + better support to construct shared libraries. + +-- Think about more inlining + +-- Check for memory leaks. + Oh I would like it so much if the GNAT guys would put an optional + GC into their system. diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/Makefile.in b/Ada95/ada_include/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7cb92304 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# -- +# GNAT ncurses Binding -- +# src/Makefile -- +# -- +# Version 00.92 -- +# -- +# The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +# Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +# -- +# Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +# binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +# of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +# this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +# removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +# author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +# highly appreciated. -- +# -- +# This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Version Control +# $Revision: 1.6 $ +# +.SUFFIXES: + +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +MODEL = ../../@DFT_OBJ_SUBDIR@ +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +AWK = @AWK@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ + +CC = @CC@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ + +CPPFLAGS = @ACPPFLAGS@ \ + -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I$(srcdir) + +CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) + +CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS) +CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE +CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg +CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ + +CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +LINK = $(CC) +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LD_MODEL@ @LIBS@ + +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +################################################################################ +ADA = @nc_ada_compiler@ +ADAFLAGS = @ADAFLAGS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) + +ADAMAKE = @nc_ada_make@ +ADAMAKEFLAGS = + +CARGS = -cargs $(ADAFLAGS) +LARGS = + +ALIB = @nc_ada_package@ +ABASE = $(ALIB)-curses + +ADA_OBJDIR = ../ada_objects +OBJDIR = ../objects + +LIBALIS=$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.ali \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali + +LIBOBJS=$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.o \ + $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.o + + +all :: $(LIBALIS) + @echo done + +clean :: + rm -f *.o *.ali b_t*.* *.s $(PROGS) a.out core b_*_test.c *.xr[bs] *.a + +mostlyclean :: clean + rm -f $(LIBALIS) $(LIBOBJS) + +distclean :: mostlyclean + rm -f Makefile + +realclean :: distclean + +BASEDEPS=$(ABASE).ads $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-aux.ads + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).o: $(srcdir)/$(ALIB).ads + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ALIB).ads + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ALIB).o + if [ -f $(ALIB).ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ALIB).ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ALIB).ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.o: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-aux.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-aux.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-aux.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-aux.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-aux.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-aux.ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).o: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE).o + if [ -f $(ABASE).ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE).ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE).ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.o: \ + $(ABASE)-mouse.ads \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-mouse.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-mouse.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-mouse.ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.o: \ + $(ABASE)-panels.ads \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-panels.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-panels.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-panels.ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.o: \ + $(ABASE)-menus.ads \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-menus.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-menus.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-menus.ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.o: \ + $(ABASE)-forms.ads \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-forms.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-forms.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-forms.ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.o: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io.ads \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-text_io.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-text_io.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-text_io.ali ;\ + fi + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.o: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ads \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.adb $(BASEDEPS) + $(ADA) $(ADAFLAGS) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.adb + +$(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali: $(ADA_OBJDIR)/$(ABASE)-text_io-aux.o + if [ -f $(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali ]; then \ + ln -f $(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali $@ ;\ + rm -f $(ABASE)-text_io-aux.ali ;\ + fi diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6fac3b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.adb @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux is + -- + -- Some helpers + procedure Fill_String (Cp : in chars_ptr; + Str : out String) + is + -- Fill the string with the characters referenced by the + -- chars_ptr. + -- + Len : Natural; + begin + if Cp /= Null_Ptr then + Len := Natural (Strlen (Cp)); + if Str'Length < Len then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + declare + S : String (1 .. Len); + begin + S := Value (Cp); + Str (Str'First .. (Str'First + Len - 1)) := S (S'Range); + end; + else + Len := 0; + end if; + + if Len < Str'Length then + Str ((Str'First + Len) .. Str'Last) := (others => ' '); + end if; + + end Fill_String; + + procedure Eti_Exception (Code : Eti_Error) + is + begin + case Code is + when E_Ok => null; + when E_System_Error => raise Eti_System_Error; + when E_Bad_Argument => raise Eti_Bad_Argument; + when E_Posted => raise Eti_Posted; + when E_Connected => raise Eti_Connected; + when E_Bad_State => raise Eti_Bad_State; + when E_No_Room => raise Eti_No_Room; + when E_Not_Posted => raise Eti_Not_Posted; + when E_Unknown_Command => raise Eti_Unknown_Command; + when E_No_Match => raise Eti_No_Match; + when E_Not_Selectable => raise Eti_Not_Selectable; + when E_Not_Connected => raise Eti_Not_Connected; + when E_Request_Denied => raise Eti_Request_Denied; + when E_Invalid_Field => raise Eti_Invalid_Field; + when E_Current => raise Eti_Current; + end case; + end Eti_Exception; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..834ad7dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-aux.ads @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with System; +with Interfaces.C; +with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; +with Unchecked_Conversion; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux is + + use type Interfaces.C.Int; + + subtype C_Int is Interfaces.C.Int; + subtype C_Short is Interfaces.C.Short; + subtype C_Long_Int is Interfaces.C.Long; + subtype C_Size_T is Interfaces.C.Size_T; + subtype C_Char_Ptr is Interfaces.C.Strings.Chars_Ptr; + type C_Void_Ptr is new System.Address; + + -- This is how those constants are defined in ncurses. I see them also + -- exactly like this in all ETI implementations I ever tested. So it + -- could be that this is quite general, but please check with your curses. + -- This is critical, because curses sometime mixes boolean returns with + -- returning an error status. + Curses_Ok : constant C_Int := 0; + Curses_Err : constant C_Int := -1; + + Curses_True : constant C_Int := 1; + Curses_False : constant C_Int := 0; + + subtype Eti_Error is C_Int range -14 .. 0; + -- Type for error codes returned by the menu and forms subsystem + + E_Ok : constant Eti_Error := 0; + E_System_Error : constant Eti_Error := -1; + E_Bad_Argument : constant Eti_Error := -2; + E_Posted : constant Eti_Error := -3; + E_Connected : constant Eti_Error := -4; + E_Bad_State : constant Eti_Error := -5; + E_No_Room : constant Eti_Error := -6; + E_Not_Posted : constant Eti_Error := -7; + E_Unknown_Command : constant Eti_Error := -8; + E_No_Match : constant Eti_Error := -9; + E_Not_Selectable : constant Eti_Error := -10; + E_Not_Connected : constant Eti_Error := -11; + E_Request_Denied : constant Eti_Error := -12; + E_Invalid_Field : constant Eti_Error := -13; + E_Current : constant Eti_Error := -14; + + procedure Eti_Exception (Code : Eti_Error); + -- Dispatch the error code and raise the appropriate exception + -- + -- + -- Some helpers + function CInt_To_Chtype is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Source => C_Int, + Target => Attributed_Character); + function Chtype_To_CInt is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Source => Attributed_Character, + Target => C_Int); + + procedure Fill_String (Cp : in chars_ptr; + Str : out String); + -- Fill the Str parameter with the string denoted by the chars_ptr + -- C-Style string. + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..396287ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.adb @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.5 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Interfaces.C; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types; + +-- | +-- |===================================================================== +-- | man page form_fieldtype.3x +-- |===================================================================== +-- | +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types is + + use type Interfaces.C.int; + + package Ft is new Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types + (User, User_Access, Field_Check, Character_Check); + + type N_Check is access + function (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + pragma Convention (C, N_Check); + + type P_Check is access + function (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + pragma Convention (C, P_Check); + + function Nc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + pragma Convention (C, Nc); + + function Pc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + pragma Convention (C, Pc); + + function Nc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean + is + begin + return Next_Choice (Fld, Info); + end Nc; + + function Pc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return Boolean + is + begin + return Prev_Choice (Fld, Info); + end Pc; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Set_Choice (Ft : C_Field_Type; + Nc : N_Check; + Pc : P_Check) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Choice, "set_fieldtype_choice"); + + procedure Define_Choices + is + R : Eti_Error; + begin + R := Set_Choice (Search_Type (User'Tag), Nc'Access, Pc'Access); + if (R /= E_OK) then + Eti_Exception (R); + end if; + end Define_Choices; + +begin + Define_Choices; +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24a9375f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types.ads @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.6 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- You must instantiate this package for any user defined field type +-- to make it visible to the runtime. +-- +generic + type User is new Ada_Defined_Field_Type with private; + type User_Access is access User; + with function Field_Check (Fld : Field; + Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + with function Character_Check (Ch : Character; + Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + with function Next_Choice (Fld : Field; + Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + with function Prev_Choice (Fld : Field; + Info : User_Access) return Boolean; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types is +-- +-- Nothing public. +-- But we need the body. + pragma Elaborate_Body; +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13d2885f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.adb @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Interfaces.C; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with Unchecked_Deallocation; + +-- | +-- |===================================================================== +-- | man page form_fieldtype.3x +-- |===================================================================== +-- | +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types is + + use type Interfaces.C.int; + + type F_Check is access + function (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Convention (C, F_Check); + + type C_Check is access + function (Ch : Character; Info : User_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Convention (C, C_Check); + + procedure Free is new + Unchecked_Deallocation (User, User_Access); + + -- Forward decls. + procedure Register_Field_Type; + procedure Unregister_Field_Type; + + procedure Initialize (Obj : in out Tracker) + is + begin + Register_Field_Type; + end Initialize; + + procedure Finalize (Obj : in out Tracker) + is + begin + Unregister_Field_Type; + end Finalize; + + function Fc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Convention (C, Fc); + + function Cc (Ch : Character; Info : User_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Convention (C, Cc); + + function Make_Arg (U : User_Access) return User_Access; + pragma Convention (C, Make_Arg); + + function Copy_Arg (U : User_Access) return User_Access; + pragma Convention (C, Copy_Arg); + + procedure Free_Arg (U : User_Access); + pragma Convention (C, Free_Arg); + + function New_Fieldtype (Fc : F_Check; + Cc : C_Check) return C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, New_Fieldtype, "new_fieldtype"); + + function Fc (Fld : Field; Info : User_Access) return C_Int + is + begin + return C_Int (Boolean'Pos (Field_Check (Fld, Info))); + end Fc; + + function Cc (Ch : Character; Info : User_Access) return C_Int + is + begin + return C_Int (Boolean'Pos (Character_Check (Ch, Info))); + end Cc; + + function Make_Arg (U : User_Access) return User_Access + is + function Fixme (U : User_Access) return User_Access; + pragma Import (C, Fixme, "_nc_ada_getvarg"); + V : constant User_Access := Fixme (U); + I : constant User_Access := new User'(V.all); + begin + return I; + end Make_Arg; + + function Copy_Arg (U : User_Access) return User_Access + is + I : constant User_Access := new User'(U.all); + begin + return I; + end Copy_Arg; + + procedure Free_Arg (U : User_Access) + is + begin + null; + end Free_Arg; + + type M_Arg is access function (U : User_Access) return User_Access; + pragma Convention (C, M_Arg); + + type C_Arg is access function (U : User_Access) return User_Access; + pragma Convention (C, C_Arg); + + type F_Arg is access procedure (U : User_Access); + pragma Convention (C, F_Arg); + + function Set_Fieldtype_Arg (Typ : C_Field_Type; + Ma : M_Arg; + Ca : C_Arg; + Fa : F_Arg) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fieldtype_Arg, "set_fieldtype_arg"); + -- | + -- | + -- | + + procedure Register_Field_Type + is + Res : Eti_Error; + Cft : C_Field_Type; + P : User_Access := new User; + -- we need an instance to call + -- the Register_Type procedure + begin + Cft := New_Fieldtype (Fc'Access, + Cc'Access); + if Cft = Null_Field_Type then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + Res := Set_Fieldtype_Arg (Cft, + Make_Arg'Access, + Copy_Arg'Access, + Free_Arg'Access); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + + Register_Type (P.all, Cft); + Free (P); + end Register_Field_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Unregister_Field_Type + is + P : User_Access := new User; + -- we need an instance to call + -- the Unregister_Type procedure + begin + Unregister_Type (P.all); + Free (P); + end Unregister_Field_Type; + + Hook : Tracker; +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types; + + + + + diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70589948 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types.ads @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Finalization; use Ada.Finalization; + +-- You must instantiate this package for any user defined field type +-- to make it visible to the runtime. +-- +generic + type User is new Ada_Defined_Field_Type with private; + type User_Access is access User; + with function Field_Check (Fld : Field; + Info : User_Access) return Boolean; + with function Character_Check (Ch : Character; + Info : User_Access) return Boolean; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types is +-- +-- Nothing public. All happens magically. +-- +private + type Tracker is new Limited_Controlled with null record; + + procedure Initialize (Obj : in out Tracker); + procedure Finalize (Obj : in out Tracker); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types; + diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd8aba56 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.adb @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Unchecked_Conversion; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; + +-- | +-- |===================================================================== +-- | man page form_field_userptr.3x +-- |===================================================================== +-- | +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data is + + function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (User_Access, + System.Address); + function To_Pointer is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, + User_Access); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_User_Data (Fld : in Field; + Data : in User_Access) + is + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + B : Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + R : C_Int; + begin + if A = null then + raise Form_Exception; + else + if A.N > 1 then + B := new Field_User_Wrapper'(T => A.T, + N => 1, + U => To_Address (Data)); + R := Set_Field_Userptr (Fld, B); + A.N := A.N - 1; + else + A.U := To_Address (Data); + end if; + end if; + end Set_User_Data; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Get_User_Data (Fld : in Field; + Data : out User_Access) + is + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + begin + if A = null then + raise Form_Exception; + else + Data := To_Pointer (A.U); + end if; + end Get_User_Data; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9022a044 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.adb @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Unchecked_Conversion; +-- | +-- |===================================================================== +-- | man page form__userptr.3x +-- |===================================================================== +-- | +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data is + + function To_Address is new Unchecked_Conversion (User_Access, + System.Address); + function To_Pointer is new Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, + User_Access); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_User_Data (Frm : in Form; + Data : in User_Access) + is + A : constant Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm); + begin + if A = null then + raise Form_Exception; + else + A.U := To_Address (Data); + end if; + end Set_User_Data; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Get_User_Data (Frm : in Form; + Data : out User_Access) + is + A : constant Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm); + begin + if A = null then + raise Form_Exception; + else + Data := To_Pointer (A.U); + end if; + end Get_User_Data; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..059ae238 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-forms.adb @@ -0,0 +1,1693 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.9 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Tags; use Ada.Tags; +with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; +with Unchecked_Conversion; + +with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C; +with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; + +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with GNAT.Htable; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms is + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + -- | + -- | + -- | + -- subtype chars_ptr is Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; + + function FOS_2_CInt is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Field_Option_Set, + C_Int); + + function CInt_2_FOS is new + Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int, + Field_Option_Set); + + function FrmOS_2_CInt is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Form_Option_Set, + C_Int); + + function CInt_2_FrmOS is new + Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int, + Form_Option_Set); + + procedure Request_Name (Key : in Form_Request_Code; + Name : out String) + is + function Form_Request_Name (Key : C_Int) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Form_Request_Name, "form_request_name"); + begin + Fill_String (Form_Request_Name (C_Int (Key)), Name); + end Request_Name; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Free_Field_User_Wrapper is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Field_User_Wrapper, + Field_User_Wrapper_Access); + + procedure Release_User_Wrapper (A : in out Field_User_Wrapper_Access); + procedure Dup_User_Wrapper (A : in out Field_User_Wrapper_Access); + + procedure Release_User_Wrapper (A : in out Field_User_Wrapper_Access) + is + begin + A.N := A.N - 1; + if A.N = 0 then + Free_Field_User_Wrapper (A); + end if; + end Release_User_Wrapper; + pragma Inline (Release_User_Wrapper); + + procedure Dup_User_Wrapper (A : in out Field_User_Wrapper_Access) + is + begin + A.N := A.N + 1; + end Dup_User_Wrapper; + pragma Inline (Dup_User_Wrapper); +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Free_Form_User_Wrapper is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Form_User_Wrapper, + Form_User_Wrapper_Access); + -- | + -- | + -- | + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_new.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Create (Height : Line_Count; + Width : Column_Count; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position; + Off_Screen : Natural := 0; + More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First) + return Field + is + function Newfield (H, W, T, L, O, M : C_Int) return Field; + pragma Import (C, Newfield, "new_field"); + Fld : constant Field := Newfield (C_Int (Height), C_Int (Width), + C_Int (Top), C_Int (Left), + C_Int (Off_Screen), + C_Int (More_Buffers)); + + A : Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if Fld = Null_Field then + raise Form_Exception; + else + A := new Field_User_Wrapper'(U => System.Null_Address, + T => null, + N => 1); + Res := Set_Field_Userptr (Fld, A); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Free_Field_User_Wrapper (A); + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end if; + return Fld; + end Create; +-- | +-- | +-- | + procedure Delete (Fld : in out Field) + is + function Free_Field (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Free_Field, "free_field"); + procedure Free_Field_Type is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Field_Type'Class, + Field_Type_Access); + + A : Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if A /= null then + if A.T /= null then + Free_Field_Type (A.T); + end if; + Release_User_Wrapper (A); + end if; + Res := Free_Field (Fld); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + Fld := Null_Field; + end Delete; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Duplicate (Fld : Field; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position) return Field + is + function Dup_Field (Fld : Field; + Top : C_Int; + Left : C_Int) return Field; + pragma Import (C, Dup_Field, "dup_field"); + + A : Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + F : constant Field := Dup_Field (Fld, + C_Int (Top), + C_Int (Left)); + begin + if F = Null_Field then + raise Form_Exception; + else + Dup_User_Wrapper (A); + end if; + return F; + end Duplicate; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Link (Fld : Field; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position) return Field + is + function Lnk_Field (Fld : Field; + Top : C_Int; + Left : C_Int) return Field; + pragma Import (C, Lnk_Field, "link_field"); + + A : Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + F : constant Field := Lnk_Field (Fld, + C_Int (Top), + C_Int (Left)); + begin + if F = Null_Field then + raise Form_Exception; + else + Dup_User_Wrapper (A); + end if; + return F; + end Link; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_just.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Justification (Fld : in Field; + Just : in Field_Justification := None) + is + function Set_Field_Just (Fld : Field; + Just : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Just, "set_field_just"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := + Set_Field_Just (Fld, + C_Int (Field_Justification'Pos (Just))); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Justification; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Get_Justification (Fld : Field) return Field_Justification + is + function Field_Just (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Just, "field_just"); + begin + return Field_Justification'Val (Field_Just (Fld)); + end Get_Justification; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_buffer.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Buffer + (Fld : in Field; + Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First; + Str : in String) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Set_Fld_Buffer (Fld : Field; + Bufnum : C_Int; + S : Char_Ptr) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Buffer, "set_field_buffer"); + + Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Len : size_t; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + To_C (Str, Txt, Len); + Res := Set_Fld_Buffer (Fld, C_Int (Buffer), Txt (Txt'First)'Access); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Buffer; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Get_Buffer + (Fld : in Field; + Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First; + Str : out String) + is + function Field_Buffer (Fld : Field; + B : C_Int) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Field_Buffer, "field_buffer"); + begin + Fill_String (Field_Buffer (Fld, C_Int (Buffer)), Str); + end Get_Buffer; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Status (Fld : in Field; + Status : in Boolean := True) + is + function Set_Fld_Status (Fld : Field; + St : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Status, "set_field_status"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Fld_Status (Fld, Boolean'Pos (Status)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Status; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Changed (Fld : Field) return Boolean + is + function Field_Status (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Status, "field_status"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Field_Status (Fld); + begin + if Res = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Changed; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Maximum_Size (Fld : in Field; + Max : in Natural := 0) + is + function Set_Field_Max (Fld : Field; + M : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Max, "set_max_field"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Max (Fld, C_Int (Max)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Maximum_Size; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_opts.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Normalize_Field_Options (Options : in out C_Int); + pragma Import (C, Normalize_Field_Options, "_nc_ada_normalize_field_opts"); + + procedure Set_Options (Fld : in Field; + Options : in Field_Option_Set) + is + function Set_Field_Opts (Fld : Field; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Opts, "set_field_opts"); + + Opt : C_Int := FOS_2_CInt (Options); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Normalize_Field_Options (Opt); + Res := Set_Field_Opts (Fld, Opt); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Options; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Switch_Options (Fld : in Field; + Options : in Field_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True) + is + function Field_Opts_On (Fld : Field; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Opts_On, "field_opts_on"); + function Field_Opts_Off (Fld : Field; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Opts_Off, "field_opts_off"); + + Err : Eti_Error; + Opt : C_Int := FOS_2_CInt (Options); + begin + Normalize_Field_Options (Opt); + if On then + Err := Field_Opts_On (Fld, Opt); + else + Err := Field_Opts_Off (Fld, Opt); + end if; + if Err /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Err); + end if; + end Switch_Options; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Get_Options (Fld : in Field; + Options : out Field_Option_Set) + is + function Field_Opts (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Opts, "field_opts"); + + Res : C_Int := Field_Opts (Fld); + begin + Normalize_Field_Options (Res); + Options := CInt_2_FOS (Res); + end Get_Options; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Get_Options (Fld : Field := Null_Field) + return Field_Option_Set + is + Fos : Field_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (Fld, Fos); + return Fos; + end Get_Options; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_attributes.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Foreground + (Fld : in Field; + Fore : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Set_Field_Fore (Fld : Field; + Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Fore, "set_field_fore"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color, + Attr => Fore); + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Fore (Fld, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Foreground; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Foreground (Fld : in Field; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set) + is + function Field_Fore (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Fore, "field_fore"); + begin + Fore := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Fore (Fld)).Attr; + end Foreground; + + procedure Foreground (Fld : in Field; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair) + is + function Field_Fore (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Fore, "field_fore"); + begin + Fore := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Fore (Fld)).Attr; + Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Fore (Fld)).Color; + end Foreground; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Background + (Fld : in Field; + Back : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Set_Field_Back (Fld : Field; + Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Back, "set_field_back"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color, + Attr => Back); + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Back (Fld, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Background; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Background (Fld : in Field; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set) + is + function Field_Back (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Back, "field_back"); + begin + Back := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Back (Fld)).Attr; + end Background; + + procedure Background (Fld : in Field; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair) + is + function Field_Back (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Back, "field_back"); + begin + Back := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Back (Fld)).Attr; + Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Field_Back (Fld)).Color; + end Background; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Pad_Character (Fld : in Field; + Pad : in Character := Space) + is + function Set_Field_Pad (Fld : Field; + Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Pad, "set_field_pad"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Pad (Fld, + C_Int (Character'Pos (Pad))); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Pad_Character; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Pad_Character (Fld : in Field; + Pad : out Character) + is + function Field_Pad (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Field_Pad, "field_pad"); + begin + Pad := Character'Val (Field_Pad (Fld)); + end Pad_Character; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_info.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Info (Fld : in Field; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count; + First_Row : out Line_Position; + First_Column : out Column_Position; + Off_Screen : out Natural; + Additional_Buffers : out Buffer_Number) + is + type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Fld_Info (Fld : Field; + L, C, Fr, Fc, Os, Ab : C_Int_Access) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Fld_Info, "field_info"); + + L, C, Fr, Fc, Os, Ab : aliased C_Int; + Res : constant Eti_Error := Fld_Info (Fld, + L'Access, C'Access, + Fr'Access, Fc'Access, + Os'Access, Ab'Access); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + Lines := Line_Count (L); + Columns := Column_Count (C); + First_Row := Line_Position (Fr); + First_Column := Column_Position (Fc); + Off_Screen := Natural (Os); + Additional_Buffers := Buffer_Number (Ab); + end if; + end Info; +-- | +-- | +-- | + procedure Dynamic_Info (Fld : in Field; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count; + Max : out Natural) + is + type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Dyn_Info (Fld : Field; L, C, M : C_Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Dyn_Info, "dynamic_field_info"); + + L, C, M : aliased C_Int; + Res : constant Eti_Error := Dyn_Info (Fld, + L'Access, C'Access, + M'Access); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + Lines := Line_Count (L); + Columns := Column_Count (C); + Max := Natural (M); + end if; + end Dynamic_Info; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_win.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Window (Frm : in Form; + Win : in Window) + is + function Set_Form_Win (Frm : Form; + Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Win, "set_form_win"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Win (Frm, Win); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Window; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Get_Window (Frm : Form) return Window + is + function Form_Win (Frm : Form) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Form_Win, "form_win"); + + W : constant Window := Form_Win (Frm); + begin + return W; + end Get_Window; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Sub_Window (Frm : in Form; + Win : in Window) + is + function Set_Form_Sub (Frm : Form; + Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Sub, "set_form_sub"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Sub (Frm, Win); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Sub_Window; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Get_Sub_Window (Frm : Form) return Window + is + function Form_Sub (Frm : Form) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Form_Sub, "form_sub"); + + W : constant Window := Form_Sub (Frm); + begin + return W; + end Get_Sub_Window; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Scale (Frm : in Form; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count) + is + type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function M_Scale (Frm : Form; Yp, Xp : C_Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, M_Scale, "scale_form"); + + X, Y : aliased C_Int; + Res : constant Eti_Error := M_Scale (Frm, Y'Access, X'Access); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + Lines := Line_Count (Y); + Columns := Column_Count (X); + end Scale; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page menu_hook.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Field_Init (Frm : Form; + Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Init, "set_field_init"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Init (Frm, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Field_Init_Hook; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Field_Term (Frm : Form; + Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Term, "set_field_term"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Field_Term (Frm, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Field_Term_Hook; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Form_Init (Frm : Form; + Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Init, "set_form_init"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Init (Frm, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Form_Init_Hook; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Form_Term (Frm : Form; + Proc : Form_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Term, "set_form_term"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Form_Term (Frm, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Form_Term_Hook; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_fields.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Free_Allocated_Fields is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Field_Array, Field_Array_Access); + -- | + -- | + -- | + -- This is a bit delicate if we want to manipulate an Ada created form + -- from C routines or vice versa. + -- In Ada created forms we use the low level user pointer to maintain + -- binding internal additional informations about the form. This + -- internal information contains a hook for the Ada provided user pointer. + -- Unless you understand this implementation, the safest way in mixed + -- language programs to deal with user pointers is, that only the language + -- that created the form should also manipulate the user pointer for that + -- form. + procedure Redefine (Frm : in Form; + Flds : in Field_Array) + is + function Set_Frm_Fields (Frm : Form; + Items : Field_Array) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Frm_Fields, "set_form_fields"); + + A : constant Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm); + I : Field_Array_Access; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if A = null or else A.I = null then raise Form_Exception; + else + I := new Field_Array (1 .. (Flds'Length + 1)); + I.all (1 .. Flds'Length) := Flds (Flds'First .. Flds'Last); + I.all (Flds'Length + 1) := Null_Field; + Res := Set_Frm_Fields (Frm, I.all); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Free_Allocated_Fields (I); + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + Free_Allocated_Fields (A.I); + A.I := I; + end if; + end if; + end Redefine; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Fields (Frm : Form) return Field_Array_Access + is + A : constant Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm); + begin + if A = null or else A.I = null then + raise Form_Exception; + else + return A.I; + end if; + end Fields; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Field_Count (Frm : Form) return Natural + is + function Count (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Count, "field_count"); + begin + return Natural (Count (Frm)); + end Field_Count; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Move (Fld : in Field; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Move (Fld : Field; L, C : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Move, "move_field"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Move (Fld, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Move; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_new.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Create (Fields : Field_Array) return Form + is + function NewForm (Fields : Field_Array) return Form; + pragma Import (C, NewForm, "new_form"); + + M : Form; + I : Field_Array_Access; + U : Form_User_Wrapper_Access; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + I := new Field_Array (1 .. (Fields'Length + 1)); + I.all (1 .. Fields'Length) := Fields (Fields'First .. Fields'Last); + I.all (Fields'Length + 1) := Null_Field; + M := NewForm (I.all); + if M = Null_Form then + Free_Allocated_Fields (I); + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + U := new Form_User_Wrapper'(U => System.Null_Address, I => I); + Res := Set_Form_Userptr (M, U); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Free_Allocated_Fields (I); + Free_Form_User_Wrapper (U); + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + return M; + end Create; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Delete (Frm : in out Form) + is + function Free (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Free, "free_form"); + + U : Form_User_Wrapper_Access := Form_Userptr (Frm); + Res : constant Eti_Error := Free (Frm); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + if U = null or else U.I = null then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + Free_Allocated_Fields (U.I); + Free_Form_User_Wrapper (U); + Frm := Null_Form; + end Delete; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_opts.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Normalize_Form_Options (Options : in out C_Int); + pragma Import (C, Normalize_Form_Options, "_nc_ada_normalize_form_opts"); + + procedure Set_Options (Frm : in Form; + Options : in Form_Option_Set) + is + function Set_Form_Opts (Frm : Form; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Opts, "set_form_opts"); + + Opt : C_Int := FrmOS_2_CInt (Options); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Normalize_Form_Options (Opt); + Res := Set_Form_Opts (Frm, Opt); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Options; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Switch_Options (Frm : in Form; + Options : in Form_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True) + is + function Form_Opts_On (Frm : Form; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Form_Opts_On, "form_opts_on"); + function Form_Opts_Off (Frm : Form; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Form_Opts_Off, "form_opts_off"); + + Err : Eti_Error; + Opt : C_Int := FrmOS_2_CInt (Options); + begin + Normalize_Form_Options (Opt); + if On then + Err := Form_Opts_On (Frm, Opt); + else + Err := Form_Opts_Off (Frm, Opt); + end if; + if Err /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Err); + end if; + end Switch_Options; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Get_Options (Frm : in Form; + Options : out Form_Option_Set) + is + function Form_Opts (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Form_Opts, "form_opts"); + + Res : C_Int := Form_Opts (Frm); + begin + Normalize_Form_Options (Res); + Options := CInt_2_FrmOS (Res); + end Get_Options; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Get_Options (Frm : Form := Null_Form) return Form_Option_Set + is + Fos : Form_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (Frm, Fos); + return Fos; + end Get_Options; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_post.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Post (Frm : in Form; + Post : in Boolean := True) + is + function M_Post (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, M_Post, "post_form"); + function M_Unpost (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, M_Unpost, "unpost_form"); + + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if Post then + Res := M_Post (Frm); + else + Res := M_Unpost (Frm); + end if; + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Post; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_cursor.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Position_Cursor (Frm : Form) + is + function Pos_Form_Cursor (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Pos_Form_Cursor, "pos_form_cursor"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Pos_Form_Cursor (Frm); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Position_Cursor; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_data.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Data_Ahead (Frm : Form) return Boolean + is + function Ahead (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Ahead, "data_ahead"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Ahead (Frm); + begin + if Res = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Data_Ahead; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Data_Behind (Frm : Form) return Boolean + is + function Behind (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Behind, "data_behind"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Behind (Frm); + begin + if Res = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Data_Behind; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_driver.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Driver (Frm : Form; + Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result + is + function Frm_Driver (Frm : Form; Key : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Frm_Driver, "form_driver"); + + R : Eti_Error := Frm_Driver (Frm, C_Int (Key)); + begin + if R /= E_Ok then + if R = E_Unknown_Command then + return Unknown_Request; + elsif R = E_Invalid_Field then + return Invalid_Field; + elsif R = E_Request_Denied then + return Request_Denied; + else + Eti_Exception (R); + return Form_Ok; + end if; + else + return Form_Ok; + end if; + end Driver; + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_page.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Current (Frm : in Form; + Fld : in Field) + is + function Set_Current_Fld (Frm : Form; Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Current_Fld, "set_current_field"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Current_Fld (Frm, Fld); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Current; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Current (Frm : in Form) return Field + is + function Current_Fld (Frm : Form) return Field; + pragma Import (C, Current_Fld, "current_field"); + + Fld : constant Field := Current_Fld (Frm); + begin + if Fld = Null_Field then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + return Fld; + end Current; + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Page (Frm : in Form; + Page : in Page_Number := Page_Number'First) + is + function Set_Frm_Page (Frm : Form; Pg : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Frm_Page, "set_form_page"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Frm_Page (Frm, C_Int (Page)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Page; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Page (Frm : Form) return Page_Number + is + function Get_Page (Frm : Form) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Get_Page, "form_page"); + + P : constant C_Int := Get_Page (Frm); + begin + if P < 0 then + raise Form_Exception; + else + return Page_Number (P); + end if; + end Page; + + function Get_Index (Fld : Field) return Positive + is + function Get_Fieldindex (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Get_Fieldindex, "field_index"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Get_Fieldindex (Fld); + begin + if Res = Curses_Err then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + return Positive (Natural (Res) + Positive'First); + end Get_Index; + + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_new_page.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_New_Page (Fld : in Field; + New_Page : in Boolean := True) + is + function Set_Page (Fld : Field; Flg : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Page, "set_new_page"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Page (Fld, Boolean'Pos (New_Page)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_New_Page; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Is_New_Page (Fld : Field) return Boolean + is + function Is_New (Fld : Field) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Is_New, "new_page"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Is_New (Fld); + begin + if Res = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Is_New_Page; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + -- We use a GNAT internal hash table mechanism to create an association + -- between an Ada_Defined_Field_Type and it's low level C_Field_Type + -- peer. + -- It shouldn´t be too complicated to reimplent this hashing mechanism + -- for other compilers. + -- + type Tag_Type_Pair; + type Tag_Pair_Access is access all Tag_Type_Pair; + pragma Controlled (Tag_Pair_Access); + + Null_Tag_Pair : constant Tag_Pair_Access := Tag_Pair_Access'(null); + + type Tag_Type_Pair is + record + Ada_Tag : Tag; + Cft : C_Field_Type; + Next : Tag_Pair_Access; + end record; + + type Htable_Headers is range 1 .. 31; + procedure Free_Tag_Type_Pair is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Tag_Type_Pair, Tag_Pair_Access); + + procedure Set_Pair_Link (T : Tag_Pair_Access; Next : Tag_Pair_Access); + function Get_Pair_Link (T : Tag_Pair_Access) return Tag_Pair_Access; + function Get_Pair_Tag (T : Tag_Pair_Access) return Tag; + + function Hash (T : Tag) return Htable_Headers; + function Equal (A, B : Tag) return Boolean; + + package External_Pair_Htable is new GNAT.Htable.Static_Htable + (Header_Num => Htable_Headers, + Element => Tag_Type_Pair, + Elmt_Ptr => Tag_Pair_Access, + Null_Ptr => Null_Tag_Pair, + Set_Next => Set_Pair_Link, + Next => Get_Pair_Link, + Key => Tag, + Get_Key => Get_Pair_Tag, + Hash => Hash, + Equal => Equal); + + procedure Set_Pair_Link (T : Tag_Pair_Access; Next : Tag_Pair_Access) + is + begin + T.all.Next := Next; + end Set_Pair_Link; + + function Get_Pair_Link (T : Tag_Pair_Access) return Tag_Pair_Access + is + begin + return T.all.Next; + end Get_Pair_Link; + + function Get_Pair_Tag (T : Tag_Pair_Access) return Tag + is + begin + return T.all.Ada_Tag; + end Get_Pair_Tag; + + function Equal (A, B : Tag) return Boolean + is + begin + return A = B; + end Equal; + + function Hash (T : Tag) return Htable_Headers + is + function H is new GNAT.Htable.Hash (Htable_Headers); + begin + return H (External_Tag (T)); + end Hash; + + function Search_Type (T : Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class) + return C_Field_Type + is + P : Tag_Pair_Access := External_Pair_Htable.Get (T'Tag); + begin + if P /= null then + return P.Cft; + else + return Null_Field_Type; + end if; + end Search_Type; + + -- Register an Ada_Defined_Field_Type given by its Tag + -- with it's associated C_Field_Type. + procedure Register_Type (T : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class; + Cft : in C_Field_Type) + is + C : C_Field_Type := Search_Type (T); + P : Tag_Pair_Access; + begin + if C /= Null_Field_Type then + raise Form_Exception; + else + P := new Tag_Type_Pair'(T'Tag, Cft, null); + External_Pair_Htable.Set (P); + end if; + end Register_Type; + + -- Unregister an Ada_Defined_Field_Type given by it's tag + procedure Unregister_Type (T : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class) + is + function Free_Fieldtype (Ft : C_Field_Type) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Free_Fieldtype, "free_fieldtype"); + + P : Tag_Pair_Access := External_Pair_Htable.Get (T'Tag); + Ft : C_Field_Type; + Res : C_Int; + begin + if P = null then + raise Form_Exception; + else + Ft := P.Cft; + External_Pair_Htable.Remove (T'Tag); + Free_Tag_Type_Pair (P); + Res := Free_Fieldtype (Ft); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end if; + end Unregister_Type; + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : Field; + Fld_Type : Ada_Defined_Field_Type) + is + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Ct : C_Field_Type; + Arg1 : Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + Res : Eti_Error; + C : constant C_Field_Type := Search_Type (Fld_Type); + begin + if C = Null_Field_Type then + raise Form_Exception; + else + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Fld, C, Fld_Type); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end if; + end Set_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Ada_Defined_Field_Type) + return C_Field_Type + is + C : constant C_Field_Type := Search_Type (Ftype); + begin + if C = Null_Field_Type then + raise Form_Exception; + else + return C; + end if; + end Native_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_Alpha_Field_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_Alpha_Field_Type, "TYPE_ALPHA"); + begin + return C_Alpha_Field_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Alpha_Field) + is + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type); + Arg1 : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => C_Int (Fld_Type.Minimum_Field_Width)); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Alpha_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Numeric_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_Alpha_Numeric_Field_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_Alpha_Numeric_Field_Type, "TYPE_ALNUM"); + begin + return C_Alpha_Numeric_Field_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Alpha_Numeric_Field) + is + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type); + Arg1 : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => C_Int (Fld_Type.Minimum_Field_Width)); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Alpha_Numeric_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Integer_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_Integer_Field_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_Integer_Field_Type, "TYPE_INTEGER"); + begin + return C_Integer_Field_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Integer_Field) + is + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type); + Arg1 : C_Int; + Arg2 : C_Long_Int; + Arg3 : C_Long_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => C_Int (Fld_Type.Precision), + Arg2 => C_Long_Int (Fld_Type.Lower_Limit), + Arg3 => C_Long_Int (Fld_Type.Upper_Limit)); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Integer_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Numeric_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_Numeric_Field_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_Numeric_Field_Type, "TYPE_NUMERIC"); + begin + return C_Numeric_Field_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Numeric_Field) + is + type Double is new Interfaces.C.double; + + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type); + Arg1 : Double; + Arg2 : Double; + Arg3 : Double) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => Double (Fld_Type.Precision), + Arg2 => Double (Fld_Type.Lower_Limit), + Arg3 => Double (Fld_Type.Upper_Limit)); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Numeric_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Regular_Expression_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_Regexp_Field_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_Regexp_Field_Type, "TYPE_REGEXP"); + begin + return C_Regexp_Field_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Regular_Expression_Field) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type); + Arg1 : Char_Ptr) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Txt : char_array (0 .. Fld_Type.Regular_Expression.all'Length); + Len : size_t; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + To_C (Fld_Type.Regular_Expression.all, Txt, Len); + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => Txt (Txt'First)'Access); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Regular_Expression_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Native_Type (Ftype : Enumeration_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_Enum_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_Enum_Type, "TYPE_ENUM"); + begin + return C_Enum_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Create (Info : Enumeration_Info; + Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False) + return Enumeration_Field + is + procedure Release_String is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (String, + String_Access); + E : Enumeration_Field; + L : constant size_t := 1 + size_t (Info.C); + S : String_Access; + begin + E.Case_Sensitive := Info.Case_Sensitive; + E.Match_Must_Be_Unique := Info.Match_Must_Be_Unique; + E.Arr := new chars_ptr_array (size_t (1) .. L); + for I in 1 .. Positive (L - 1) loop + if Info.Names (I) = null then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + E.Arr (size_t (I)) := New_String (Info.Names (I).all); + if Auto_Release_Names then + S := Info.Names (I); + Release_String (S); + end if; + end loop; + E.Arr (L) := Null_Ptr; + return E; + end Create; + + procedure Release (Enum : in out Enumeration_Field) + is + I : size_t := 0; + P : chars_ptr; + begin + loop + P := Enum.Arr (I); + exit when P = Null_Ptr; + Free (P); + Enum.Arr (I) := Null_Ptr; + I := I + 1; + end loop; + Enum.Arr := null; + end Release; + + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Enumeration_Field) + is + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type); + Arg1 : chars_ptr_array; + Arg2 : C_Int; -- case + Arg3 : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if Fld_Type.Arr = null then + raise Form_Exception; + end if; + Res := Set_Fld_Type (Arg1 => Fld_Type.Arr.all, + Arg2 => C_Int (Boolean'Pos + (Fld_Type.Case_Sensitive)), + Arg3 => + C_Int (Boolean'Pos + (Fld_Type.Match_Must_Be_Unique))); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Enumeration_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + + + function Native_Type (Ftype : Internet_V4_Address_Field) + return C_Field_Type + is + C_IPV4_Field_Type : C_Field_Type; + pragma Import (C, C_IPV4_Field_Type, "TYPE_IPV4"); + begin + return C_IPV4_Field_Type; + end Native_Type; + pragma Inline (Native_Type); + -- | + -- | + -- | + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Internet_V4_Address_Field) + is + function Set_Fld_Type (F : Field := Fld; + Cft : C_Field_Type := Native_Type (Fld_Type)) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Fld_Type, "set_field_type"); + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) + return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Res := Set_Fld_Type; + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + A.T := new Internet_V4_Address_Field'(Fld_Type); + end if; + end Set_Type; + + -- | + -- |===================================================================== + -- | man page form_field_validation.3x + -- |===================================================================== + -- | + -- | + -- | + function Get_Type (Fld : in Field) return Field_Type_Access + is + A : constant Field_User_Wrapper_Access := Field_Userptr (Fld); + begin + if A = null then + return null; + else + return A.T; + end if; + end Get_Type; + +begin + Default_Field_Options := Get_Options (Null_Field); + Default_Form_Options := Get_Options (Null_Form); +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e56187d --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.adb @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Interfaces.C; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data is + + use type Interfaces.C.int; + + procedure Set_User_Data (Itm : in Item; + Data : in User_Access) + is + function Set_Item_Userptr (Itm : Item; + Addr : User_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Userptr, "set_item_userptr"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Userptr (Itm, Data); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_User_Data; + + procedure Get_User_Data (Itm : in Item; + Data : out User_Access) + is + function Item_Userptr (Itm : Item) return User_Access; + pragma Import (C, Item_Userptr, "item_userptr"); + begin + Data := Item_Userptr (Itm); + end Get_User_Data; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..98dc039d --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.adb @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Unchecked_Conversion; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data is + + function To_Address is new + Unchecked_Conversion (User_Access, + System.Address); + function To_Pointer is new + Unchecked_Conversion (System.Address, + User_Access); + + procedure Set_User_Data (Men : in Menu; + Data : in User_Access) + is + function Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu) return Ada_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Userptr, "menu_userptr"); + + U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access := Menu_Userptr (Men); + begin + if U = null or else U.I = null then + raise Menu_Exception; + end if; + U.U := To_Address (Data); + end Set_User_Data; + + procedure Get_User_Data (Men : in Menu; + Data : out User_Access) + is + function Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu) return Ada_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Userptr, "menu_userptr"); + + U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access := Menu_Userptr (Men); + begin + if U = null then + raise Menu_Exception; + else + Data := To_Pointer (U.U); + end if; + end Get_User_Data; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..33f06603 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-menus.adb @@ -0,0 +1,984 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.7 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; + +with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C; +with Interfaces.C.Strings; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses; + +with Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation; +with Unchecked_Conversion; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus is + + use type System.Bit_Order; + subtype chars_ptr is Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr; + + function MOS_2_CInt is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Menu_Option_Set, + C_Int); + + function CInt_2_MOS is new + Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int, + Menu_Option_Set); + + function IOS_2_CInt is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Item_Option_Set, + C_Int); + + function CInt_2_IOS is new + Unchecked_Conversion (C_Int, + Item_Option_Set); + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Free_Allocated_Items is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Item_Array, Item_Array_Access); + + procedure Free_User_Wrapper is + new Ada.Unchecked_Deallocation (Ada_User_Wrapper, + Ada_User_Wrapper_Access); + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Request_Name (Key : in Menu_Request_Code; + Name : out String) + is + function Request_Name (Key : C_Int) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Request_Name, "menu_request_name"); + begin + Fill_String (Request_Name (C_Int (Key)), Name); + end Request_Name; + + -- !!! W A R N I N G !!! + -- If you want to port this binding to a non ncurses version of the + -- ETI, this must be rewritten. In ncurses the menu items and + -- descriptions may be automatic variables, because ncurses copies + -- the parameters into private allocated internal structures. + -- Other implementations don't do that usually, so depending on + -- scopes you may see unexpected results. + function Create (Name : String; + Description : String := "") return Item + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Newitem (Name, Desc : Char_Ptr) return Item; + pragma Import (C, Newitem, "new_item"); + + Name_Str : char_array (0 .. Name'Length); + Desc_Str : char_array (0 .. Description'Length); + Name_Len, Desc_Len : size_t; + Result : Item; + begin + To_C (Name, Name_Str, Name_Len); + To_C (Description, Desc_Str, Desc_Len); + Result := Newitem (Name_Str (Name_Str'First)'Access, + Desc_Str (Desc_Str'First)'Access); + if Result = Null_Item then + raise Eti_System_Error; + end if; + return Result; + end Create; + + procedure Delete (Itm : in out Item) + is + function Freeitem (Itm : Item) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Freeitem, "free_item"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Freeitem (Itm); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + Itm := Null_Item; + end Delete; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Value (Itm : in Item; + Value : in Boolean := True) + is + function Set_Item_Val (Itm : Item; + Val : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Val, "set_item_value"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Val (Itm, Boolean'Pos (Value)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Value; + + function Value (Itm : Item) return Boolean + is + function Item_Val (Itm : Item) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Item_Val, "item_value"); + begin + if Item_Val (Itm) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Value; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + function Visible (Itm : Item) return Boolean + is + function Item_Vis (Itm : Item) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Item_Vis, "item_visible"); + begin + if Item_Vis (Itm) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Visible; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Normalize_Item_Options (Options : in out C_Int); + pragma Import (C, Normalize_Item_Options, "_nc_ada_normalize_item_opts"); + + procedure Set_Options (Itm : in Item; + Options : in Item_Option_Set) + is + function Set_Item_Opts (Itm : Item; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Opts, "set_item_opts"); + + Opt : C_Int := IOS_2_CInt (Options); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Normalize_Item_Options (Opt); + Res := Set_Item_Opts (Itm, Opt); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Options; + + procedure Switch_Options (Itm : in Item; + Options : in Item_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True) + is + function Item_Opts_On (Itm : Item; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Item_Opts_On, "item_opts_on"); + function Item_Opts_Off (Itm : Item; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Item_Opts_Off, "item_opts_off"); + + Opt : C_Int := IOS_2_CInt (Options); + Err : Eti_Error; + begin + Normalize_Item_Options (Opt); + if On then + Err := Item_Opts_On (Itm, Opt); + else + Err := Item_Opts_Off (Itm, Opt); + end if; + if Err /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Err); + end if; + end Switch_Options; + + procedure Get_Options (Itm : in Item; + Options : out Item_Option_Set) + is + function Item_Opts (Itm : Item) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Item_Opts, "item_opts"); + + Res : C_Int := Item_Opts (Itm); + begin + Normalize_Item_Options (Res); + Options := CInt_2_IOS (Res); + end Get_Options; + + function Get_Options (Itm : Item := Null_Item) return Item_Option_Set + is + Ios : Item_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (Itm, Ios); + return Ios; + end Get_Options; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Name (Itm : in Item; + Name : out String) + is + function Itemname (Itm : Item) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Itemname, "item_name"); + begin + Fill_String (Itemname (Itm), Name); + end Name; + + procedure Description (Itm : in Item; + Description : out String) + is + function Descname (Itm : Item) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Descname, "item_description"); + begin + Fill_String (Descname (Itm), Description); + end Description; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Current (Men : in Menu; + Itm : in Item) + is + function Set_Curr_Item (Men : Menu; + Itm : Item) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Curr_Item, "set_current_item"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Curr_Item (Men, Itm); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Current; + + function Current (Men : Menu) return Item + is + function Curr_Item (Men : Menu) return Item; + pragma Import (C, Curr_Item, "current_item"); + + Res : constant Item := Curr_Item (Men); + begin + if Res = Null_Item then + raise Menu_Exception; + end if; + return Res; + end Current; + + procedure Set_Top_Row (Men : in Menu; + Line : in Line_Position) + is + function Set_Toprow (Men : Menu; + Line : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Toprow, "set_top_row"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Toprow (Men, C_Int (Line)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Top_Row; + + function Top_Row (Men : Menu) return Line_Position + is + function Toprow (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Toprow, "top_row"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Toprow (Men); + begin + if Res = Curses_Err then + raise Menu_Exception; + end if; + return Line_Position (Res); + end Top_Row; + + function Get_Index (Itm : Item) return Positive + is + function Get_Itemindex (Itm : Item) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Get_Itemindex, "item_index"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Get_Itemindex (Itm); + begin + if Res = Curses_Err then + raise Menu_Exception; + end if; + return Positive (Natural (Res) + Positive'First); + end Get_Index; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Post (Men : in Menu; + Post : in Boolean := True) + is + function M_Post (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, M_Post, "post_menu"); + function M_Unpost (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, M_Unpost, "unpost_menu"); + + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if Post then + Res := M_Post (Men); + else + Res := M_Unpost (Men); + end if; + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Post; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Normalize_Menu_Options (Options : in out C_Int); + pragma Import (C, Normalize_Menu_Options, "_nc_ada_normalize_menu_opts"); + + procedure Set_Options (Men : in Menu; + Options : in Menu_Option_Set) + is + function Set_Menu_Opts (Men : Menu; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Opts, "set_menu_opts"); + + Opt : C_Int := MOS_2_CInt (Options); + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + Normalize_Menu_Options (Opt); + Res := Set_Menu_Opts (Men, Opt); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Options; + + procedure Switch_Options (Men : in Menu; + Options : in Menu_Option_Set; + On : in Boolean := True) + is + function Menu_Opts_On (Men : Menu; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Opts_On, "menu_opts_on"); + function Menu_Opts_Off (Men : Menu; + Opt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Opts_Off, "menu_opts_off"); + + Opt : C_Int := MOS_2_CInt (Options); + Err : Eti_Error; + begin + Normalize_Menu_Options (Opt); + if On then + Err := Menu_Opts_On (Men, Opt); + else + Err := Menu_Opts_Off (Men, Opt); + end if; + if Err /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Err); + end if; + end Switch_Options; + + procedure Get_Options (Men : in Menu; + Options : out Menu_Option_Set) + is + function Menu_Opts (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Opts, "menu_opts"); + + Res : C_Int := Menu_Opts (Men); + begin + Normalize_Menu_Options (Res); + Options := CInt_2_MOS (Res); + end Get_Options; + + function Get_Options (Men : Menu := Null_Menu) return Menu_Option_Set + is + Mos : Menu_Option_Set; + begin + Get_Options (Men, Mos); + return Mos; + end Get_Options; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Window (Men : in Menu; + Win : in Window) + is + function Set_Menu_Win (Men : Menu; + Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Win, "set_menu_win"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Win (Men, Win); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Window; + + function Get_Window (Men : Menu) return Window + is + function Menu_Win (Men : Menu) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Win, "menu_win"); + + W : constant Window := Menu_Win (Men); + begin + return W; + end Get_Window; + + procedure Set_Sub_Window (Men : in Menu; + Win : in Window) + is + function Set_Menu_Sub (Men : Menu; + Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Sub, "set_menu_sub"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Sub (Men, Win); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Sub_Window; + + function Get_Sub_Window (Men : Menu) return Window + is + function Menu_Sub (Men : Menu) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Sub, "menu_sub"); + + W : constant Window := Menu_Sub (Men); + begin + return W; + end Get_Sub_Window; + + procedure Scale (Men : in Menu; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count) + is + type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function M_Scale (Men : Menu; + Yp, Xp : C_Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, M_Scale, "scale_menu"); + + X, Y : aliased C_Int; + Res : constant Eti_Error := M_Scale (Men, Y'Access, X'Access); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + Lines := Line_Count (Y); + Columns := Column_Count (X); + end Scale; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Position_Cursor (Men : Menu) + is + function Pos_Menu_Cursor (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Pos_Menu_Cursor, "pos_menu_cursor"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Pos_Menu_Cursor (Men); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Position_Cursor; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Mark (Men : in Menu; + Mark : in String) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Set_Mark (Men : Menu; + Mark : Char_Ptr) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Mark, "set_menu_mark"); + + Txt : char_array (0 .. Mark'Length); + Len : size_t; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + To_C (Mark, Txt, Len); + Res := Set_Mark (Men, Txt (Txt'First)'Access); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Mark; + + procedure Mark (Men : in Menu; + Mark : out String) + is + function Get_Menu_Mark (Men : Menu) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Get_Menu_Mark, "menu_mark"); + begin + Fill_String (Get_Menu_Mark (Men), Mark); + end Mark; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Foreground + (Men : in Menu; + Fore : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Set_Menu_Fore (Men : Menu; + Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Fore, "set_menu_fore"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color, + Attr => Fore); + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Fore (Men, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Foreground; + + procedure Foreground (Men : in Menu; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set) + is + function Menu_Fore (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Fore, "menu_fore"); + begin + Fore := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Fore (Men)).Attr; + end Foreground; + + procedure Foreground (Men : in Menu; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair) + is + function Menu_Fore (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Fore, "menu_fore"); + begin + Fore := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Fore (Men)).Attr; + Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Fore (Men)).Color; + end Foreground; + + procedure Set_Background + (Men : in Menu; + Back : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Set_Menu_Back (Men : Menu; + Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Back, "set_menu_back"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color, + Attr => Back); + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Back (Men, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Background; + + procedure Background (Men : in Menu; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set) + is + function Menu_Back (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Back, "menu_back"); + begin + Back := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Back (Men)).Attr; + end Background; + + procedure Background (Men : in Menu; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair) + is + function Menu_Back (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Back, "menu_back"); + begin + Back := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Back (Men)).Attr; + Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Back (Men)).Color; + end Background; + + procedure Set_Grey (Men : in Menu; + Grey : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Set_Menu_Grey (Men : Menu; + Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Grey, "set_menu_grey"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color, + Attr => Grey); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Grey (Men, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Grey; + + procedure Grey (Men : in Menu; + Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set) + is + function Menu_Grey (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Grey, "menu_grey"); + begin + Grey := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Grey (Men)).Attr; + end Grey; + + procedure Grey (Men : in Menu; + Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair) + is + function Menu_Grey (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Grey, "menu_grey"); + begin + Grey := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Grey (Men)).Attr; + Color := CInt_To_Chtype (Menu_Grey (Men)).Color; + end Grey; + + procedure Set_Pad_Character (Men : in Menu; + Pad : in Character := Space) + is + function Set_Menu_Pad (Men : Menu; + Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Pad, "set_menu_pad"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Pad (Men, + C_Int (Character'Pos (Pad))); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Pad_Character; + + procedure Pad_Character (Men : in Menu; + Pad : out Character) + is + function Menu_Pad (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Pad, "menu_pad"); + begin + Pad := Character'Val (Menu_Pad (Men)); + end Pad_Character; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Spacing (Men : in Menu; + Descr : in Column_Position := 0; + Row : in Line_Position := 0; + Col : in Column_Position := 0) + is + function Set_Spacing (Men : Menu; + D, R, C : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Spacing, "set_menu_spacing"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Spacing (Men, + C_Int (Descr), + C_Int (Row), + C_Int (Col)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Spacing; + + procedure Spacing (Men : in Menu; + Descr : out Column_Position; + Row : out Line_Position; + Col : out Column_Position) + is + type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Get_Spacing (Men : Menu; + D, R, C : C_Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Get_Spacing, "menu_spacing"); + + D, R, C : aliased C_Int; + Res : constant Eti_Error := Get_Spacing (Men, + D'Access, + R'Access, + C'Access); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + Descr := Column_Position (D); + Row := Line_Position (R); + Col := Column_Position (C); + end if; + end Spacing; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + function Set_Pattern (Men : Menu; + Text : String) return Boolean + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Set_Pattern (Men : Menu; + Pattern : Char_Ptr) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Pattern, "set_menu_pattern"); + + S : char_array (0 .. Text'Length); + L : size_t; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + To_C (Text, S, L); + Res := Set_Pattern (Men, S (S'First)'Access); + case Res is + when E_No_Match => return False; + when E_Ok => return True; + when others => + Eti_Exception (Res); + return False; + end case; + end Set_Pattern; + + procedure Pattern (Men : in Menu; + Text : out String) + is + function Get_Pattern (Men : Menu) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Get_Pattern, "menu_pattern"); + begin + Fill_String (Get_Pattern (Men), Text); + end Pattern; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Format (Men : in Menu; + Lines : in Line_Count; + Columns : in Column_Count) + is + function Set_Menu_Fmt (Men : Menu; + Lin : C_Int; + Col : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Fmt, "set_menu_format"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Fmt (Men, + C_Int (Lines), + C_Int (Columns)); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Format; + + procedure Format (Men : in Menu; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count) + is + type C_Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Menu_Fmt (Men : Menu; + Y, X : C_Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Fmt, "menu_format"); + + L, C : aliased C_Int; + Res : constant Eti_Error := Menu_Fmt (Men, L'Access, C'Access); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + Lines := Line_Count (L); + Columns := Column_Count (C); + end if; + end Format; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + procedure Set_Item_Init_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Item_Init (Men : Menu; + Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Init, "set_item_init"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Init (Men, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Item_Init_Hook; + + procedure Set_Item_Term_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Item_Term (Men : Menu; + Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Item_Term, "set_item_term"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Item_Term (Men, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Item_Term_Hook; + + procedure Set_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Menu_Init (Men : Menu; + Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Init, "set_menu_init"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Init (Men, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Menu_Init_Hook; + + procedure Set_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function) + is + function Set_Menu_Term (Men : Menu; + Proc : Menu_Hook_Function) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Term, "set_menu_term"); + + Res : constant Eti_Error := Set_Menu_Term (Men, Proc); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + end Set_Menu_Term_Hook; + + function Get_Item_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function + is + function Item_Init (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + pragma Import (C, Item_Init, "item_init"); + begin + return Item_Init (Men); + end Get_Item_Init_Hook; + + function Get_Item_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function + is + function Item_Term (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + pragma Import (C, Item_Term, "item_term"); + begin + return Item_Term (Men); + end Get_Item_Term_Hook; + + function Get_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function + is + function Menu_Init (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Init, "menu_init"); + begin + return Menu_Init (Men); + end Get_Menu_Init_Hook; + + function Get_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function + is + function Menu_Term (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Term, "menu_term"); + begin + return Menu_Term (Men); + end Get_Menu_Term_Hook; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + -- This is a bit delicate if we want to manipulate an Ada created menu + -- from C routines or vice versa. + -- In Ada created menus we use the low level user pointer to maintain + -- binding internal additional informations about the menu. This + -- internal information contains a hook for the Ada provided user pointer. + -- Unless you understand this implementation, the safest way in mixed + -- language programs to deal with user pointers is, that only the language + -- that created the menu should also manipulate the user pointer for that + -- menu. + procedure Redefine (Men : in Menu; + Items : in Item_Array) + is + function Set_Items (Men : Menu; + Items : Item_Array_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Items, "set_menu_items"); + + function Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu) return Ada_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Userptr, "menu_userptr"); + + U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access := Menu_Userptr (Men); + I : Item_Array_Access; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + if U = null or else U.I = null then raise Menu_Exception; + else + -- create internally an array of items that contains an + -- additional place for the terminating null item. + I := new Item_Array (1 .. (Items'Length + 1)); + I.all (1 .. Items'Length) := Items (Items'First .. Items'Last); + I.all (Items'Length + 1) := Null_Item; + Res := Set_Items (Men, I); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Free_Allocated_Items (I); + Eti_Exception (Res); + else + Free_Allocated_Items (U.I); + U.I := I; + end if; + end if; + end Redefine; + + function Item_Count (Men : Menu) return Natural + is + function Count (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Count, "item_count"); + begin + return Natural (Count (Men)); + end Item_Count; + + function Items (Men : Menu) return Item_Array_Access + is + function M_Items (Men : Menu) return Item_Array_Access; + pragma Import (C, M_Items, "menu_items"); + begin + return M_Items (Men); + end Items; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + function Create (Items : Item_Array) return Menu + is + function Newmenu (Items : Item_Array_Access) return Menu; + pragma Import (C, Newmenu, "new_menu"); + + function Set_Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu; + Addr : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Menu_Userptr, "set_menu_userptr"); + + M : Menu; + I : Item_Array_Access; + U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access; + Res : Eti_Error; + begin + I := new Item_Array (1 .. (Items'Length + 1)); + I.all (1 .. Items'Length) := Items (Items'First .. Items'Last); + I.all (Items'Length + 1) := Null_Item; + M := Newmenu (I); + if M = Null_Menu then + Free_Allocated_Items (I); + raise Menu_Exception; + end if; + U := new Ada_User_Wrapper' (System.Null_Address, I); + Res := Set_Menu_Userptr (M, U); + if Res /= E_Ok then + Free_Allocated_Items (I); + Free_User_Wrapper (U); + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + return M; + end Create; + + procedure Delete (Men : in out Menu) + is + function Free (Men : Menu) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Free, "free_menu"); + function Menu_Userptr (Men : Menu) return Ada_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Menu_Userptr, "menu_userptr"); + + U : Ada_User_Wrapper_Access := Menu_Userptr (Men); + Res : constant Eti_Error := Free (Men); + begin + if Res /= E_Ok then + Eti_Exception (Res); + end if; + if U = null or else U.I = null then + raise Menu_Exception; + end if; + Free_Allocated_Items (U.I); + Free_User_Wrapper (U); + Men := Null_Menu; + end Delete; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + function Driver (Men : Menu; + Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result + is + function Driver (Men : Menu; + Key : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Driver, "menu_driver"); + + R : Eti_Error := Driver (Men, C_Int (Key)); + begin + if R /= E_Ok then + case R is + when E_Unknown_Command => return Unknown_Request; + when E_No_Match => return No_Match; + when E_Request_Denied | + E_Not_Selectable => return Request_Denied; + when others => + Eti_Exception (R); + end case; + end if; + return Menu_Ok; + end Driver; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +begin + if Generation_Bit_Order /= System.Default_Bit_Order then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + + Default_Menu_Options := Get_Options (Null_Menu); + Default_Item_Options := Get_Options (Null_Item); +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..67aa6495 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.adb @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with System; + +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with Interfaces; +with Interfaces.C; +with Unchecked_Conversion; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse is + + use type System.Bit_Order; + use type Interfaces.C.int; + + function CInt_To_Mask is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Source => C_Int, + Target => Event_Mask); + + function Mask_To_CInt is new + Unchecked_Conversion (Source => Event_Mask, + Target => C_Int); + + function Get_Mouse return Mouse_Event + is + type Event_Access is access all Mouse_Event; + + function Getmouse (Ev : Event_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Getmouse, "getmouse"); + + Event : aliased Mouse_Event; + begin + if Getmouse (Event'Access) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return Event; + end Get_Mouse; + + procedure Register_Reportable_Event (B : in Mouse_Button; + S : in Button_State; + Mask : in out Event_Mask) + is + type Evt_Access is access all Event_Mask; + function Register (B : C_Int; + S : C_Int; + M : Evt_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Register, "_nc_ada_mouse_mask"); + + T : aliased Event_Mask := Mask; + M : Evt_Access := T'Access; + R : constant C_Int := Register (C_Int (Mouse_Button'Pos (B)), + C_Int (Button_State'Pos (S)), + M); + begin + if R = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + Mask := T; + end Register_Reportable_Event; + + function Start_Mouse (Mask : Event_Mask := All_Events) + return Event_Mask + is + type Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function MMask (M : C_Int; O : Int_Access := null) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, MMask, "mousemask"); + R : C_Int; + begin + R := MMask (Mask_To_CInt (Mask)); + return CInt_To_Mask (R); + end Start_Mouse; + + procedure Get_Event (Event : in Mouse_Event; + Y : out Line_Position; + X : out Column_Position; + Button : out Mouse_Button; + State : out Button_State) + is + procedure Dispatch_Event (M : in C_Int; + B : out C_Int; + S : out C_Int); + pragma Import (C, Dispatch_Event, "_nc_ada_mouse_event"); + + Mask : constant Interfaces.C.int := Mask_To_CInt (Event.Bstate); + B, S : C_Int; + begin + X := Column_Position (Event.X); + Y := Line_Position (Event.Y); + Dispatch_Event (Mask, B, S); + Button := Mouse_Button'Val (B); + State := Button_State'Val (S); + end Get_Event; + + procedure Unget_Mouse (Event : in Mouse_Event) + is + function Ungetmouse (Ev : Mouse_Event) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Ungetmouse, "ungetmouse"); + begin + if Ungetmouse (Event) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Unget_Mouse; + + function Enclosed_In_Window (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Event : Mouse_Event) return Boolean + is + function Wenclose (Win : Window; Y : C_Int; X : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wenclose, "wenclose"); + begin + if Wenclose (Win, C_Int (Event.Y), C_Int (Event.X)) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Enclosed_In_Window; + + function Mouse_Interval (Msec : Natural := 200) return Natural + is + function Mouseinterval (Msec : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mouseinterval, "mouseinterval"); + begin + return Natural (Mouseinterval (C_Int (Msec))); + end Mouse_Interval; + +begin + if Generation_Bit_Order /= System.Default_Bit_Order then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d1c7e94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.adb @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Interfaces.C; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; +use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data is + + use type Interfaces.C.int; + + procedure Set_User_Data (Pan : in Panel; + Data : in User_Access) + is + function Set_Panel_Userptr (Pan : Panel; + Addr : User_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Panel_Userptr, "set_panel_userptr"); + begin + if Set_Panel_Userptr (Pan, Data) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Set_User_Data; + + procedure Get_User_Data (Pan : in Panel; + Data : out User_Access) + is + function Panel_Userptr (Pan : Panel) return User_Access; + pragma Import (C, Panel_Userptr, "panel_userptr"); + begin + Data := Panel_Userptr (Pan); + end Get_User_Data; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..74f7c1bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-panels.adb @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with Interfaces.C; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels is + + use type Interfaces.C.int; + + function Create (Win : Window) return Panel + is + function Newpanel (Win : Window) return Panel; + pragma Import (C, Newpanel, "new_panel"); + + Pan : Panel; + begin + Pan := Newpanel (Win); + if Pan = Null_Panel then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + return Pan; + end Create; + + procedure Bottom (Pan : in Panel) + is + function Bottompanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Bottompanel, "bottom_panel"); + begin + if Bottompanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Bottom; + + procedure Top (Pan : in Panel) + is + function Toppanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Toppanel, "top_panel"); + begin + if Toppanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Top; + + procedure Show (Pan : in Panel) + is + function Showpanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Showpanel, "show_panel"); + begin + if Showpanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Show; + + procedure Hide (Pan : in Panel) + is + function Hidepanel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Hidepanel, "hide_panel"); + begin + if Hidepanel (Pan) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Hide; + + function Get_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window + is + function Panel_Win (Pan : Panel) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Panel_Win, "panel_window"); + + Win : Window := Panel_Win (Pan); + begin + if Win = Null_Window then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + return Win; + end Get_Window; + + procedure Replace (Pan : in Panel; + Win : in Window) + is + function Replace_Pan (Pan : Panel; + Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Replace_Pan, "replace_panel"); + begin + if Replace_Pan (Pan, Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Replace; + + procedure Move (Pan : in Panel; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Move (Pan : Panel; + Line : C_Int; + Column : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Move, "move_panel"); + begin + if Move (Pan, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + end Move; + + function Is_Hidden (Pan : Panel) return Boolean + is + function Panel_Hidden (Pan : Panel) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Panel_Hidden, "panel_hidden"); + begin + if Panel_Hidden (Pan) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Is_Hidden; + + procedure Delete (Pan : in out Panel) + is + function Del_Panel (Pan : Panel) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Del_Panel, "del_panel"); + begin + if Del_Panel (Pan) = Curses_Err then + raise Panel_Exception; + end if; + Pan := Null_Panel; + end Delete; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8be84489 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.adb @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux is + + procedure Put_Buf + (Win : in Window; + Buf : in String; + Width : in Field; + Signal : in Boolean := True; + Ljust : in Boolean := False) + is + L : Field; + Len : Field; + W : Field := Width; + LC : Line_Count; + CC : Column_Count; + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + + procedure Output (From, To : Field); + + procedure Output (From, To : Field) + is + begin + if Len > 0 then + if W = 0 then + W := Len; + end if; + if Len > W then + -- LRM A10.6 (7) says this + W := Len; + end if; + + pragma Assert (Len <= W); + Get_Size (Win, LC, CC); + if Column_Count (Len) > CC then + if Signal then + raise Layout_Error; + else + return; + end if; + else + if Len < W and then not Ljust then + declare + Filler : constant String (1 .. (W - Len)) + := (others => ' '); + begin + Put (Win, Filler); + end; + end if; + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X); + if (X + Column_Position (Len)) > CC then + New_Line (Win); + end if; + Put (Win, Buf (From .. To)); + if Len < W and then Ljust then + declare + Filler : constant String (1 .. (W - Len)) + := (others => ' '); + begin + Put (Win, Filler); + end; + end if; + end if; + end if; + end Output; + + begin + pragma Assert (Win /= Null_Window); + if Ljust then + L := 1; + for I in 1 .. Buf'Length loop + exit when Buf (L) = ' '; + L := L + 1; + end loop; + Len := L - 1; + Output (1, Len); + else -- input buffer is not left justified + L := Buf'Length; + for I in 1 .. Buf'Length loop + exit when Buf (L) = ' '; + L := L - 1; + end loop; + Len := Buf'Length - L; + Output (L + 1, Buf'Length); + end if; + end Put_Buf; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1582e6b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-aux.ads @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +private package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux is + + -- This routine is called from the Text_IO output routines for numeric + -- and enumeration types. + -- + procedure Put_Buf + (Win : in Window; -- The output window + Buf : in String; -- The buffer containing the text + Width : in Field; -- The width of the output field + Signal : in Boolean := True; -- If true, we raise Layout_Error + Ljust : in Boolean := False); -- The Buf is left justified + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a71ca20c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO is + + package FIO is new + Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO (Complex_Types.Real'Base); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Complex; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) + is + begin + Put (Win, '('); + FIO.Put (Win, Item.Re, Fore, Aft, Exp); + Put (Win, ','); + FIO.Put (Win, Item.Im, Fore, Aft, Exp); + Put (Win, ')'); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Complex; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd895e97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-complex_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types; + +generic + with package Complex_Types is new Ada.Numerics.Generic_Complex_Types (<>); + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO is + + use Complex_Types; + + Default_Fore : Field := 2; + Default_Aft : Field := Real'Digits - 1; + Default_Exp : Field := 3; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Complex; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Complex; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Complex_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..40596004 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO is + + package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + package DIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Decimal_IO (Num); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) + is + Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last); + Len : Field := Fore + 1 + Aft; + begin + if Exp > 0 then + Len := Len + 1 + Exp; + end if; + DIO.Put (Buf, Item, Aft, Exp); + Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Len, False); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d1e92453 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-decimal_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +generic + type Num is delta <> digits <>; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO is + + Default_Fore : Field := Num'Fore; + Default_Aft : Field := Num'Aft; + Default_Exp : Field := 0; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Decimal_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..633c1d87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Ada.Characters.Handling; use Ada.Characters.Handling; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO is + + package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + package EIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO (Enum); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Enum; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Set : in Type_Set := Default_Setting) + is + Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last); + Tset : Ada.Text_IO.Type_Set; + begin + if Set /= Mixed_Case then + Tset := Ada.Text_IO.Type_Set'Val (Type_Set'Pos (Set)); + else + Tset := Ada.Text_IO.Lower_Case; + end if; + EIO.Put (Buf, Item, Tset); + if Set = Mixed_Case then + Buf (Buf'First) := To_Upper (Buf (Buf'First)); + end if; + Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Width, True, True); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Enum; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Set : in Type_Set := Default_Setting) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Width, Set); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d715517c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-enumeration_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +generic + type Enum is (<>); + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO is + + Default_Width : Field := 0; + Default_Setting : Type_Set := Mixed_Case; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Enum; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Set : in Type_Set := Default_Setting); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Enum; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Set : in Type_Set := Default_Setting); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Enumeration_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76703f34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO is + + package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + package FIXIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Fixed_IO (Num); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) + is + Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last); + Len : Field := Fore + 1 + Aft; + begin + if Exp > 0 then + Len := Len + 1 + Exp; + end if; + FIXIO.Put (Buf, Item, Aft, Exp); + Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Len, False); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3c12647 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-fixed_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +generic + type Num is delta <>; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO is + + Default_Fore : Field := Num'Fore; + Default_Aft : Field := Num'Aft; + Default_Exp : Field := 0; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Fixed_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6403743 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO is + + package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + package FIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Float_IO (Num); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) + is + Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last); + Len : Field := Fore + 1 + Aft; + begin + if Exp > 0 then + Len := Len + 1 + Exp; + end if; + FIO.Put (Buf, Item, Aft, Exp); + Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Len, False); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Fore, Aft, Exp); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..670407a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-float_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +generic + type Num is digits <>; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO is + + Default_Fore : Field := 2; + Default_Aft : Field := Num'Digits - 1; + Default_Exp : Field := 3; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Fore : in Field := Default_Fore; + Aft : in Field := Default_Aft; + Exp : in Field := Default_Exp); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Float_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6f4ab6ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO is + + package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + package IIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Integer_IO (Num); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base) + is + Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last); + begin + IIO.Put (Buf, Item, Base); + Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Width); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Width, Base); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..69e9661f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-integer_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +generic + type Num is range <>; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO is + + Default_Width : Field := Num'Width; + Default_Base : Number_Base := 10; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Integer_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4399c4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO is + + package Aux renames Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Aux; + package MIO is new Ada.Text_IO.Modular_IO (Num); + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base) + is + Buf : String (1 .. Field'Last); + begin + MIO.Put (Buf, Item, Base); + Aux.Put_Buf (Win, Buf, Width); + end Put; + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item, Width, Base); + end Put; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f0b3467 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io-modular_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +generic + type Num is mod <>; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO is + + Default_Width : Field := Num'Width; + Default_Base : Number_Base := 10; + + procedure Put + (Win : in Window; + Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base); + + procedure Put + (Item : in Num; + Width : in Field := Default_Width; + Base : in Number_Base := Default_Base); + +private + pragma Inline (Put); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO.Modular_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..794d6830 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.adb @@ -0,0 +1,327 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.4 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with System; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO is + + Default_Window : Window; + + procedure Set_Window (Win : in Window) + is + begin + Default_Window := Win; + end Set_Window; + + function Get_Window return Window + is + begin + if Default_Window = Null_Window then + return Standard_Window; + else + return Default_Window; + end if; + end Get_Window; + pragma Inline (Get_Window); + + procedure Flush (Win : in Window) + is + begin + Refresh (Win); + end Flush; + + procedure Flush + is + begin + Flush (Get_Window); + end Flush; + + -------------------------------------------- + -- Specification of line and page lengths -- + -------------------------------------------- + + -- There are no set routines in this package. I assume, that you allocate + -- the window with an appropriate size. + -- A scroll-window is interpreted as an page with unbounded page length, + -- i.e. it returns the conventional 0 as page length. + + function Line_Length (Win : in Window) return Count + is + N_Lines : Line_Count; + N_Cols : Column_Count; + begin + Get_Size (Win, N_Lines, N_Cols); + if Natural (N_Cols) > Natural (Count'Last) then + raise Layout_Error; + end if; + return Count (N_Cols); + end Line_Length; + + function Line_Length return Count + is + begin + return Line_Length (Get_Window); + end Line_Length; + + function Page_Length (Win : in Window) return Count + is + N_Lines : Line_Count; + N_Cols : Column_Count; + begin + if Scrolling_Allowed (Win) then + return 0; + else + Get_Size (Win, N_Lines, N_Cols); + if Natural (N_Lines) > Natural (Count'Last) then + raise Layout_Error; + end if; + return Count (N_Lines); + end if; + end Page_Length; + + function Page_Length return Count + is + begin + return Page_Length (Get_Window); + end Page_Length; + + ------------------------------------ + -- Column, Line, and Page Control -- + ------------------------------------ + procedure New_Line (Win : in Window; Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1) + is + P_Size : constant Count := Page_Length (Win); + begin + if Spacing not in Positive_Count then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + + for I in 1 .. Spacing loop + if P_Size > 0 and then Line (Win) >= P_Size then + New_Page (Win); + else + Add (Win, Ascii.LF); + end if; + end loop; + end New_Line; + + procedure New_Line (Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1) + is + begin + New_Line (Get_Window, Spacing); + end New_Line; + + procedure New_Page (Win : in Window) + is + begin + Clear (Win); + end New_Page; + + procedure New_Page + is + begin + New_Page (Get_Window); + end New_Page; + + procedure Set_Col (Win : in Window; To : in Positive_Count) + is + Y : Line_Position; + X1 : Column_Position; + X2 : Column_Position; + N : Natural; + begin + if To not in Positive_Count then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X1); + N := Natural (To); N := N - 1; + X2 := Column_Position (N); + if X1 > X2 then + New_Line (Win, 1); + X1 := 0; + end if; + if X1 < X2 then + declare + Filler : constant String (Integer (X1) .. (Integer (X2) - 1)) + := (others => ' '); + begin + Put (Win, Filler); + end; + end if; + end Set_Col; + + procedure Set_Col (To : in Positive_Count) + is + begin + Set_Col (Get_Window, To); + end Set_Col; + + procedure Set_Line (Win : in Window; To : in Positive_Count) + is + Y1 : Line_Position; + Y2 : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + N : Natural; + begin + if To not in Positive_Count then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y1, X); + N := Natural (To); N := N - 1; + Y2 := Line_Position (N); + if Y2 < Y1 then + New_Page (Win); + Y1 := 0; + end if; + if Y1 < Y2 then + New_Line (Win, Positive_Count (Y2 - Y1)); + end if; + end Set_Line; + + procedure Set_Line (To : in Positive_Count) + is + begin + Set_Line (Get_Window, To); + end Set_Line; + + function Col (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count + is + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + N : Natural; + begin + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X); + N := Natural (X); N := N + 1; + if N > Natural (Count'Last) then + raise Layout_Error; + end if; + return Positive_Count (N); + end Col; + + function Col return Positive_Count + is + begin + return Col (Get_Window); + end Col; + + function Line (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count + is + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + N : Natural; + begin + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X); + N := Natural (Y); N := N + 1; + if N > Natural (Count'Last) then + raise Layout_Error; + end if; + return Positive_Count (N); + end Line; + + function Line return Positive_Count + is + begin + return Line (Get_Window); + end Line; + + ----------------------- + -- Characters Output -- + ----------------------- + + procedure Put (Win : in Window; Item : in Character) + is + P_Size : constant Count := Page_Length (Win); + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + L : Line_Count; + C : Column_Count; + begin + if P_Size > 0 then + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X); + Get_Size (Win, L, C); + if (Y + 1) = L and then (X + 1) = C then + New_Page (Win); + end if; + end if; + Add (Win, Item); + end Put; + + procedure Put (Item : in Character) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item); + end Put; + + -------------------- + -- Strings-Output -- + -------------------- + + procedure Put (Win : in Window; Item : in String) + is + P_Size : constant Count := Page_Length (Win); + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + L : Line_Count; + C : Column_Count; + begin + if P_Size > 0 then + Get_Cursor_Position (Win, Y, X); + Get_Size (Win, L, C); + if (Y + 1) = L and then (X + 1 + Item'Length) >= C then + New_Page (Win); + end if; + end if; + Add (Win, Item); + end Put; + + procedure Put (Item : in String) + is + begin + Put (Get_Window, Item); + end Put; + + procedure Put_Line + (Win : in Window; + Item : in String) + is + begin + Put (Win, Item); + New_Line (Win, 1); + end Put_Line; + + procedure Put_Line + (Item : in String) + is + begin + Put_Line (Get_Window, Item); + end Put_Line; + +begin + Default_Window := Null_Window; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b057aaf --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses-text_io.ads @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.5 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with System; +with System.Parameters; +with Ada.Text_IO; +with Ada.IO_Exceptions; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO is + + use type Ada.Text_IO.Count; + subtype Count is Ada.Text_IO.Count; + subtype Positive_Count is Count range 1 .. Count'Last; + + subtype Field is Integer range 0 .. System.Parameters.Field_Max; + subtype Number_Base is Integer range 2 .. 16; + + type Type_Set is (Lower_Case, Upper_Case, Mixed_Case); + + -- For most of the routines you will see a version without a Window + -- type parameter. They will operate on a default window, which can + -- be set by the user. It is initially equal to Standard_Window. + + procedure Set_Window (Win : in Window); + -- Set Win as the default window + + function Get_Window return Window; + -- Get the current default window + + procedure Flush (Win : in Window); + procedure Flush; + + -------------------------------------------- + -- Specification of line and page lengths -- + -------------------------------------------- + + -- There are no set routines in this package. I assume, that you allocate + -- the window with an appropriate size. + -- A scroll-window is interpreted as an page with unbounded page length, + -- i.e. it returns the conventional 0 as page length. + + function Line_Length (Win : in Window) return Count; + function Line_Length return Count; + + function Page_Length (Win : in Window) return Count; + function Page_Length return Count; + + ------------------------------------ + -- Column, Line, and Page Control -- + ------------------------------------ + procedure New_Line (Win : in Window; Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1); + procedure New_Line (Spacing : in Positive_Count := 1); + + procedure New_Page (Win : in Window); + procedure New_Page; + + procedure Set_Col (Win : in Window; To : in Positive_Count); + procedure Set_Col (To : in Positive_Count); + + procedure Set_Line (Win : in Window; To : in Positive_Count); + procedure Set_Line (To : in Positive_Count); + + function Col (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count; + function Col return Positive_Count; + + function Line (Win : in Window) return Positive_Count; + function Line return Positive_Count; + + ----------------------- + -- Characters-Output -- + ----------------------- + + procedure Put (Win : in Window; Item : in Character); + procedure Put (Item : in Character); + + -------------------- + -- Strings-Output -- + -------------------- + + procedure Put (Win : in Window; Item : in String); + procedure Put (Item : in String); + + procedure Put_Line + (Win : in Window; + Item : in String); + + procedure Put_Line + (Item : in String); + + -- Exceptions + + Status_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Status_Error; + Mode_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Mode_Error; + Name_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Name_Error; + Use_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Use_Error; + Device_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Device_Error; + End_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.End_Error; + Data_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Data_Error; + Layout_Error : exception renames Ada.IO_Exceptions.Layout_Error; + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Text_IO; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses.adb b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses.adb new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5d2478b --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface-curses.adb @@ -0,0 +1,2271 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses -- +-- -- +-- B O D Y -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.7 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with System; + +with Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; use Terminal_Interface.Curses.Aux; +with Interfaces.C; use Interfaces.C; +with Interfaces.C.Strings; use Interfaces.C.Strings; +with Ada.Characters.Handling; use Ada.Characters.Handling; +with Unchecked_Conversion; + +package body Terminal_Interface.Curses is + + use type System.Bit_Order; + + type chtype_array is array (size_t range <>) + of aliased Attributed_Character; + pragma Pack (chtype_array); + pragma Convention (C, chtype_array); + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Key_Name (Key : in Real_Key_Code; + Name : out String) + is + function Keyname (K : C_Int) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Keyname, "keyname"); + + Ch : Character; + begin + if Key <= Character'Pos (Character'Last) then + Ch := Character'Val (Key); + if Is_Control (Ch) then + Un_Control (Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video), + Name); + elsif Is_Graphic (Ch) then + Fill_String (Null_Ptr, Name); + Name (Name'First) := Ch; + else + Fill_String (Null_Ptr, Name); + end if; + else + Fill_String (Keyname (C_Int (Key)), Name); + end if; + end Key_Name; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Init_Screen + is + function Initscr return Window; + pragma Import (C, Initscr, "initscr"); + + W : Window; + begin + W := Initscr; + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Init_Screen; + + procedure End_Windows + is + function Endwin return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Endwin, "endwin"); + begin + if Endwin = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end End_Windows; + + function Is_End_Window return Boolean + is + function Isendwin return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Isendwin, "isendwin"); + begin + if Isendwin = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Is_End_Window; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Move_Cursor (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Wmove (Win : Window; + Line : C_Int; + Column : C_Int + ) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wmove, "wmove"); + begin + if Wmove (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Move_Cursor; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function Waddch (W : Window; + Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Waddch, "waddch"); + begin + if Waddch (Win, Chtype_To_Cint (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Add; + + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Character) + is + begin + Add (Win, + Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + end Add; + + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function mvwaddch (W : Window; + Y : C_Int; + X : C_Int; + Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, mvwaddch, "mvwaddch"); + begin + if mvwaddch (Win, C_Int (Line), + C_Int (Column), + Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Add; + + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Ch : in Character) + is + begin + Add (Win, + Line, + Column, + Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + end Add; + + procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function Wechochar (W : Window; + Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wechochar, "wechochar"); + begin + if Wechochar (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Add_With_Immediate_Echo; + + procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Character) + is + begin + Add_With_Immediate_Echo + (Win, + Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + end Add_With_Immediate_Echo; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + function Create (Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window + is + function Newwin (Number_Of_Lines : C_Int; + Number_Of_Columns : C_Int; + First_Line_Position : C_Int; + First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Newwin, "newwin"); + + W : Window; + begin + W := Newwin (C_Int (Number_Of_Lines), + C_Int (Number_Of_Columns), + C_Int (First_Line_Position), + C_Int (First_Column_Position)); + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return W; + end Create; + + procedure Delete (Win : in out Window) + is + function Wdelwin (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wdelwin, "delwin"); + begin + if Wdelwin (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + Win := Null_Window; + end Delete; + + function Sub_Window + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window + is + function Subwin + (Win : Window; + Number_Of_Lines : C_Int; + Number_Of_Columns : C_Int; + First_Line_Position : C_Int; + First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Subwin, "subwin"); + + W : Window; + begin + W := Subwin (Win, + C_Int (Number_Of_Lines), + C_Int (Number_Of_Columns), + C_Int (First_Line_Position), + C_Int (First_Column_Position)); + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return W; + end Sub_Window; + + function Derived_Window + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window + is + function Derwin + (Win : Window; + Number_Of_Lines : C_Int; + Number_Of_Columns : C_Int; + First_Line_Position : C_Int; + First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Derwin, "derwin"); + + W : Window; + begin + W := Derwin (Win, + C_Int (Number_Of_Lines), + C_Int (Number_Of_Columns), + C_Int (First_Line_Position), + C_Int (First_Column_Position)); + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return W; + end Derived_Window; + + function Duplicate (Win : Window) return Window + is + function Dupwin (Win : Window) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Dupwin, "dupwin"); + + W : Window := Dupwin (Win); + begin + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return W; + end Duplicate; + + procedure Move_Window (Win : in Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Mvwin (Win : Window; + Line : C_Int; + Column : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mvwin, "mvwin"); + begin + if Mvwin (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Move_Window; + + procedure Move_Derived_Window (Win : in Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Mvderwin (Win : Window; + Line : C_Int; + Column : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mvderwin, "mvderwin"); + begin + if Mvderwin (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Move_Derived_Window; + + procedure Set_Synch_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False) + is + function Syncok (Win : Window; + Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Syncok, "syncok"); + begin + if Syncok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Synch_Mode; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Waddnstr (Win : Window; + Str : Char_Ptr; + Len : Integer := -1) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Waddnstr, "waddnstr"); + + Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Length : size_t; + begin + To_C (Str, Txt, Length); + if Waddnstr (Win, Txt (Txt'First)'Access, Len) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Add; + + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + begin + Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column); + Add (Win, Str, Len); + end Add; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : in Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + type Chtype_Ptr is access all Attributed_Character; + function Waddchnstr (Win : Window; + Str : Chtype_Ptr; + Len : Integer := -1) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Waddchnstr, "waddchnstr"); + + Txt : chtype_array (0 .. Str'Length); + begin + for Length in 1 .. size_t (Str'Length) loop + Txt (Length - 1) := Str (Natural (Length)); + end loop; + Txt (Str'Length) := Default_Character; + if Waddchnstr (Win, Txt (Txt'First)'Access, Len) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Add; + + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : in Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + begin + Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column); + Add (Win, Str, Len); + end Add; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Border + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Left_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Right_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Top_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Bottom_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character) + is + function Wborder (W : Window; + LS : C_Int; + RS : C_Int; + TS : C_Int; + BS : C_Int; + ULC : C_Int; + URC : C_Int; + LLC : C_Int; + LRC : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wborder, "wborder"); + begin + if Wborder (Win, + Chtype_To_CInt (Left_Side_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Right_Side_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Top_Side_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Bottom_Side_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol), + Chtype_To_CInt (Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol) + ) = Curses_Err + then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Border; + + procedure Box + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Vertical_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Horizontal_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character) + is + begin + Border (Win, + Vertical_Symbol, Vertical_Symbol, + Horizontal_Symbol, Horizontal_Symbol); + end Box; + + procedure Horizontal_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line_Size : in Natural; + Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character) + is + function Whline (W : Window; + Ch : C_Int; + Len : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Whline, "whline"); + begin + if Whline (Win, + Chtype_To_CInt (Line_Symbol), + C_Int (Line_Size)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Horizontal_Line; + + procedure Vertical_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line_Size : in Natural; + Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character) + is + function Wvline (W : Window; + Ch : C_Int; + Len : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wvline, "wvline"); + begin + if Wvline (Win, + Chtype_To_CInt (Line_Symbol), + C_Int (Line_Size)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Vertical_Line; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + function Get_Keystroke (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Real_Key_Code + is + function Wgetch (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wgetch, "wgetch"); + + C : constant C_Int := Wgetch (Win); + begin + if C = Curses_Err then + return Key_None; + else + return Real_Key_Code (C); + end if; + end Get_Keystroke; + + procedure Undo_Keystroke (Key : in Real_Key_Code) + is + function Ungetch (Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Ungetch, "ungetch"); + begin + if Ungetch (C_Int (Key)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Undo_Keystroke; + + function Has_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean + is + function Haskey (Key : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Haskey, "has_key"); + begin + if Haskey (C_Int (Key)) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Has_Key; + + function Is_Function_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean + is + L : constant Special_Key_Code := Special_Key_Code (Natural (Key_F0) + + Natural (Function_Key_Number'Last)); + begin + if (Key >= Key_F0) and then (Key <= L) then + return True; + else + return False; + end if; + end Is_Function_Key; + + function Function_Key (Key : Real_Key_Code) + return Function_Key_Number + is + begin + if Is_Function_Key (Key) then + return Function_Key_Number (Key - Key_F0); + else + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + end Function_Key; + + function Function_Key_Code (Key : Function_Key_Number) return Real_Key_Code + is + begin + return Real_Key_Code (Natural (Key_F0) + Natural (Key)); + end Function_Key_Code; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Switch_Character_Attribute + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + On : in Boolean := True) + is + function Wattron (Win : Window; + C_Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wattron, "wattr_on"); + function Wattroff (Win : Window; + C_Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wattroff, "wattr_off"); + -- In Ada we use the On Boolean to control whether or not we want to + -- switch on or off the attributes in the set. + Err : C_Int; + AC : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Attr); + begin + if On then + Err := Wattron (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (AC)); + else + Err := Wattroff (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (AC)); + end if; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Switch_Character_Attribute; + + procedure Set_Character_Attributes + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Wattrset (Win : Window; + C_Attr : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wattrset, "wattrset"); -- ??? wattr_set + begin + if Wattrset (Win, + Chtype_To_CInt (Attributed_Character' + (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color, + Attr => Attr))) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Character_Attributes; + + function Get_Character_Attribute (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Character_Attribute_Set + is + function Wattrget (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wattrget, "wattr_get"); + + Ch : Attributed_Character := CInt_To_Chtype (Wattrget (Win)); + begin + return Ch.Attr; + end Get_Character_Attribute; + + function Get_Character_Attribute (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Color_Pair + is + function Wattrget (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wattrget, "wattr_get"); + + Ch : Attributed_Character := CInt_To_Chtype (Wattrget (Win)); + begin + return Ch.Color; + end Get_Character_Attribute; + + procedure Change_Attributes + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Count : in Integer := -1; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Wchgat (Win : Window; + Cnt : C_Int; + Attr : C_Int; + Color : C_Short; + Opts : System.Address := System.Null_Address) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wchgat, "wchgat"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := + (Ch => Character'First, Color => Color_Pair'First, Attr => Attr); + begin + if Wchgat (Win, C_Int (Count), Chtype_To_CInt (Ch), + C_Short (Color)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Change_Attributes; + + procedure Change_Attributes + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position := Line_Position'First; + Column : in Column_Position := Column_Position'First; + Count : in Integer := -1; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + begin + Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column); + Change_Attributes (Win, Count, Attr, Color); + end Change_Attributes; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Beep + is + function Beeper return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Beeper, "beep"); + begin + if Beeper = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Beep; + + procedure Flash_Screen + is + function Flash return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Flash, "flash"); + begin + if Flash = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Flash_Screen; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Set_Cbreak_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True) + is + function Cbreak return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Cbreak, "cbreak"); + function NoCbreak return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, NoCbreak, "nocbreak"); + + Err : C_Int; + begin + if SwitchOn then + Err := Cbreak; + else + Err := NoCbreak; + end if; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Cbreak_Mode; + + procedure Set_Raw_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True) + is + function Raw return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Raw, "raw"); + function NoRaw return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, NoRaw, "noraw"); + + Err : C_Int; + begin + if SwitchOn then + Err := Raw; + else + Err := NoRaw; + end if; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Raw_Mode; + + procedure Set_Echo_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True) + is + function Echo return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Echo, "echo"); + function NoEcho return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, NoEcho, "noecho"); + + Err : C_Int; + begin + if SwitchOn then + Err := Echo; + else + Err := NoEcho; + end if; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Echo_Mode; + + procedure Set_Meta_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + SwitchOn : in Boolean := True) + is + function Meta (W : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Meta, "meta"); + begin + if Meta (Win, Boolean'Pos (SwitchOn)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Meta_Mode; + + procedure Set_KeyPad_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + SwitchOn : in Boolean := True) + is + function Keypad (W : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Keypad, "keypad"); + begin + if Keypad (Win, Boolean'Pos (SwitchOn)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_KeyPad_Mode; + + procedure Half_Delay (Amount : in Half_Delay_Amount) + is + function Halfdelay (Amount : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Halfdelay, "halfdelay"); + begin + if Halfdelay (C_Int (Amount)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Half_Delay; + + procedure Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := True) + is + function Intrflush (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Intrflush, "intrflush"); + begin + if Intrflush (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode; + + procedure Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Flush : in Boolean := True) + is + procedure Qiflush; + pragma Import (C, Qiflush, "qiflush"); + procedure No_Qiflush; + pragma Import (C, No_Qiflush, "noqiflush"); + begin + if Flush then + Qiflush; + else + No_Qiflush; + end if; + end Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode; + + procedure Set_NoDelay_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False) + is + function Nodelay (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Nodelay, "nodelay"); + begin + if Nodelay (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_NoDelay_Mode; + + procedure Set_Timeout_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Timeout_Mode; + Amount : in Natural) + is + function Wtimeout (Win : Window; Amount : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wtimeout, "wtimeout"); + + Time : C_Int; + begin + case Mode is + when Blocking => Time := -1; + when Non_Blocking => Time := 0; + when Delayed => + if Amount = 0 then + raise CONSTRAINT_ERROR; + end if; + Time := C_Int (Amount); + end case; + if Wtimeout (Win, Time) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Timeout_Mode; + + procedure Set_Escape_Timer_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Timer_Off : in Boolean := False) + is + function Notimeout (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Notimeout, "notimeout"); + begin + if Notimeout (Win, Boolean'Pos (Timer_Off)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Escape_Timer_Mode; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Set_NL_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True) + is + function NL return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, NL, "nl"); + function NoNL return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, NoNL, "nonl"); + + Err : C_Int; + begin + if SwitchOn then + Err := NL; + else + Err := NoNL; + end if; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_NL_Mode; + + procedure Clear_On_Next_Update + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Clear : in Boolean := True) + is + function Clear_Ok (W : Window; Flag : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Clear_Ok, "clearok"); + begin + if Clear_Ok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Do_Clear)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Clear_On_Next_Update; + + procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Idl : in Boolean := True) + is + function IDL_Ok (W : Window; Flag : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, IDL_Ok, "idlok"); + begin + if IDL_Ok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Do_Idl)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Use_Insert_Delete_Line; + + procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Character + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Idc : in Boolean := True) + is + function IDC_Ok (W : Window; Flag : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, IDC_Ok, "idcok"); + begin + if IDC_Ok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Do_Idc)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Use_Insert_Delete_Character; + + procedure Leave_Cursor_After_Update + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Leave : in Boolean := True) + is + function Leave_Ok (W : Window; Flag : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Leave_Ok, "leaveok"); + begin + if Leave_Ok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Do_Leave)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Leave_Cursor_After_Update; + + procedure Immediate_Update_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False) + is + function Immedok (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Immedok, "immedok"); + begin + if Immedok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Immediate_Update_Mode; + + procedure Allow_Scrolling + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False) + is + function Scrollok (Win : Window; Mode : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Scrollok, "scrollok"); + begin + if Scrollok (Win, Boolean'Pos (Mode)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Allow_Scrolling; + + function Scrolling_Allowed (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean + is + function Is_Scroll (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Is_Scroll, "_nc_ada_isscroll"); + + Res : constant C_Int := Is_Scroll (Win); + begin + case Res is + when Curses_True => return True; + when Curses_False => return False; + when others => raise Curses_Exception; + end case; + end Scrolling_Allowed; + + procedure Set_Scroll_Region + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Top_Line : in Line_Position; + Bottom_Line : in Line_Position) + is + function Wsetscrreg (Win : Window; + Lin : C_Int; + Col : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wsetscrreg, "wsetscrreg"); + begin + if Wsetscrreg (Win, C_Int (Top_Line), C_Int (Bottom_Line)) + = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Scroll_Region; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Update_Screen + is + function Do_Update return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Do_Update, "doupdate"); + begin + if Do_Update = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Update_Screen; + + procedure Refresh (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Wrefresh (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wrefresh, "wrefresh"); + begin + if Wrefresh (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Refresh; + + procedure Refresh_Without_Update + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Wnoutrefresh (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wnoutrefresh, "wnoutrefresh"); + begin + if Wnoutrefresh (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Refresh_Without_Update; + + procedure Redraw (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Redrawwin (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Redrawwin, "redrawwin"); + begin + if Redrawwin (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Redraw; + + procedure Redraw + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Begin_Line : in Line_Position; + Line_Count : in Positive) + is + function Wredrawln (Win : Window; First : C_Int; Cnt : C_Int) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wredrawln, "wredrawln"); + begin + if Wredrawln (Win, + C_Int (Begin_Line), + C_Int (Line_Count)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Redraw; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Erase (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Werase (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Werase, "werase"); + begin + if Werase (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Erase; + + procedure Clear (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Wclear (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wclear, "wclear"); + begin + if Wclear (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Clear; + + procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Screen (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Wclearbot (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wclearbot, "wclrtobot"); + begin + if Wclearbot (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Clear_To_End_Of_Screen; + + procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Wcleareol (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wcleareol, "wclrtoeol"); + begin + if Wcleareol (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Clear_To_End_Of_Line; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Set_Background + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + procedure WBackground (W : in Window; Ch : in C_Int); + pragma Import (C, WBackground, "wbkgdset"); + begin + WBackground (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + end Set_Background; + + procedure Change_Background + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function WChangeBkgd (W : Window; Ch : C_Int) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, WChangeBkgd, "wbkgd"); + begin + if WChangeBkgd (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Change_Background; + + function Get_Background (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Attributed_Character + is + function Wgetbkgd (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wgetbkgd, "getbkgd"); + begin + return CInt_To_Chtype (Wgetbkgd (Win)); + end Get_Background; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Change_Lines_Status (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Start : in Line_Position; + Count : in Positive; + State : in Boolean) + is + function Wtouchln (Win : Window; + Sta : C_Int; + Cnt : C_Int; + Chg : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wtouchln, "wtouchln"); + begin + if Wtouchln (Win, C_Int (Start), C_Int (Count), + C_Int (Boolean'Pos (State))) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Change_Lines_Status; + + procedure Touch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + begin + Get_Size (Win, Y, X); + Change_Lines_Status (Win, 0, Positive (Y), True); + end Touch; + + procedure Untouch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + Y : Line_Position; + X : Column_Position; + begin + Get_Size (Win, Y, X); + Change_Lines_Status (Win, 0, Positive (Y), False); + end Untouch; + + procedure Touch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Start : in Line_Position; + Count : in Positive) + is + begin + Change_Lines_Status (Win, Start, Count, True); + end Touch; + + function Is_Touched + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Line : Line_Position) return Boolean + is + function WLineTouched (W : Window; L : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, WLineTouched, "is_linetouched"); + begin + if WLineTouched (Win, C_Int (Line)) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Is_Touched; + + function Is_Touched + (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean + is + function WWinTouched (W : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, WWinTouched, "is_wintouched"); + begin + if WWinTouched (Win) = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Is_Touched; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Copy + (Source_Window : in Window; + Destination_Window : in Window; + Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position; + Non_Destructive_Mode : in Boolean := True) + is + function Copywin (Src : Window; + Dst : Window; + Str : C_Int; + Slc : C_Int; + Dtr : C_Int; + Dlc : C_Int; + Dbr : C_Int; + Drc : C_Int; + Ndm : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Copywin, "copywin"); + begin + if Copywin (Source_Window, + Destination_Window, + C_Int (Source_Top_Row), + C_Int (Source_Left_Column), + C_Int (Destination_Top_Row), + C_Int (Destination_Left_Column), + C_Int (Destination_Bottom_Row), + C_Int (Destination_Right_Column), + Boolean'Pos (Non_Destructive_Mode) + ) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Copy; + + procedure Overwrite + (Source_Window : in Window; + Destination_Window : in Window) + is + function Overwrite (Src : Window; Dst : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Overwrite, "overwrite"); + begin + if Overwrite (Source_Window, Destination_Window) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Overwrite; + + procedure Overlay + (Source_Window : in Window; + Destination_Window : in Window) + is + function Overlay (Src : Window; Dst : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Overlay, "overlay"); + begin + if Overlay (Source_Window, Destination_Window) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Overlay; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Insert_Delete_Lines + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Lines : in Integer := 1) -- default is to insert one line above + is + function Winsdelln (W : Window; N : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Winsdelln, "winsdelln"); + begin + if Winsdelln (Win, C_Int (Lines)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Insert_Delete_Lines; + + procedure Delete_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + begin + Insert_Delete_Lines (Win, -1); + end Delete_Line; + + procedure Insert_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + begin + Insert_Delete_Lines (Win, 1); + end Insert_Line; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Get_Size + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Number_Of_Lines : out Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : out Column_Count) + is + type Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Getmaxyx (W : Window; Y, X : Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Getmaxyx, "_nc_ada_getmaxyx"); + + Y, X : aliased C_Int; + Err : constant C_Int := Getmaxyx (Win, Y'Access, X'Access); + begin + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + Number_Of_Lines := Line_Count (Y); + Number_Of_Columns := Column_Count (X); + end if; + end Get_Size; + + procedure Get_Window_Position + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Top_Left_Line : out Line_Position; + Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position) + is + type Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Getbegyx (W : Window; Y, X : Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Getbegyx, "_nc_ada_getbegyx"); + + Y, X : aliased C_Int; + Err : constant C_Int := Getbegyx (Win, Y'Access, X'Access); + begin + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + Top_Left_Line := Line_Position (Y); + Top_Left_Column := Column_Position (X); + end if; + end Get_Window_Position; + + procedure Get_Cursor_Position + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : out Line_Position; + Column : out Column_Position) + is + type Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Getyx (W : Window; Y, X : Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Getyx, "_nc_ada_getyx"); + + Y, X : aliased C_Int; + Err : constant C_Int := Getyx (Win, Y'Access, X'Access); + begin + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + Line := Line_Position (Y); + Column := Column_Position (X); + end if; + end Get_Cursor_Position; + + procedure Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent + (Win : in Window; + Top_Left_Line : out Line_Position; + Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position; + Is_Not_A_Subwindow : out Boolean) + is + type Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Getparyx (W : Window; Y, X : Int_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Getparyx, "_nc_ada_getparyx"); + + Y, X : aliased C_Int; + Err : constant C_Int := Getparyx (Win, Y'Access, X'Access); + begin + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + if Y = -1 then + Top_Left_Line := Line_Position'Last; + Top_Left_Column := Column_Position'Last; + Is_Not_A_Subwindow := True; + else + Top_Left_Line := Line_Position (Y); + Top_Left_Column := Column_Position (X); + Is_Not_A_Subwindow := False; + end if; + end if; + end Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + function New_Pad (Lines : Line_Count; + Columns : Column_Count) return Window + is + function Newpad (Lines : C_Int; Columns : C_Int) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Newpad, "newpad"); + + W : Window; + begin + W := Newpad (C_Int (Lines), C_Int (Columns)); + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return W; + end New_Pad; + + function Sub_Pad + (Pad : Window; + Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window + is + function Subpad + (Pad : Window; + Number_Of_Lines : C_Int; + Number_Of_Columns : C_Int; + First_Line_Position : C_Int; + First_Column_Position : C_Int) return Window; + pragma Import (C, Subpad, "subpad"); + + W : Window; + begin + W := Subpad (Pad, + C_Int (Number_Of_Lines), + C_Int (Number_Of_Columns), + C_Int (First_Line_Position), + C_Int (First_Column_Position)); + if W = Null_Window then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + return W; + end Sub_Pad; + + procedure Refresh + (Pad : in Window; + Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Prefresh + (Pad : Window; + Source_Top_Row : C_Int; + Source_Left_Column : C_Int; + Destination_Top_Row : C_Int; + Destination_Left_Column : C_Int; + Destination_Bottom_Row : C_Int; + Destination_Right_Column : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Prefresh, "prefresh"); + begin + if Prefresh (Pad, + C_Int (Source_Top_Row), + C_Int (Source_Left_Column), + C_Int (Destination_Top_Row), + C_Int (Destination_Left_Column), + C_Int (Destination_Bottom_Row), + C_Int (Destination_Right_Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Refresh; + + procedure Refresh_Without_Update + (Pad : in Window; + Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Pnoutrefresh + (Pad : Window; + Source_Top_Row : C_Int; + Source_Left_Column : C_Int; + Destination_Top_Row : C_Int; + Destination_Left_Column : C_Int; + Destination_Bottom_Row : C_Int; + Destination_Right_Column : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Pnoutrefresh, "pnoutrefresh"); + begin + if Pnoutrefresh (Pad, + C_Int (Source_Top_Row), + C_Int (Source_Left_Column), + C_Int (Destination_Top_Row), + C_Int (Destination_Left_Column), + C_Int (Destination_Bottom_Row), + C_Int (Destination_Right_Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Refresh_Without_Update; + + procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It + (Pad : in Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function Pechochar (Pad : Window; Ch : C_Int) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Pechochar, "pechochar"); + begin + if Pechochar (Pad, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It; + + procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It + (Pad : in Window; + Ch : in Character) + is + begin + Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It + (Pad, + Attributed_Character'(Ch => Ch, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + end Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Scroll (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Amount : in Integer := 1) + is + function Wscrl (Win : Window; N : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wscrl, "wscrl"); + + begin + if Wscrl (Win, C_Int (Amount)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Scroll; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Delete_Character (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) + is + function Wdelch (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wdelch, "wdelch"); + begin + if Wdelch (Win) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Delete_Character; + + procedure Delete_Character + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position) + is + function Mvwdelch (Win : Window; + Lin : C_Int; + Col : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mvwdelch, "mvwdelch"); + begin + if Mvwdelch (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Delete_Character; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + function Peek (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Attributed_Character + is + function Winch (Win : Window) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Winch, "winch"); + begin + return CInt_To_Chtype (Winch (Win)); + end Peek; + + function Peek + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Line : Line_Position; + Column : Column_Position) return Attributed_Character + is + function Mvwinch (Win : Window; + Lin : C_Int; + Col : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mvwinch, "mvwinch"); + begin + return CInt_To_Chtype (Mvwinch (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column))); + end Peek; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function Winsch (Win : Window; Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Winsch, "winsch"); + begin + if Winsch (Win, Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Insert; + + procedure Insert + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Ch : in Attributed_Character) + is + function Mvwinsch (Win : Window; + Lin : C_Int; + Col : C_Int; + Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mvwinsch, "mvwinsch"); + begin + if Mvwinsch (Win, + C_Int (Line), + C_Int (Column), + Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Insert; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Winsnstr (Win : Window; + Str : Char_Ptr; + Len : Integer := -1) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Winsnstr, "winsnstr"); + + Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Length : size_t; + begin + To_C (Str, Txt, Length); + if Winsnstr (Win, Txt (Txt'First)'Access, Len) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Insert; + + procedure Insert + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Mvwinsnstr (Win : Window; + Line : C_Int; + Column : C_Int; + Str : Char_Ptr; + Len : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Mvwinsnstr, "mvwinsnstr"); + + Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Length : size_t; + begin + To_C (Str, Txt, Length); + if Mvwinsnstr (Win, C_Int (Line), C_Int (Column), + Txt (Txt'First)'Access, C_Int (Len)) + = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Insert; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + function Winnstr (Win : Window; + Str : char_array; + Len : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Winnstr, "winnstr"); + + N : Integer := Len; + Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Cnt : Natural; + begin + if N < 0 then + N := Str'Length; + end if; + if N > Str'Length then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + Txt (0) := Interfaces.C.char'First; + if Winnstr (Win, Txt, C_Int (N)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + To_Ada (Txt, Str, Cnt, True); + if Cnt < Str'Length then + Str ((Str'First + Cnt) .. Str'Last) := (others => ' '); + end if; + end Peek; + + procedure Peek + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + begin + Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column); + Peek (Win, Str, Len); + end Peek; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Peek + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : out Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + type Chtype_Ptr is access all Attributed_Character; + function Winchnstr (Win : Window; + Str : Chtype_Ptr; + Len : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Winchnstr, "winchnstr"); + + N : Integer := Len; + Txt : chtype_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Cnt : Natural := 0; + begin + if N < 0 then + N := Str'Length; + end if; + if N > Str'Length then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + if Winchnstr (Win, Txt (Txt'First)'Access, C_Int (N)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + for To in Str'Range loop + exit when Txt (size_t (Cnt)) = Default_Character; + Str (To) := Txt (size_t (Cnt)); + Cnt := Cnt + 1; + end loop; + if Cnt < Str'Length then + Str ((Str'First + Cnt) .. Str'Last) := + (others => (Ch => ' ', + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video)); + end if; + end Peek; + + procedure Peek + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : out Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + begin + Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column); + Peek (Win, Str, Len); + end Peek; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Get (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + function Wgetnstr (Win : Window; + Str : char_array; + Len : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Wgetnstr, "wgetnstr"); + + N : Integer := Len; + Txt : char_array (0 .. Str'Length); + Cnt : Natural; + begin + if N < 0 then + N := Str'Length; + end if; + if N > Str'Length then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + Txt (0) := Interfaces.C.char'First; + if Wgetnstr (Win, Txt, C_Int (N)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + To_Ada (Txt, Str, Cnt, True); + if Cnt < Str'Length then + Str ((Str'First + Cnt) .. Str'Last) := (others => ' '); + end if; + end Get; + + procedure Get + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1) + is + begin + Move_Cursor (Win, Line, Column); + Get (Win, Str, Len); + end Get; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Init_Soft_Label_Keys + (Format : in Soft_Label_Key_Format := Three_Two_Three) + is + function Slk_Init (Fmt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Init, "slk_init"); + begin + if Slk_Init (Soft_Label_Key_Format'Pos (Format)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Init_Soft_Label_Keys; + + procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number; + Text : in String; + Fmt : in Label_Justification := Left) + is + type Char_Ptr is access all Interfaces.C.Char; + function Slk_Set (Label : C_Int; + Txt : Char_Ptr; + Fmt : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Set, "slk_set"); + + Txt : char_array (0 .. Text'Length); + Len : size_t; + begin + To_C (Text, Txt, Len); + if Slk_Set (C_Int (Label), + Txt (Txt'First)'Access, + C_Int (Label_Justification'Pos (Fmt))) + = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Soft_Label_Key; + + procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys + is + function Slk_Refresh return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Refresh, "slk_refresh"); + begin + if Slk_Refresh = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys; + + procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update + is + function Slk_Noutrefresh return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Noutrefresh, "slk_noutrefresh"); + begin + if Slk_Noutrefresh = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update; + + procedure Get_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number; + Text : out String) + is + function Slk_Label (Label : C_Int) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Label, "slk_label"); + begin + Fill_String (Slk_Label (C_Int (Label)), Text); + end Get_Soft_Label_Key; + + procedure Clear_Soft_Label_Keys + is + function Slk_Clear return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Clear, "slk_clear"); + begin + if Slk_Clear = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Clear_Soft_Label_Keys; + + procedure Restore_Soft_Label_Keys + is + function Slk_Restore return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Restore, "slk_restore"); + begin + if Slk_Restore = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Restore_Soft_Label_Keys; + + procedure Touch_Soft_Label_Keys + is + function Slk_Touch return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Touch, "slk_touch"); + begin + if Slk_Touch = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Touch_Soft_Label_Keys; + + procedure Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes + (Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set; + On : in Boolean := True) + is + function Slk_Attron (Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Attron, "slk_attron"); + function Slk_Attroff (Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Attroff, "slk_attroff"); + + Err : C_Int; + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Attr => Attr, + Color => Color_Pair'First); + begin + if On then + Err := Slk_Attron (Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + else + Err := Slk_Attroff (Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)); + end if; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes; + + procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes + (Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First) + is + function Slk_Attrset (Ch : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Attrset, "slk_attrset"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := (Ch => Character'First, + Attr => Attr, + Color => Color); + begin + if Slk_Attrset (Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes; + + function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set + is + function Slk_Attr return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Attr, "slk_attr"); + + Attr : constant C_Int := Slk_Attr; + begin + return CInt_To_Chtype (Attr).Attr; + end Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes; + + function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Color_Pair + is + function Slk_Attr return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Slk_Attr, "slk_attr"); + + Attr : constant C_Int := Slk_Attr; + begin + return CInt_To_Chtype (Attr).Color; + end Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Un_Control (Ch : in Attributed_Character; + Str : out String) + is + function Unctrl (Ch : C_Int) return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Unctrl, "unctrl"); + begin + Fill_String (Unctrl (Chtype_To_CInt (Ch)), Str); + end Un_Control; + + procedure Delay_Output (Msecs : in Natural) + is + function Delayoutput (Msecs : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Delayoutput, "delay_output"); + begin + if Delayoutput (C_Int (Msecs)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Delay_Output; + + procedure Flush_Input + is + function Flushinp return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Flushinp, "flushinp"); + begin + if Flushinp = Curses_Err then -- docu says that never happens, but... + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Flush_Input; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + function Baudrate return Natural + is + function Baud return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Baud, "baudrate"); + begin + return Natural (Baud); + end Baudrate; + + function Erase_Character return Character + is + function Erasechar return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Erasechar, "erasechar"); + begin + return Character'Val (Erasechar); + end Erase_Character; + + function Kill_Character return Character + is + function Killchar return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Killchar, "killchar"); + begin + return Character'Val (Killchar); + end Kill_Character; + + function Has_Insert_Character return Boolean + is + function Has_Ic return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Has_Ic, "has_ic"); + begin + if Has_Ic = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Has_Insert_Character; + + function Has_Insert_Line return Boolean + is + function Has_Il return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Has_Il, "has_il"); + begin + if Has_Il = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Has_Insert_Line; + + function Supported_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set + is + function Termattrs return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Termattrs, "termattrs"); + + Ch : constant Attributed_Character := CInt_To_Chtype (Termattrs); + begin + return Ch.Attr; + end Supported_Attributes; + + procedure Long_Name (Name : out String) + is + function Longname return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Longname, "longname"); + begin + Fill_String (Longname, Name); + end Long_Name; + + procedure Terminal_Name (Name : out String) + is + function Termname return chars_ptr; + pragma Import (C, Termname, "termname"); + begin + Fill_String (Termname, Name); + end Terminal_Name; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Init_Pair (Pair : in Redefinable_Color_Pair; + Fore : in Color_Number; + Back : in Color_Number) + is + function Initpair (Pair : C_Short; + Fore : C_Short; + Back : C_Short) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Initpair, "init_pair"); + begin + if Integer (Pair) >= Number_Of_Color_Pairs then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + if Integer (Fore) >= Number_Of_Colors or else + Integer (Back) >= Number_Of_Colors then raise Constraint_Error; + end if; + if Initpair (C_Short (Pair), C_Short (Fore), C_Short (Back)) + = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Init_Pair; + + procedure Pair_Content (Pair : in Color_Pair; + Fore : out Color_Number; + Back : out Color_Number) + is + type C_Short_Access is access all C_Short; + function Paircontent (Pair : C_Short; + Fp : C_Short_Access; + Bp : C_Short_Access) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Paircontent, "pair_content"); + + F, B : aliased C_Short; + begin + if Paircontent (C_Short (Pair), F'Access, B'Access) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + Fore := Color_Number (F); + Back := Color_Number (B); + end if; + end Pair_Content; + + function Has_Colors return Boolean + is + function Hascolors return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Hascolors, "has_colors"); + begin + if Hascolors = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Has_Colors; + + procedure Init_Color (Color : in Color_Number; + Red : in RGB_Value; + Green : in RGB_Value; + Blue : in RGB_Value) + is + function Initcolor (Col : C_Short; + Red : C_Short; + Green : C_Short; + Blue : C_Short) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Initcolor, "init_color"); + begin + if Initcolor (C_Short (Color), C_Short (Red), C_Short (Green), + C_Short (Blue)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Init_Color; + + function Can_Change_Color return Boolean + is + function Canchangecolor return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Canchangecolor, "can_change_color"); + begin + if Canchangecolor = Curses_False then + return False; + else + return True; + end if; + end Can_Change_Color; + + procedure Color_Content (Color : in Color_Number; + Red : out RGB_Value; + Green : out RGB_Value; + Blue : out RGB_Value) + is + type C_Short_Access is access all C_Short; + + function Colorcontent (Color : C_Short; R, G, B : C_Short_Access) + return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Colorcontent, "color_content"); + + R, G, B : aliased C_Short; + begin + if Colorcontent (C_Short (Color), R'Access, G'Access, B'Access) = + Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + Red := RGB_Value (R); + Green := RGB_Value (G); + Blue := RGB_Value (B); + end if; + end Color_Content; + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Save_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode) + is + function Def_Prog_Mode return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Def_Prog_Mode, "def_prog_mode"); + function Def_Shell_Mode return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Def_Shell_Mode, "def_shell_mode"); + + Err : C_Int; + begin + case Mode is + when Curses => Err := Def_Prog_Mode; + when Shell => Err := Def_Shell_Mode; + end case; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Save_Curses_Mode; + + procedure Reset_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode) + is + function Reset_Prog_Mode return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Reset_Prog_Mode, "reset_prog_mode"); + function Reset_Shell_Mode return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Reset_Shell_Mode, "reset_shell_mode"); + + Err : C_Int; + begin + case Mode is + when Curses => Err := Reset_Prog_Mode; + when Shell => Err := Reset_Shell_Mode; + end case; + if Err = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Reset_Curses_Mode; + + procedure Save_Terminal_State + is + function Savetty return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Savetty, "savetty"); + begin + if Savetty = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Save_Terminal_State; + + procedure Reset_Terminal_State + is + function Resetty return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Resetty, "resetty"); + begin + if Resetty = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Reset_Terminal_State; + + procedure Rip_Off_Lines (Lines : in Integer; + Proc : in Stdscr_Init_Proc) + is + function Ripoffline (Lines : C_Int; + Proc : Stdscr_Init_Proc) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Ripoffline, "_nc_ripoffline"); + begin + if Ripoffline (C_Int (Lines), Proc) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Rip_Off_Lines; + + procedure Set_Cursor_Visibility (Visibility : in out Cursor_Visibility) + is + function Curs_Set (Curs : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Curs_Set, "curs_set"); + + Res : C_Int; + begin + Res := Curs_Set (Cursor_Visibility'Pos (Visibility)); + if Res /= Curses_Err then + Visibility := Cursor_Visibility'Val (Res); + end if; + end Set_Cursor_Visibility; + + procedure Nap_Milli_Seconds (Ms : in Natural) + is + function Napms (Ms : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Napms, "napms"); + begin + if Napms (C_Int (Ms)) = Curses_Err then + raise Curses_Exception; + end if; + end Nap_Milli_Seconds; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + function Standard_Window return Window + is + Stdscr : Window; + pragma Import (C, Stdscr, "stdscr"); + begin + return Stdscr; + end Standard_Window; + + function Lines return Line_Count + is + C_Lines : C_Int; + pragma Import (C, C_Lines, "LINES"); + begin + return Line_Count (C_Lines); + end Lines; + + function Columns return Column_Count + is + C_Columns : C_Int; + pragma Import (C, C_Columns, "COLS"); + begin + return Column_Count (C_Columns); + end Columns; + + function Tab_Size return Natural + is + C_Tab_Size : C_Int; + pragma Import (C, C_Tab_Size, "TABSIZE"); + begin + return Natural (C_Tab_Size); + end Tab_Size; + + function Number_Of_Colors return Natural + is + C_Number_Of_Colors : C_Int; + pragma Import (C, C_Number_Of_Colors, "COLORS"); + begin + return Natural (C_Number_Of_Colors); + end Number_Of_Colors; + + function Number_Of_Color_Pairs return Natural + is + C_Number_Of_Color_Pairs : C_Int; + pragma Import (C, C_Number_Of_Color_Pairs, "COLOR_PAIRS"); + begin + return Natural (C_Number_Of_Color_Pairs); + end Number_Of_Color_Pairs; +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + procedure Transform_Coordinates + (W : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in out Line_Position; + Column : in out Column_Position; + Dir : in Transform_Direction := From_Screen) + is + type Int_Access is access all C_Int; + function Transform (W : Window; + Y, X : Int_Access; + Dir : C_Int) return C_Int; + pragma Import (C, Transform, "_nc_ada_coord_transform"); + + X : aliased C_Int := C_Int (Column); + Y : aliased C_Int := C_Int (Line); + D : C_Int := 0; + R : C_Int; + begin + if Dir = To_Screen then + D := 1; + end if; + R := Transform (W, Y'Access, X'Access, D); + if R = Curses_False then + raise Curses_Exception; + else + Line := Line_Position (Y); + Column := Column_Position (X); + end if; + end Transform_Coordinates; + +begin + if Generation_Bit_Order /= System.Default_Bit_Order then + raise Constraint_Error; + end if; +end Terminal_Interface.Curses; diff --git a/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface.ads b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface.ads new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dabec0ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/ada_include/terminal_interface.ads @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +package Terminal_Interface is +-- +-- Everything is in the child units +-- +end Terminal_Interface; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/Makefile.in b/Ada95/gen/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..775c344f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# -- +# GNAT ncurses Binding -- +# gen/Makefile -- +# -- +# Version 00.92 -- +# -- +# The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +# Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +# -- +# Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +# binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +# of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +# this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +# removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +# author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +# highly appreciated. -- +# -- +# This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Version Control +# $Revision: 1.8 $ +# +.SUFFIXES: + +SHELL = /bin/sh +THIS = Makefile + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +ticdir = $(datadir)/terminfo + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +AWK = @AWK@ +LN_S = @LN_S@ + +CC = @CC@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ + +CPPFLAGS = @ACPPFLAGS@ \ + -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I$(srcdir) + +CCFLAGS = $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) + +CFLAGS_NORMAL = $(CCFLAGS) +CFLAGS_DEBUG = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_G_OPT@ -DTRACE +CFLAGS_PROFILE = $(CCFLAGS) -pg +CFLAGS_SHARED = $(CCFLAGS) @CC_SHARED_OPTS@ + +CFLAGS_DEFAULT = $(CFLAGS_@DFT_UPR_MODEL@) + +LINK = $(CC) +LD_FLAGS = @LD_MODEL@ $(LOCAL_LIBS) @LDFLAGS@ @LIBS@ @LOCAL_LDFLAGS2@ $(LDFLAGS) + +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ + +LIB_CURSES = -L ../../lib -lncurses + +M4 = m4 +M4FLAGS = + +DEL_ADAMODE = sed -e '/^\-\-\ \ \-\*\-\ ada\ \-\*\-.*/d' + +################################################################################ +ALIB = @nc_ada_package@ +ABASE = $(ALIB)-curses + +ADA_SRCDIR = ../ada_include +ADA_OBJDIR = ../ada_objects +OBJDIR = ../objects + +GEN_FILES0 = Base_Defs + +GEN_FILES1 = Key_Definitions \ + Old_Keys \ + Character_Attribute_Set_Rep \ + AC_Rep \ + Color_Defs \ + ACS_Map \ + Linker_Options \ + Base_Defs + +GEN_FILES2 = Menu_Opt_Rep \ + Menu_Base_Defs \ + Menu_Linker_Options \ + Item_Rep + +GEN_FILES3 = Form_Opt_Rep \ + Form_Base_Defs \ + Form_Linker_Options \ + Field_Rep + +GEN_FILES4 = Mouse_Base_Defs \ + Mouse_Event_Rep \ + Panel_Linker_Options + +GEN_TARGETS = $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE).ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads \ + $(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads + +GEN_SRC = $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads.m4 + + +all: $(GEN_TARGETS) dirs + @ + +dirs: + @-mkdir $(OBJDIR) $(ADA_OBJDIR) + +gen: gen.o + @ECHO_LINK@ $(LINK) $(CFLAGS_NORMAL) gen.o $(LD_FLAGS) -o $@ $(LIB_CURSES) + +gen.o: $(srcdir)/gen.c + $(CC) $(CFLAGS_NORMAL) -c -o $@ $(srcdir)/gen.c + +Character_Attribute_Set_Rep: gen + ./gen B A >$@ + +Base_Defs: gen + ./gen B B >$@ + +Color_Defs: gen + ./gen B C >$@ + +Key_Definitions: gen + ./gen B K >$@ + +Old_Keys: gen + ./gen B O >$@ + +ACS_Map: gen + ./gen B M >$@ + +AC_Rep: gen + ./gen B R >$@ + +Linker_Options: gen + ./gen B L >$@ + +Menu_Opt_Rep: gen + ./gen M R >$@ + +Menu_Base_Defs: gen + ./gen M B >$@ + +Menu_Linker_Options: gen + ./gen M L >$@ + +Item_Rep: gen + ./gen M I >$@ + +Form_Opt_Rep: gen + ./gen F R >$@ + +Form_Base_Defs: gen + ./gen F B >$@ + +Form_Linker_Options: gen + ./gen F L >$@ + +Field_Rep: gen + ./gen F I >$@ + +Mouse_Base_Defs: gen + ./gen P B >$@ + +Mouse_Event_Rep: gen + ./gen P M >$@ + +Panel_Linker_Options: gen + ./gen P L >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE).ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).ads.m4 \ + $(GEN_FILES1) $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE).ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads.m4 \ + $(GEN_FILES2) $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads.m4 \ + $(GEN_FILES3) $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads.m4 \ + $(GEN_FILES4) $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-mouse.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads: $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +$(ADA_SRCDIR)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads: \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/normal.m4 + $(M4) $(M4FLAGS) -DM4MACRO=$(srcdir)/normal.m4 \ + $(srcdir)/$(ABASE)-panels-user_data.ads.m4 |\ + $(DEL_ADAMODE) >$@ + +install :: + +install.libs :: + +install.progs :: + +tags: + ctags *.[ch] + +TAGS: + etags *.[ch] + +clean :: + rm -f a.out core gen *.o $(GEN_FILES1) $(GEN_FILES2) $(GEN_FILES3) \ + $(GEN_FILES4) $(GEN_TARGETS) + +mostlyclean :: clean + +distclean :: mostlyclean + rm -f Makefile + +realclean :: distclean + +############################################################################### +# The remainder of this file is automatically generated during configuration +############################################################################### diff --git a/Ada95/gen/gen.c b/Ada95/gen/gen.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a1426f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/gen.c @@ -0,0 +1,977 @@ +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// -- +// GNAT ncurses Binding -- +// -- +// gen.c -- +// -- +// B O D Y -- +// -- +// Version 00.92 -- +// -- +// The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +// Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +// -- +// Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +// binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +// of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +// this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +// removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +// author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +// highly appreciated. -- +// -- +// This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Version Control + $Revision: 1.8 $ + --------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* + This program generates various record structures and constants from the + ncurses header file for the Ada95 packages. Essentially it produces + Ada95 source on stdout, which is then merged using m4 into a template + to produce the real source. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include + +#define RES_NAME "Reserved" + +static int little_endian = 0; + +typedef struct { + const char *name; + unsigned int attr; +} name_attribute_pair; + +static int find_pos (char *s, unsigned len, int *low, int *high) +{ + unsigned int i,j; + int l = 0; + + *high = -1; + *low = 8*len; + + for(i=0; i < len; i++,s++) + { + if (*s) + { + for(j=0;j<8*sizeof(char);j++) + { + if ((( little_endian && ((*s)&0x01)) || + (!little_endian && ((*s)&0x80))) ) + { + if (l > *high) + *high = l; + if (l < *low) + *low = l; + } + l++; + if (little_endian) + *s >>= 1; + else + *s <<= 1; + } + } + else + l += 8; + } + return (*high >= 0 && (*low <= *high)) ? *low : -1; +} + +static void gen_reps ( const name_attribute_pair *nap, + const char *name, + int len) +{ + int i,l,cnt = 0,low,high; + int width = strlen(RES_NAME); + int bias = 0; + unsigned int a; + unsigned int mask = 0; + char *suffix; + + assert (nap); + + if (len == sizeof(int)/2) + { + bias = little_endian ? 8 * len : 0; + suffix = " / 2"; + } + else + { + assert(len==sizeof(int)); + suffix = ""; + } + + for (i=0; nap[i].name != (char *)0; i++) + { + cnt++; + l = strlen(nap[i].name); + if (l>width) + width = l; + } + assert (width > 0); + + printf(" type %s is\n",name); + printf(" record\n"); + for (i=0; nap[i].name != (char *)0; i++) + { + printf(" %-*s : Boolean;\n",width,nap[i].name); + } + if (cnt != 8*len) + { + printf(" %-*s : Boolean;\n",width,RES_NAME); + } + printf(" end record;\n"); + printf(" pragma Pack (%s);\n",name); + printf(" pragma Convention (C, %s);\n\n",name); + + printf(" for %s use\n",name); + printf(" record\n"); + + for (i=0; nap[i].name != (char *)0; i++) + { + a = nap[i].attr; + mask |= a; + l = find_pos( (char *)&a,sizeof(a),&low,&high ); + if (l>=0) + printf(" %-*s at 0 range %2d .. %2d;\n",width,nap[i].name,low-bias,high-bias); + } + if (cnt != 8*len) + { + mask = ~mask; + assert(mask); + if (little_endian) + l = 8*len - 1; + else + l = 0; + printf(" %-*s at 0 range %2d .. %2d;\n",width,RES_NAME,l,l); + } + printf(" end record;\n"); + printf(" for %s'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size%s;\n", name, suffix); + printf(" -- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be\n"); + printf(" -- different on your system."); +} + + +static void chtype_rep (const char *name, int mask) +{ + int x = -1; + int t = x & mask; + int low, high; + int l = find_pos ((char *)&t, sizeof(t), &low, &high); + if (l>=0) + printf(" %-5s at 0 range %2d .. %2d;\n",name,low,high); +} + +static void gen_chtype_rep(const char *name) +{ + printf(" for %s use\n record\n",name); + chtype_rep("Ch",A_CHARTEXT); + chtype_rep("Color",A_COLOR); + chtype_rep("Attr",(A_ATTRIBUTES&~A_COLOR)); + printf(" end record;\n for %s'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size;\n",name); + printf(" -- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be\n"); + printf(" -- different on your system.\n"); +} + + +static void mrep_rep (const char *name, void *rec) +{ + int low, high; + int l = find_pos((char *)rec, sizeof(MEVENT), &low, &high); + if (l>=0) + printf(" %-7s at 0 range %3d .. %3d;\n",name,low,high); +} + + +static void gen_mrep_rep(const char *name) +{ + MEVENT x; + + printf(" for %s use\n record\n",name); + + memset(&x,0,sizeof(x)); + x.id = -1; + mrep_rep("Id",&x); + + memset(&x,0,sizeof(x)); + x.x = -1; + mrep_rep("X",&x); + + memset(&x,0,sizeof(x)); + x.y = -1; + mrep_rep("Y",&x); + + memset(&x,0,sizeof(x)); + x.z = -1; + mrep_rep("Z",&x); + + memset(&x,0,sizeof(x)); + x.bstate = -1; + mrep_rep("Bstate",&x); + + printf(" end record;\n"); + printf(" -- Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be\n"); + printf(" -- different on your system.\n"); +} + +static void gen_attr_set( const char *name ) +{ + static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = { +#ifdef A_STANDOUT + {"Stand_Out", A_STANDOUT}, +#endif +#ifdef A_UNDERLINE + {"Under_Line", A_UNDERLINE}, +#endif +#ifdef A_REVERSE + {"Reverse_Video", A_REVERSE}, +#endif +#ifdef A_BLINK + {"Blink", A_BLINK}, +#endif +#ifdef A_DIM + {"Dim_Character", A_DIM}, +#endif +#ifdef A_BOLD + {"Bold_Character", A_BOLD}, +#endif +#ifdef A_ALTCHARSET + {"Alternate_Character_Set", A_ALTCHARSET}, +#endif +#ifdef A_INVIS + {"Invisible_Character", A_INVIS}, +#endif +#ifdef A_PROTECT + {"Protected_Character", A_PROTECT}, +#endif +#ifdef A_HORIZONTAL + {"Horizontal", A_HORIZONTAL}, +#endif +#ifdef A_LEFT + {"Left", A_LEFT}, +#endif +#ifdef A_LOW + {"Low", A_LOW}, +#endif +#ifdef A_RIGHT + {"Right", A_RIGHT}, +#endif +#ifdef A_TOP + {"Top", A_TOP}, +#endif +#ifdef A_VERTICAL + {"Vertical", A_VERTICAL}, +#endif + {(char *)0, 0} + }; + gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int)/2); +} + +static void gen_menu_opt_rep(const char *name) +{ + static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = { +#ifdef O_ONEVALUE + {"One_Valued", O_ONEVALUE}, +#endif +#ifdef O_SHOWDESC + {"Show_Descriptions", O_SHOWDESC}, +#endif +#ifdef O_ROWMAJOR + {"Row_Major_Order", O_ROWMAJOR}, +#endif +#ifdef O_IGNORECASE + {"Ignore_Case", O_IGNORECASE}, +#endif +#ifdef O_SHOWMATCH + {"Show_Matches", O_SHOWMATCH}, +#endif +#ifdef O_NONCYCLIC + {"Non_Cyclic", O_NONCYCLIC}, +#endif + {(char *)0, 0} + }; + gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int)); +} + +static void gen_item_opt_rep(const char *name) +{ + static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = { +#ifdef O_SELECTABLE + {"Selectable", O_SELECTABLE}, +#endif + {(char *)0 , 0} + }; + gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int)); +} + +static void gen_form_opt_rep(const char *name) +{ + static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = { +#ifdef O_NL_OVERLOAD + {"NL_Overload", O_NL_OVERLOAD}, +#endif +#ifdef O_BS_OVERLOAD + {"BS_Overload", O_BS_OVERLOAD}, +#endif + {(char *)0 , 0} + }; + gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int)); +} + +static void gen_field_opt_rep(const char *name) +{ + static const name_attribute_pair nap[] = { +#ifdef O_VISIBLE + {"Visible",O_VISIBLE}, +#endif +#ifdef O_ACTIVE + {"Active",O_ACTIVE}, +#endif +#ifdef O_PUBLIC + {"Public",O_PUBLIC}, +#endif +#ifdef O_EDIT + {"Edit",O_EDIT}, +#endif +#ifdef O_WRAP + {"Wrap",O_WRAP}, +#endif +#ifdef O_BLANK + {"Blank",O_BLANK}, +#endif +#ifdef O_AUTOSKIP + {"Auto_Skip",O_AUTOSKIP}, +#endif +#ifdef O_NULLOK + {"Null_Ok",O_NULLOK}, +#endif +#ifdef O_PASSOK + {"Pass_Ok",O_PASSOK}, +#endif +#ifdef O_STATIC + {"Static",O_STATIC}, +#endif + {(char *)0, 0} + }; + gen_reps (nap, name, sizeof(int)); +} + +static void keydef(const char *name, const char *old_name, int value, int mode) +{ + if (mode==0) + printf(" %-30s : constant Special_Key_Code := 8#%3o#;\n",name,value); + else + { + const char *s = old_name; const char *t = name; + while ( *s && *t && (toupper(*s++) == toupper(*t++))); + if (*s || *t) + printf(" %-16s : Special_Key_Code renames %s;\n",old_name,name); + } +} + +static void gen_keydefs (int mode) +{ + char buf[16]; + char obuf[16]; + int i; + +#ifdef KEY_CODE_YES + keydef("Key_Code_Yes","KEY_CODE_YES",KEY_CODE_YES,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_MIN + keydef("Key_Min","KEY_MIN",KEY_MIN,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_BREAK + keydef("Key_Break","KEY_BREAK",KEY_BREAK,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_DOWN + keydef("Key_Cursor_Down","KEY_DOWN",KEY_DOWN,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_UP + keydef("Key_Cursor_Up","KEY_UP",KEY_UP,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_LEFT + keydef("Key_Cursor_Left","KEY_LEFT",KEY_LEFT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_RIGHT + keydef("Key_Cursor_Right","KEY_RIGHT",KEY_RIGHT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_HOME + keydef("Key_Home","KEY_HOME",KEY_HOME,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_BACKSPACE + keydef("Key_Backspace","KEY_BACKSPACE",KEY_BACKSPACE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_F0 + keydef("Key_F0","KEY_F0",KEY_F0,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_F + for(i=1;i<=24;i++) + { + sprintf(buf ,"Key_F%d",i); + sprintf(obuf,"KEY_F%d",i); + keydef(buf,obuf,KEY_F(i),mode); + } +#endif +#ifdef KEY_DL + keydef("Key_Delete_Line","KEY_DL",KEY_DL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_IL + keydef("Key_Insert_Line","KEY_IL",KEY_IL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_DC + keydef("Key_Delete_Char","KEY_DC",KEY_DC,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_IC + keydef("Key_Insert_Char","KEY_IC",KEY_IC,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_EIC + keydef("Key_Exit_Insert_Mode","KEY_EIC",KEY_EIC,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_CLEAR + keydef("Key_Clear_Screen","KEY_CLEAR",KEY_CLEAR,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_EOS + keydef("Key_Clear_End_Of_Screen","KEY_EOS",KEY_EOS,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_EOL + keydef("Key_Clear_End_Of_Line","KEY_EOL",KEY_EOL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SF + keydef("Key_Scroll_1_Forward","KEY_SF",KEY_SF,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SR + keydef("Key_Scroll_1_Backward","KEY_SR",KEY_SR,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_NPAGE + keydef("Key_Next_Page","KEY_NPAGE",KEY_NPAGE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_PPAGE + keydef("Key_Previous_Page","KEY_PPAGE",KEY_PPAGE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_STAB + keydef("Key_Set_Tab","KEY_STAB",KEY_STAB,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_CTAB + keydef("Key_Clear_Tab","KEY_CTAB",KEY_CTAB,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_CATAB + keydef("Key_Clear_All_Tabs","KEY_CATAB",KEY_CATAB,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_ENTER + keydef("Key_Enter_Or_Send","KEY_ENTER",KEY_ENTER,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SRESET + keydef("Key_Soft_Reset","KEY_SRESET",KEY_SRESET,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_RESET + keydef("Key_Reset","KEY_RESET",KEY_RESET,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_PRINT + keydef("Key_Print","KEY_PRINT",KEY_PRINT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_LL + keydef("Key_Bottom","KEY_LL",KEY_LL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_A1 + keydef("Key_Upper_Left_Of_Keypad","KEY_A1",KEY_A1,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_A3 + keydef("Key_Upper_Right_Of_Keypad","KEY_A3",KEY_A3,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_B2 + keydef("Key_Center_Of_Keypad","KEY_B2",KEY_B2,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_C1 + keydef("Key_Lower_Left_Of_Keypad","KEY_C1",KEY_C1,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_C3 + keydef("Key_Lower_Right_Of_Keypad","KEY_C3",KEY_C3,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_BTAB + keydef("Key_Back_Tab","KEY_BTAB",KEY_BTAB,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_BEG + keydef("Key_Beginning","KEY_BEG",KEY_BEG,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_CANCEL + keydef("Key_Cancel","KEY_CANCEL",KEY_CANCEL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_CLOSE + keydef("Key_Close","KEY_CLOSE",KEY_CLOSE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_COMMAND + keydef("Key_Command","KEY_COMMAND",KEY_COMMAND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_COPY + keydef("Key_Copy","KEY_COPY",KEY_COPY,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_CREATE + keydef("Key_Create","KEY_CREATE",KEY_CREATE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_END + keydef("Key_End","KEY_END",KEY_END,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_EXIT + keydef("Key_Exit","KEY_EXIT",KEY_EXIT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_FIND + keydef("Key_Find","KEY_FIND",KEY_FIND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_HELP + keydef("Key_Help","KEY_HELP",KEY_HELP,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_MARK + keydef("Key_Mark","KEY_MARK",KEY_MARK,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_MESSAGE + keydef("Key_Message","KEY_MESSAGE",KEY_MESSAGE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_MOVE + keydef("Key_Move","KEY_MOVE",KEY_MOVE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_NEXT + keydef("Key_Next","KEY_NEXT",KEY_NEXT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_OPEN + keydef("Key_Open","KEY_OPEN",KEY_OPEN,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_OPTIONS + keydef("Key_Options","KEY_OPTIONS",KEY_OPTIONS,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_PREVIOUS + keydef("Key_Previous","KEY_PREVIOUS",KEY_PREVIOUS,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_REDO + keydef("Key_Redo","KEY_REDO",KEY_REDO,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_REFERENCE + keydef("Key_Reference","KEY_REFERENCE",KEY_REFERENCE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_REFRESH + keydef("Key_Refresh","KEY_REFRESH",KEY_REFRESH,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_REPLACE + keydef("Key_Replace","KEY_REPLACE",KEY_REPLACE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_RESTART + keydef("Key_Restart","KEY_RESTART",KEY_RESTART,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_RESUME + keydef("Key_Resume","KEY_RESUME",KEY_RESUME,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SAVE + keydef("Key_Save","KEY_SAVE",KEY_SAVE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SBEG + keydef("Key_Shift_Begin","KEY_SBEG",KEY_SBEG,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SCANCEL + keydef("Key_Shift_Cancel","KEY_SCANCEL",KEY_SCANCEL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SCOMMAND + keydef("Key_Shift_Command","KEY_SCOMMAND",KEY_SCOMMAND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SCOPY + keydef("Key_Shift_Copy","KEY_SCOPY",KEY_SCOPY,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SCREATE + keydef("Key_Shift_Create","KEY_SCREATE",KEY_SCREATE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SDC + keydef("Key_Shift_Delete_Char","KEY_SDC",KEY_SDC,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SDL + keydef("Key_Shift_Delete_Line","KEY_SDL",KEY_SDL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SELECT + keydef("Key_Select","KEY_SELECT",KEY_SELECT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SEND + keydef("Key_Shift_End","KEY_SEND",KEY_SEND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SEOL + keydef("Key_Shift_Clear_End_Of_Line","KEY_SEOL",KEY_SEOL,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SEXIT + keydef("Key_Shift_Exit","KEY_SEXIT",KEY_SEXIT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SFIND + keydef("Key_Shift_Find","KEY_SFIND",KEY_SFIND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SHELP + keydef("Key_Shift_Help","KEY_SHELP",KEY_SHELP,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SHOME + keydef("Key_Shift_Home","KEY_SHOME",KEY_SHOME,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SIC + keydef("Key_Shift_Insert_Char","KEY_SIC",KEY_SIC,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SLEFT + keydef("Key_Shift_Cursor_Left","KEY_SLEFT",KEY_SLEFT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SMESSAGE + keydef("Key_Shift_Message","KEY_SMESSAGE",KEY_SMESSAGE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SMOVE + keydef("Key_Shift_Move","KEY_SMOVE",KEY_SMOVE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SNEXT + keydef("Key_Shift_Next_Page","KEY_SNEXT",KEY_SNEXT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SOPTIONS + keydef("Key_Shift_Options","KEY_SOPTIONS",KEY_SOPTIONS,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SPREVIOUS + keydef("Key_Shift_Previous_Page","KEY_SPREVIOUS",KEY_SPREVIOUS,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SPRINT + keydef("Key_Shift_Print","KEY_SPRINT",KEY_SPRINT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SREDO + keydef("Key_Shift_Redo","KEY_SREDO",KEY_SREDO,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SREPLACE + keydef("Key_Shift_Replace","KEY_SREPLACE",KEY_SREPLACE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SRIGHT + keydef("Key_Shift_Cursor_Right","KEY_SRIGHT",KEY_SRIGHT,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SRSUME + keydef("Key_Shift_Resume","KEY_SRSUME",KEY_SRSUME,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SSAVE + keydef("Key_Shift_Save","KEY_SSAVE",KEY_SSAVE,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SSUSPEND + keydef("Key_Shift_Suspend","KEY_SSUSPEND",KEY_SSUSPEND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SUNDO + keydef("Key_Shift_Undo","KEY_SUNDO",KEY_SUNDO,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_SUSPEND + keydef("Key_Suspend","KEY_SUSPEND",KEY_SUSPEND,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_UNDO + keydef("Key_Undo","KEY_UNDO",KEY_UNDO,mode); +#endif +#ifdef KEY_MOUSE + keydef("Key_Mouse","KEY_MOUSE",KEY_MOUSE,mode); +#endif +} + +static void acs_def (const char *name, chtype *a) +{ + int c = a - &acs_map[0]; + printf(" %-24s : constant Character := ",name); + if (isprint(c) && (c!='`')) + printf("'%c';\n",c); + else + printf("Character'Val (%d);\n",c); +} + + +static void gen_acs (void) +{ +#ifdef ACS_ULCORNER + acs_def("ACS_Upper_Left_Corner",&ACS_ULCORNER); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_LLCORNER + acs_def("ACS_Lower_Left_Corner",&ACS_LLCORNER); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_URCORNER + acs_def("ACS_Upper_Right_Corner",&ACS_URCORNER); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_LRCORNER + acs_def("ACS_Lower_Right_Corner",&ACS_LRCORNER); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_LTEE + acs_def("ACS_Left_Tee",&ACS_LTEE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_RTEE + acs_def("ACS_Right_Tee",&ACS_RTEE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_BTEE + acs_def("ACS_Bottom_Tee",&ACS_BTEE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_TTEE + acs_def("ACS_Top_Tee",&ACS_TTEE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_HLINE + acs_def("ACS_Horizontal_Line",&ACS_HLINE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_VLINE + acs_def("ACS_Vertical_Line",&ACS_VLINE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_PLUS + acs_def("ACS_Plus_Symbol",&ACS_PLUS); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_S1 + acs_def("ACS_Scan_Line_1",&ACS_S1); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_S9 + acs_def("ACS_Scan_Line_9",&ACS_S9); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_DIAMOND + acs_def("ACS_Diamond",&ACS_DIAMOND); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_CKBOARD + acs_def("ACS_Checker_Board",&ACS_CKBOARD); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_DEGREE + acs_def("ACS_Degree",&ACS_DEGREE); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_PLMINUS + acs_def("ACS_Plus_Minus",&ACS_PLMINUS); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_BULLET + acs_def("ACS_Bullet",&ACS_BULLET); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_LARROW + acs_def("ACS_Left_Arrow",&ACS_LARROW); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_RARROW + acs_def("ACS_Right_Arrow",&ACS_RARROW); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_DARROW + acs_def("ACS_Down_Arrow",&ACS_DARROW); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_UARROW + acs_def("ACS_Up_Arrow",&ACS_UARROW); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_BOARD + acs_def("ACS_Board_Of_Squares",&ACS_BOARD); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_LANTERN + acs_def("ACS_Lantern",&ACS_LANTERN); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_BLOCK + acs_def("ACS_Solid_Block",&ACS_BLOCK); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_S3 + acs_def("ACS_Scan_Line_3",&ACS_S3); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_S7 + acs_def("ACS_Scan_Line_7",&ACS_S7); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_LEQUAL + acs_def("ACS_Less_Or_Equal",&ACS_LEQUAL); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_GEQUAL + acs_def("ACS_Greater_Or_Equal",&ACS_GEQUAL); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_PI + acs_def("ACS_PI",&ACS_PI); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_NEQUAL + acs_def("ACS_Not_Equal",&ACS_NEQUAL); +#endif +#ifdef ACS_STERLING + acs_def("ACS_Sterling",&ACS_STERLING); +#endif +} + +static void prologue(const char *name) +{ + time_t t = time(NULL); + printf("-- %s binding, generated at %s",name,ctime(&t)); + printf("-- This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!\n"); + printf("-- Run the generator instead.\n-- |"); + + printf("define(`M4_BIT_ORDER',`%s_Order_First')",little_endian ? "Low":"High"); +} + +static void basedefs (void) +{ + prologue("curses"); +#ifndef KEY_MAX +# define KEY_MAX 0777 +#endif + printf("define(`M4_KEY_MAX',`8#%o#')",KEY_MAX); +#ifndef KEY_MIN +# define KEY_MIN 0401 +#endif + if (KEY_MIN == 256) + abort(); + printf("define(`M4_SPECIAL_FIRST',`8#%o#')",KEY_MIN - 1); +} + +static void menu_basedefs (void) +{ + prologue("menu"); +} + +static void form_basedefs (void) +{ + prologue("form"); +} + +static void mouse_basedefs(void) +{ + prologue("mouse"); +} + +static void color_def (const char *name, int value) +{ + printf(" %-8s : constant Color_Number := %d;\n",name,value); +} + +static void gen_color (void) +{ +#ifdef COLOR_BLACK + color_def ("Black",COLOR_BLACK); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_RED + color_def ("Red",COLOR_RED); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_GREEN + color_def ("Green",COLOR_GREEN); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_YELLOW + color_def ("Yellow",COLOR_YELLOW); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_BLUE + color_def ("Blue",COLOR_BLUE); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_MAGENTA + color_def ("Magenta",COLOR_MAGENTA); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_CYAN + color_def ("Cyan",COLOR_CYAN); +#endif +#ifdef COLOR_WHITE + color_def ("White",COLOR_WHITE); +#endif +} + +static void gen_linkopts (void) +{ + printf(" pragma Linker_Options (\"-lncurses\");\n"); +} + +static void gen_menu_linkopts (void) +{ + printf(" pragma Linker_Options (\"-lmenu\");\n"); +} + +static void gen_form_linkopts (void) +{ + printf(" pragma Linker_Options (\"-lform\");\n"); +} + +static void gen_panel_linkopts (void) +{ + printf(" pragma Linker_Options (\"-lpanel\");\n"); +} + + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + int x = 0x12345678; + char *s = (char *)&x; + + if (*s == 0x78) + little_endian = 1; + + if (argc!=3) + exit(1); + + switch(argv[1][0]) + { + case 'B': + switch(argv[2][0]) + { + case 'A': + gen_attr_set("Character_Attribute_Set"); + break; + case 'K': + gen_keydefs(0); + break; + case 'B': + basedefs(); + break; + case 'C': + gen_color(); + break; + case 'M': + gen_acs(); + break; + case 'L': + gen_linkopts(); + break; + case 'O': + gen_keydefs(1); + break; + case 'R': + gen_chtype_rep("Attributed_Character"); + break; + default: + break; + } + break; + case 'M': + switch(argv[2][0]) + { + case 'R': + gen_menu_opt_rep("Menu_Option_Set"); + break; + case 'B': + menu_basedefs(); + break; + case 'L': + gen_menu_linkopts(); + break; + case 'I': + gen_item_opt_rep("Item_Option_Set"); + break; + default: + break; + } + break; + case 'F': + switch(argv[2][0]) + { + case 'R': + gen_form_opt_rep("Form_Option_Set"); + break; + case 'B': + form_basedefs(); + break; + case 'L': + gen_form_linkopts(); + break; + case 'I': + gen_field_opt_rep("Field_Option_Set"); + break; + default: + break; + } + break; + case 'P': + switch(argv[2][0]) + { + case 'B': + mouse_basedefs(); + break; + case 'M': + gen_mrep_rep("Mouse_Event"); + break; + case 'L': + gen_panel_linkopts(); + break; + default: + break; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + return 0; +} diff --git a/Ada95/gen/normal.m4 b/Ada95/gen/normal.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f884c465 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/normal.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +define(`MANPAGE',`define(`MANPG',$1)dnl +|===================================================================== + -- | Man page MANPG + -- |=====================================================================')dnl +define(`ANCHOR',`define(`CFUNAME',`$1')define(`AFUNAME',`$2')'dnl +|)dnl +define(`AKA',``AKA': CFUNAME')dnl +define(`ALIAS',``AKA': $1')dnl diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3fdeecb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +generic + type User is limited private; + type User_Access is access User; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data is + + -- The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own + -- internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer + -- with the low level C routines for this field without taking care of + -- this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines + -- the user pointer of this field, you should get first the low level + -- user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first + -- member the Ada95 user pointer for this field. You should never change + -- the low level user pointer of an Ada created field. + -- + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_userptr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_userptr',`Set_User_Data') + procedure Set_User_Data (Fld : in Field; + Data : in User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data); + + -- ANCHOR(`field_userptr',`Get_User_Data') + procedure Get_User_Data (Fld : in Field; + Data : out User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da9b0c5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.3 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +generic + type User is limited private; + type User_Access is access User; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data is + + -- The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own + -- internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer + -- with the low level C routines for this form without taking care of + -- this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines + -- the user pointer of this form, you should get first the low level + -- user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first + -- member the Ada95 user pointer for this form. You should never change + -- the low level user pointer of an Ada created form. + -- + -- MANPAGE(`form_userptr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_userptr',`Set_User_Data') + procedure Set_User_Data (Frm : in Form; + Data : in User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data); + + -- ANCHOR(`form_userptr',`Get_User_Data') + procedure Get_User_Data (Frm : in Form; + Data : out User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data; + diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..998fdba1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-forms.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,812 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Form -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.9 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +include(`Form_Base_Defs') +with System; +with Ada.Tags; use Ada.Tags; +with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; +with Interfaces.C; +with Interfaces.C.Strings; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms is + +include(`Form_Linker_Options') + + Space : Character renames Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space; + + type Field is private; + type Form is private; + type C_Field_Type is private; + + Null_Field : constant Field; + Null_Form : constant Form; + Null_Field_Type : constant C_Field_Type; + + + type Field_Justification is (None, + Left, + Center, + Right); + +include(`Field_Rep') + + Default_Field_Options : Field_Option_Set; + -- The initial defaults for the field options. + +include(`Form_Opt_Rep') + + Default_Form_Options : Form_Option_Set; + -- The initial defaults for the form options. + + type Buffer_Number is new Natural; + + type Field_Array is array (Positive range <>) of aliased Field; + pragma Convention (C, Field_Array); + + type Field_Array_Access is access all Field_Array; + + subtype Form_Request_Code is Key_Code range (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 57); + + -- The prefix F_ stands for "Form Request" + F_Next_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1; + F_Previous_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2; + F_First_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3; + F_Last_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4; + + F_Next_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5; + F_Previous_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6; + F_First_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7; + F_Last_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8; + F_Sorted_Next_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9; + F_Sorted_Previous_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10; + F_Sorted_First_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11; + F_Sorted_Last_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12; + F_Left_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13; + F_Right_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14; + F_Up_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15; + F_Down_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16; + + F_Next_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17; + F_Previous_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 18; + F_Next_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 19; + F_Previous_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 20; + F_Next_Word : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 21; + F_Previous_Word : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 22; + F_Begin_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 23; + F_End_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 24; + F_Begin_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 25; + F_End_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 26; + F_Left_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 27; + F_Right_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 28; + F_Up_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 29; + F_Down_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 30; + + F_New_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 31; + F_Insert_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 32; + F_Insert_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 33; + F_Delete_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 34; + F_Delete_Previous : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 35; + F_Delete_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 36; + F_Delete_Word : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 37; + F_Clear_EOL : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 38; + F_Clear_EOF : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 39; + F_Clear_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 40; + F_Overlay_Mode : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 41; + F_Insert_Mode : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 42; + + -- Vertical Scrolling + F_ScrollForward_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 43; + F_ScrollBackward_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 44; + F_ScrollForward_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 45; + F_ScrollBackward_Page : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 46; + F_ScrollForward_HalfPage : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 47; + F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 48; + + -- Horizontal Scrolling + F_HScrollForward_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 49; + F_HScrollBackward_Char : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 50; + F_HScrollForward_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 51; + F_HScrollBackward_Line : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 52; + F_HScrollForward_HalfLine : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 53; + F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 54; + + F_Validate_Field : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 55; + F_Next_Choice : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 56; + F_Previous_Choice : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 57; + + -- For those who like the old 'C' style request names + REQ_NEXT_PAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Page; + REQ_PREV_PAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Page; + REQ_FIRST_PAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_First_Page; + REQ_LAST_PAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Last_Page; + + REQ_NEXT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Field; + REQ_PREV_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Field; + REQ_FIRST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_First_Field; + REQ_LAST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Last_Field; + REQ_SNEXT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Next_Field; + REQ_SPREV_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Previous_Field; + REQ_SFIRST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_First_Field; + REQ_SLAST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Last_Field; + REQ_LEFT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Left_Field; + REQ_RIGHT_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Right_Field; + REQ_UP_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Up_Field; + REQ_DOWN_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Down_Field; + + REQ_NEXT_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Char; + REQ_PREV_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Char; + REQ_NEXT_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Line; + REQ_PREV_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Line; + REQ_NEXT_WORD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Word; + REQ_PREV_WORD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Word; + REQ_BEG_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Begin_Field; + REQ_END_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_End_Field; + REQ_BEG_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Begin_Line; + REQ_END_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_End_Line; + REQ_LEFT_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Left_Char; + REQ_RIGHT_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Right_Char; + REQ_UP_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Up_Char; + REQ_DOWN_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Down_Char; + + REQ_NEW_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_New_Line; + REQ_INS_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Char; + REQ_INS_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Line; + REQ_DEL_CHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Char; + REQ_DEL_PREV : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Previous; + REQ_DEL_LINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Line; + REQ_DEL_WORD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Word; + REQ_CLR_EOL : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_EOL; + REQ_CLR_EOF : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_EOF; + REQ_CLR_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_Field; + REQ_OVL_MODE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Overlay_Mode; + REQ_INS_MODE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Mode; + + REQ_SCR_FLINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_Line; + REQ_SCR_BLINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_Line; + REQ_SCR_FPAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_Page; + REQ_SCR_BPAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_Page; + REQ_SCR_FHPAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_HalfPage; + REQ_SCR_BHPAGE : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage; + + REQ_SCR_FCHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_Char; + REQ_SCR_BCHAR : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_Char; + REQ_SCR_HFLINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_Line; + REQ_SCR_HBLINE : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_Line; + REQ_SCR_HFHALF : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_HalfLine; + REQ_SCR_HBHALF : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine; + + REQ_VALIDATION : Form_Request_Code renames F_Validate_Field; + REQ_NEXT_CHOICE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Choice; + REQ_PREV_CHOICE : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Choice; + + + procedure Request_Name (Key : in Form_Request_Code; + Name : out String); + + ------------------ + -- Exceptions -- + ------------------ + Form_Exception : exception; + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_new.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`new_field()',`Create') + function Create (Height : Line_Count; + Width : Column_Count; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position; + Off_Screen : Natural := 0; + More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First) + return Field; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`new_field()',`New_Field') + function New_Field (Height : Line_Count; + Width : Column_Count; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position; + Off_Screen : Natural := 0; + More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First) + return Field renames Create; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`free_field()',`Delete') + procedure Delete (Fld : in out Field); + -- AKA + -- Reset Fld to Null_Field + + -- ANCHOR(`dup_field()',`Duplicate') + function Duplicate (Fld : Field; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position) return Field; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`link_field()',`Link') + function Link (Fld : Field; + Top : Line_Position; + Left : Column_Position) return Field; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_just.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_just()',`Set_Justification') + procedure Set_Justification (Fld : in Field; + Just : in Field_Justification := None); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_just()',`Get_Justification') + function Get_Justification (Fld : Field) return Field_Justification; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_buffer.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_buffer()',`Set_Buffer') + procedure Set_Buffer + (Fld : in Field; + Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First; + Str : in String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_buffer()',`Get_Buffer') + procedure Get_Buffer + (Fld : in Field; + Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First; + Str : out String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_status()',`Set_Status') + procedure Set_Status (Fld : in Field; + Status : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_status()',`Changed') + function Changed (Fld : Field) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_max()',`Set_Maximum_Size') + procedure Set_Maximum_Size (Fld : in Field; + Max : in Natural := 0); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_opts.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_opts()',`Set_Options') + procedure Set_Options (Fld : in Field; + Options : in Field_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_opts_on()',`Switch_Options') + procedure Switch_Options (Fld : in Field; + Options : in Field_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`field_opts_off()') + + -- ANCHOR(`field_opts()',`Get_Options') + procedure Get_Options (Fld : in Field; + Options : out Field_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_opts()',`Get_Options') + function Get_Options (Fld : Field := Null_Field) + return Field_Option_Set; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_attributes.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_fore()',`Set_Foreground') + procedure Set_Foreground + (Fld : in Field; + Fore : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_fore()',`Foreground') + procedure Foreground (Fld : in Field; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_fore()',`Foreground') + procedure Foreground (Fld : in Field; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_back()',`Set_Background') + procedure Set_Background + (Fld : in Field; + Back : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_back()',`Background') + procedure Background (Fld : in Field; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_back()',`Background') + procedure Background (Fld : in Field; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_pad()',`Set_Pad_Character') + procedure Set_Pad_Character (Fld : in Field; + Pad : in Character := Space); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_pad()',`Pad_Character') + procedure Pad_Character (Fld : in Field; + Pad : out Character); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_info.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`field_info()',`Info') + procedure Info (Fld : in Field; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count; + First_Row : out Line_Position; + First_Column : out Column_Position; + Off_Screen : out Natural; + Additional_Buffers : out Buffer_Number); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`dynamic_field_info()',`Dynamic_Info') + procedure Dynamic_Info (Fld : in Field; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count; + Max : out Natural); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_win.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_win()',`Set_Window') + procedure Set_Window (Frm : in Form; + Win : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`form_win()',`Get_Window') + function Get_Window (Frm : Form) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_sub()',`Set_Sub_Window') + procedure Set_Sub_Window (Frm : in Form; + Win : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`form_sub()',`Get_Sub_Window') + function Get_Sub_Window (Frm : Form) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`scale_form()',`Scale') + procedure Scale (Frm : in Form; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_hook.3x') + + type Form_Hook_Function is access procedure (Frm : in Form); + pragma Convention (C, Form_Hook_Function); + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_init()',`Set_Field_Init_Hook') + procedure Set_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_term()',`Set_Field_Term_Hook') + procedure Set_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_init()',`Set_Form_Init_Hook') + procedure Set_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_term()',`Set_Form_Term_Hook') + procedure Set_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : in Form; + Proc : in Form_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_init()',`Get_Field_Init_Hook') + function Get_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Get_Field_Init_Hook, "field_init"); + + -- ANCHOR(`field_term()',`Get_Field_Term_Hook') + function Get_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Get_Field_Term_Hook, "field_term"); + + -- ANCHOR(`form_init()',`Get_Form_Init_Hook') + function Get_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Get_Form_Init_Hook, "form_init"); + + -- ANCHOR(`form_term()',`Get_Form_Term_Hook') + function Get_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Get_Form_Term_Hook, "form_term"); + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_fields()',`Redefine') + procedure Redefine (Frm : in Form; + Flds : in Field_Array); + -- AKA + -- With a bit more comfort. You don´t need to terminate the Field_Array + -- with a null entry. This is handled internally in the binding. + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_fields()',`Set_Fields') + procedure Set_Fields (Frm : in Form; + Flds : in Field_Array) renames Redefine; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`form_fields()',`Fields') + function Fields (Frm : Form) return Field_Array_Access; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_count()',`Field_Count') + function Field_Count (Frm : Form) return Natural; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`move_field()',`Move') + procedure Move (Fld : in Field; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_new.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`new_form()',`Create') + function Create (Fields : Field_Array) return Form; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`new_form()',`New_Form') + function New_Form (Fields : Field_Array) return Form renames Create; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`free_form()',`Delete') + procedure Delete (Frm : in out Form); + -- AKA + -- Reset Frm to Null_Form + + -- MANPAGE(`form_opts.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_opts()',`Set_Options') + procedure Set_Options (Frm : in Form; + Options : in Form_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`form_opts_on()',`Switch_Options') + procedure Switch_Options (Frm : in Form; + Options : in Form_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`form_opts_off()') + + -- ANCHOR(`form_opts()',`Get_Options') + procedure Get_Options (Frm : in Form; + Options : out Form_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`form_opts()',`Get_Options') + function Get_Options (Frm : Form := Null_Form) return Form_Option_Set; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_post.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`post_form()',`Post') + procedure Post (Frm : in Form; + Post : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`unpost_form()') + + -- MANPAGE(`form_cursor.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`pos_form_cursor()',`Position_Cursor') + procedure Position_Cursor (Frm : Form); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_data.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`data_ahead()',`Data_Ahead') + function Data_Ahead (Frm : Form) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`data_behind()',`Data_Behind') + function Data_Behind (Frm : Form) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_driver.3x') + + type Driver_Result is (Form_Ok, + Request_Denied, + Unknown_Request, + Invalid_Field); + + -- ANCHOR(`form_driver()',`Driver') + function Driver (Frm : Form; + Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_page.3x') + + type Page_Number is new Natural; + + -- ANCHOR(`set_current_field()',`Set_Current') + procedure Set_Current (Frm : in Form; + Fld : in Field); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`current_field()',`Current') + function Current (Frm : in Form) return Field; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_form_page()',`Set_Page') + procedure Set_Page (Frm : in Form; + Page : in Page_Number := Page_Number'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`form_page()',`Page') + function Page (Frm : Form) return Page_Number; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`field_index()',`Get_Index') + function Get_Index (Fld : Field) return Positive; + -- AKA + -- Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of fields + -- with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low + -- level call. + + -- MANPAGE(`form_new_page.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_new_page()',`Set_New_Page') + procedure Set_New_Page (Fld : in Field; + New_Page : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`new_page()',`Is_New_Page') + function Is_New_Page (Fld : Field) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`form_fieldtype.3x') + + type Field_Type is abstract tagged null record; + type Field_Type_Access is access all Field_Type'Class; + + function Native_Type (Ftype : Field_Type) + return C_Field_Type is abstract; + -- This function returns the C libraries handle to the field type. + -- May be you need this if you want to interface to lower level + -- routines in the form library. + + -- ANCHOR(`set_field_type()',`Set_Type') + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Field_Type) is abstract; + -- AKA + -- But: we hide the vararg mechanism of the C interface. You always + -- have to pass a single Field_Type parameter. + + type C_Defined_Field_Type is abstract new Field_Type with null record; + -- This is the root of all field typed defined in C, i.e. this are + -- the predefined field types in the form library. + + type Alpha_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type + with record + Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0; + end record; + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Alpha_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + type Alpha_Numeric_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with + record + Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0; + end record; + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Alpha_Numeric_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Numeric_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + type Integer_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with + record + Precision : Natural; + Lower_Limit : Integer; + Upper_Limit : Integer; + end record; + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Integer_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Integer_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + type Numeric_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with + record + Precision : Natural; + Lower_Limit : Float; + Upper_Limit : Float; + end record; + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Numeric_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Numeric_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + type String_Access is access String; + + type Regular_Expression_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with + record + Regular_Expression : String_Access; + end record; + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Regular_Expression_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Regular_Expression_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + type Enum_Array is array (Positive range <>) + of String_Access; + + type Enumeration_Info (C : Positive) is + record + Names : Enum_Array (1 .. C); + Case_Sensitive : Boolean := False; + Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False; + end record; + + type Enumeration_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with private; + + function Create (Info : Enumeration_Info; + Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False) + return Enumeration_Field; + -- Make an fieldtype from the info. Enumerations are special, because + -- they normally don't copy the enum values into a private store, so + -- we have to care for the lifetime of the info we provide. + -- The Auto_Release_Names flag may be used to automatically releases + -- the strings in the Names array of the Enumeration_Info. + + function Make_Enumeration_Type (Info : Enumeration_Info; + Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False) + return Enumeration_Field renames Create; + + procedure Release (Enum : in out Enumeration_Field); + -- But we may want to release the field to release the memory allocated + -- by it internally. After that the Enumeration field is no longer usable. + + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Enumeration_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Enumeration_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + -- The next type defintions are all ncurses extensions. They are typically + -- not available in other curses implementations. + + type Internet_V4_Address_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type + with null record; + procedure Set_Type (Fld : in Field; + Fld_Type : in Internet_V4_Address_Field); + function Native_Type (Ftype : Internet_V4_Address_Field) + return C_Field_Type; + + + type Ada_Defined_Field_Type is abstract new Field_Type with null record; + -- This is the root of the mechanism we use to create field types in + -- Ada95. You don't have to redefine the Set_Field_Type and + -- Native_Field_Type methods, because they work generically on this + -- class. + + procedure Set_Type (Fld : Field; + Fld_Type : Ada_Defined_Field_Type); + + function Native_Type (Ftype : Ada_Defined_Field_Type) + return C_Field_Type; + + -- MANPAGE(`form_field_validation.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`field_type()',`Get_Type') + function Get_Type (Fld : in Field) return Field_Type_Access; + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`field_arg()') + -- In Ada95 we can combine these + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +private + + type Field is new System.Address; + type Form is new System.Address; + type C_Field_Type is new System.Address; + + Null_Field : constant Field := Field (System.Null_Address); + Null_Form : constant Form := Form (System.Null_Address); + Null_Field_Type : constant C_Field_Type := + C_Field_Type (System.Null_Address); + + type CPA_Access is access Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array; + + type Enumeration_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with + record + Case_Sensitive : Boolean := False; + Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False; + Arr : CPA_Access := null; + end record; + + -- In our binding we use the fields user pointer as hook to maintain + -- our own info structure about the field type. To be able to still + -- provide a user pointer, we use this wrapper. + -- + type Field_User_Wrapper is + record + U : System.Address; -- the hook we provide for the user + T : Field_Type_Access; -- may be null + N : Natural; -- use counter + end record; + pragma Convention (C, Field_User_Wrapper); + type Field_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Field_User_Wrapper; + pragma Controlled (Field_User_Wrapper_Access); + + function Set_Field_Userptr (Fld : Field; + Wrp : Field_User_Wrapper_Access) + return Interfaces.C.int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Userptr, "set_field_userptr"); + + function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) return Field_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr"); + + -- In our binding we use the forms user pointer as hook to maintain + -- our own info structure about the field association. To be able to still + -- provide a user pointer, we use this wrapper. + -- + type Form_User_Wrapper is + record + U : System.Address; -- the hook we provide for the user + I : Field_Array_Access; + end record; + pragma Convention (C, Form_User_Wrapper); + type Form_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Form_User_Wrapper; + pragma Controlled (Form_User_Wrapper_Access); + + function Set_Form_Userptr (Frm : Form; + Wrp : Form_User_Wrapper_Access) + return Interfaces.C.int; + pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Userptr, "set_form_userptr"); + + function Form_Userptr (Frm : Form) return Form_User_Wrapper_Access; + pragma Import (C, Form_Userptr, "form_userptr"); + + procedure Register_Type (T : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class; + Cft : in C_Field_Type); + procedure Unregister_Type (T : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class); + function Search_Type (T : Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class) + return C_Field_Type; + + Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.M4_BIT_ORDER; + -- This constant may be different on your system. + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c32e764a --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +generic + type User is limited private; + type User_Access is access User; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data is + + -- The binding uses the same user pointer for menu items + -- as the low level C implementation. So you can safely + -- read or write the user pointer also with the C routines + -- + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_userptr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_item_userptr',`Set_User_Data') + procedure Set_User_Data (Itm : in Item; + Data : in User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data); + + -- ANCHOR(`item_userptr',`Get_User_Data') + procedure Get_User_Data (Itm : in Item; + Data : out User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..79a702b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +generic + type User is limited private; + type User_Access is access User; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data is + + -- The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own + -- internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer + -- with the low level C routines for this menu without taking care of + -- this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines + -- the user pointer of this menu, you should get first the low level + -- user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first + -- member the Ada95 user pointer for this menu. You should never change + -- the low level user pointer of an Ada created menu. + -- + -- MANPAGE(`menu_userptr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_userptr',`Set_User_Data') + procedure Set_User_Data (Men : in Menu; + Data : in User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data); + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_userptr',`Get_User_Data') + procedure Get_User_Data (Men : in Menu; + Data : out User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c1c42f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-menus.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,519 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menu -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.7 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +include(`Menu_Base_Defs') +with System; +with Interfaces.C; +with Ada.Characters.Latin_1; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus is + +include(`Menu_Linker_Options') + + + Space : Character renames Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space; + + type Item is private; + type Menu is private; + + --------------------------- + -- Interface constants -- + --------------------------- + Null_Item : constant Item; + Null_Menu : constant Menu; + + subtype Menu_Request_Code is Key_Code + range (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 17); + + -- The prefix M_ stands for "Menu Request" + M_Left_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1; + M_Right_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2; + M_Up_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3; + M_Down_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4; + M_ScrollUp_Line : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5; + M_ScrollDown_Line : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6; + M_ScrollDown_Page : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7; + M_ScrollUp_Page : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8; + M_First_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9; + M_Last_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10; + M_Next_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11; + M_Previous_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12; + M_Toggle_Item : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13; + M_Clear_Pattern : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14; + M_Back_Pattern : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15; + M_Next_Match : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16; + M_Previous_Match : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17; + + -- For those who like the old 'C' names for the request codes + REQ_LEFT_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Left_Item; + REQ_RIGHT_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Right_Item; + REQ_UP_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Up_Item; + REQ_DOWN_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Down_Item; + REQ_SCR_ULINE : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollUp_Line; + REQ_SCR_DLINE : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollDown_Line; + REQ_SCR_DPAGE : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollDown_Page; + REQ_SCR_UPAGE : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollUp_Page; + REQ_FIRST_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_First_Item; + REQ_LAST_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Last_Item; + REQ_NEXT_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Next_Item; + REQ_PREV_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Previous_Item; + REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Toggle_Item; + REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Clear_Pattern; + REQ_BACK_PATTERN : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Back_Pattern; + REQ_NEXT_MATCH : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Next_Match; + REQ_PREV_MATCH : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Previous_Match; + + procedure Request_Name (Key : in Menu_Request_Code; + Name : out String); + + ------------------ + -- Exceptions -- + ------------------ + + Menu_Exception : exception; + -- + -- Menu options + -- + +include(`Menu_Opt_Rep') + + Default_Menu_Options : Menu_Option_Set; + -- Initial default options for a menu. + + -- + -- Item options + -- +include(`Item_Rep') + + Default_Item_Options : Item_Option_Set; + -- Initial default options for an item. + + -- + -- Item Array + -- + type Item_Array is array (Positive range <>) of aliased Item; + pragma Convention (C, Item_Array); + + type Item_Array_Access is access all Item_Array; + + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_new.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`new_item()',`Create') + function Create (Name : String; + Description : String := "") return Item; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`new_item()',`New_Item') + function New_Item (Name : String; + Description : String := "") return Item + renames Create; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`free_item()',`Delete') + procedure Delete (Itm : in out Item); + -- AKA + -- Resets Itm to Null_Item + + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_value.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_item_value()',`Set_Value') + procedure Set_Value (Itm : in Item; + Value : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_value()',`Value') + function Value (Itm : Item) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_visible.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`item_visible()',`Visible') + function Visible (Itm : Item) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_opts.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_item_opts()',`Set_Options') + procedure Set_Options (Itm : in Item; + Options : in Item_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_opts_on()',`Switch_Options') + procedure Switch_Options (Itm : in Item; + Options : in Item_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`item_opts_off()') + + -- ANCHOR(`item_opts()',`Get_Options') + procedure Get_Options (Itm : in Item; + Options : out Item_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_opts()',`Get_Options') + function Get_Options (Itm : Item := Null_Item) return Item_Option_Set; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_name.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`item_name()',`Name') + procedure Name (Itm : in Item; + Name : out String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_description();',`Description') + procedure Description (Itm : in Item; + Description : out String); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`mitem_current.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_current_item()',`Set_Current') + procedure Set_Current (Men : in Menu; + Itm : in Item); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`current_item()',`Current') + function Current (Men : Menu) return Item; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_top_row()',`Set_Top_Row') + procedure Set_Top_Row (Men : in Menu; + Line : in Line_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`top_row()',`Top_Row') + function Top_Row (Men : Menu) return Line_Position; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_index()',`Get_Index') + function Get_Index (Itm : Item) return Positive; + -- AKA + -- Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of items + -- with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low + -- level call. + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_post.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`post_menu()',`Post') + procedure Post (Men : in Menu; + Post : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`unpost_menu()') + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_opts.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_opts()',`Set_Options') + procedure Set_Options (Men : in Menu; + Options : in Menu_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_opts_on()',`Switch_Options') + procedure Switch_Options (Men : in Menu; + Options : in Menu_Option_Set; + On : Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`menu_opts_off()') + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_opts()',`Get_Options') + procedure Get_Options (Men : in Menu; + Options : out Menu_Option_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_opts()',`Get_Options') + function Get_Options (Men : Menu := Null_Menu) return Menu_Option_Set; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_win.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_win()',`Set_Window') + procedure Set_Window (Men : in Menu; + Win : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_win()',`Get_Window') + function Get_Window (Men : Menu) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_sub()',`Set_Sub_Window') + procedure Set_Sub_Window (Men : in Menu; + Win : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_sub()',`Get_Sub_Window') + function Get_Sub_Window (Men : Menu) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`scale_menu()',`Scale') + procedure Scale (Men : in Menu; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_cursor.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`pos_menu_cursor()',`Position_Cursor') + procedure Position_Cursor (Men : Menu); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_mark.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_mark()',`Set_Mark') + procedure Set_Mark (Men : in Menu; + Mark : in String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_mark()',`Mark') + procedure Mark (Men : in Menu; + Mark : out String); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_attribs.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_fore()',`Set_Foreground') + procedure Set_Foreground + (Men : in Menu; + Fore : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_fore()',`Foreground') + procedure Foreground (Men : in Menu; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_fore()',`Foreground') + procedure Foreground (Men : in Menu; + Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_back()',`Set_Background') + procedure Set_Background + (Men : in Menu; + Back : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_back()',`Background') + procedure Background (Men : in Menu; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set); + -- AKA + -- ANCHOR(`menu_back()',`Background') + + procedure Background (Men : in Menu; + Back : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_grey()',`Set_Grey') + procedure Set_Grey + (Men : in Menu; + Grey : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_grey()',`Grey') + procedure Grey (Men : in Menu; + Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_grey()',`Grey') + procedure Grey + (Men : in Menu; + Grey : out Character_Attribute_Set; + Color : out Color_Pair); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_pad()',`Set_Pad_Character') + procedure Set_Pad_Character (Men : in Menu; + Pad : in Character := Space); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_pad()',`Pad_Character') + procedure Pad_Character (Men : in Menu; + Pad : out Character); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_spacing.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_spacing()',`Set_Spacing') + procedure Set_Spacing (Men : in Menu; + Descr : in Column_Position := 0; + Row : in Line_Position := 0; + Col : in Column_Position := 0); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_spacing()',`Spacing') + procedure Spacing (Men : in Menu; + Descr : out Column_Position; + Row : out Line_Position; + Col : out Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_pattern.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_pattern()',`Set_Pattern') + function Set_Pattern (Men : Menu; + Text : String) return Boolean; + -- AKA + -- Return TRUE if the pattern matches, FALSE otherwise + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_pattern()',`Pattern') + procedure Pattern (Men : in Menu; + Text : out String); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_format.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_format()',`Set_Format') + procedure Set_Format (Men : in Menu; + Lines : in Line_Count; + Columns : in Column_Count); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_format()',`Format') + procedure Format (Men : in Menu; + Lines : out Line_Count; + Columns : out Column_Count); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_hook.3x') + + type Menu_Hook_Function is access procedure (Men : in Menu); + pragma Convention (C, Menu_Hook_Function); + + -- ANCHOR(`set_item_init()',`Set_Item_Init_Hook') + procedure Set_Item_Init_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_item_term()',`Set_Item_Term_Hook') + procedure Set_Item_Term_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_init()',`Set_Menu_Init_Hook') + procedure Set_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_term()',`Set_Menu_Term_Hook') + procedure Set_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : in Menu; + Proc : in Menu_Hook_Function); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_init()',`Get_Item_Init_Hook') + function Get_Item_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_term()',`Get_Item_Term_Hook') + function Get_Item_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_init()',`Get_Menu_Init_Hook') + function Get_Menu_Init_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_term()',`Get_Menu_Term_Hook') + function Get_Menu_Term_Hook (Men : Menu) return Menu_Hook_Function; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_items.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_menu_items()',`Redefine') + procedure Redefine (Men : in Menu; + Items : in Item_Array); + -- AKA + -- With a bit more comfort. You don´t need to terminate the Item_Array + -- with a null entry. This is handled internally in the binding. + + procedure Set_Items (Men : in Menu; + Items : in Item_Array) renames Redefine; + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_items()',`Items') + function Items (Men : Menu) return Item_Array_Access; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`item_count()',`Item_Count') + function Item_Count (Men : Menu) return Natural; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_new.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`new_menu()',`Create') + function Create (Items : Item_Array) return Menu; + -- AKA + + function New_Menu (Items : Item_Array) return Menu renames Create; + + -- ANCHOR(`free_menu()',`Delete') + procedure Delete (Men : in out Menu); + -- AKA + -- Reset Men to Null_Menu + + -- MANPAGE(`menu_new.3x') + + type Driver_Result is (Menu_Ok, + Request_Denied, + Unknown_Request, + No_Match); + + -- ANCHOR(`menu_driver()',`Driver') + function Driver (Men : Menu; + Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result; + -- AKA + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +private + type Item is new System.Address; + type Menu is new System.Address; + + Null_Item : constant Item := Item (System.Null_Address); + Null_Menu : constant Menu := Menu (System.Null_Address); + + -- This binding uses the original user pointer mechanism of a menu to store + -- specific informations about a menu. This wrapper record carries this + -- specifics and contains a field to maintain a new user pointer. Please + -- note that you must take this into account if you wan't to use the user + -- pointer mechanism of a menu created with this binding in low-level C + -- routines. + type Ada_User_Wrapper is + record + U : System.Address; + I : Item_Array_Access; + end record; + pragma Convention (C, Ada_User_Wrapper); + type Ada_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Ada_User_Wrapper; + pragma Controlled (Ada_User_Wrapper_Access); + + Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.M4_BIT_ORDER; + -- This constant may be different on your system. + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4a5928f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-mouse.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-mouse_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.6 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +include(`Mouse_Base_Defs') +with System; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse is + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_mouse.3x') + -- Please note, that in ncurses-1.9.9e documentation mouse support + -- is still marked as experimental. So also this binding will change + -- if the ncurses methods change. + -- + type Event_Mask is private; + No_Events : constant Event_Mask; + All_Events : constant Event_Mask; + + type Mouse_Button is (Left, -- aka: Button 1 + Middle, -- aka: Button 2 + Right, -- aka: Button 3 + Button4, -- aka: Button 4 + Control, -- Control Key + Shift, -- Shift Key + Alt); -- ALT Key + + type Button_State is (Released, + Pressed, + Clicked, + Double_Clicked, + Triple_Clicked); + + type Mouse_Event is private; + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_mouse.3x') + + procedure Register_Reportable_Event + (B : in Mouse_Button; + S : in Button_State; + Mask : in out Event_Mask); + -- Stores the event described by the button and the state in the mask. + -- Before you call this the first time, you should init the mask + -- with the Empty_Mask constant + + -- ANCHOR(`mousemask()',`Start_Mouse') + function Start_Mouse (Mask : Event_Mask := All_Events) + return Event_Mask; + -- AKA + + procedure End_Mouse; + pragma Import (C, End_Mouse, "_nc_ada_unregister_mouse"); + -- Terminates the mouse + + -- ANCHOR(`getmouse()',`Get_Mouse') + function Get_Mouse return Mouse_Event; + -- AKA + + procedure Get_Event (Event : in Mouse_Event; + Y : out Line_Position; + X : out Column_Position; + Button : out Mouse_Button; + State : out Button_State); + -- !!! Warning: X and Y are screen coordinates. Due to ripped of lines they + -- may not be identical to window coordinates. + + -- ANCHOR(`ungetmouse()',`Unget_Mouse') + procedure Unget_Mouse (Event : in Mouse_Event); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wenclose()',`Enclosed_In_Window') + function Enclosed_In_Window (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Event : Mouse_Event) return Boolean; + -- AKA + -- But : use event instead of screen coordinates. + + -- ANCHOR(`mouseinterval()',`Mouse_Interval') + function Mouse_Interval (Msec : Natural := 200) return Natural; + -- AKA + +private + type Event_Mask is new Interfaces.C.int; + No_Events : constant Event_Mask := 0; + All_Events : constant Event_Mask := -1; + + type Mouse_Event is + record + Id : Integer range Integer (Interfaces.C.short'First) .. + Integer (Interfaces.C.Short'Last); + X, Y, Z : Integer range Integer (Interfaces.C.int'First) .. + Integer (Interfaces.C.int'Last); + Bstate : Event_Mask; + end record; + pragma Convention (C, Mouse_Event); + pragma Pack (Mouse_Event); + +include(`Mouse_Event_Rep') + Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.M4_BIT_ORDER; + -- This constant may be different on your system. + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Mouse; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d68cc23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-panels-user_data_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +generic + type User is limited private; + type User_Access is access all User; +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data is + + -- MANPAGE(`panel.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`set_panel_userptr',`Set_User_Data') + procedure Set_User_Data (Pan : in Panel; + Data : in User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data); + + -- ANCHOR(`panel_userptr',`Get_User_Data') + procedure Get_User_Data (Pan : in Panel; + Data : out User_Access); + -- AKA + pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels.User_Data; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2503b1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses-panels.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses-panels_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)dnl +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.2 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +with System; + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels is + +include(`Panel_Linker_Options') + + type Panel is private; + + --------------------------- + -- Interface constants -- + --------------------------- + Null_Panel : constant Panel; + + ------------------- + -- Exceptions -- + ------------------- + + Panel_Exception : exception; + + -- MANPAGE(`panel.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`new_panel()',`Create') + function Create (Win : Window) return Panel; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`new_panel()',`New_Panel') + function New_Panel (Win : Window) return Panel renames Create; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`bottom_panel()',`Bottom') + procedure Bottom (Pan : in Panel); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`top_panel()',`Top') + procedure Top (Pan : in Panel); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`show_panel()',`Show') + procedure Show (Pan : in Panel); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`update_panels()',`Update_Panels') + procedure Update_Panels; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Update_Panels, "update_panels"); + + -- ANCHOR(`hide_panel()',`Hide') + procedure Hide (Pan : in Panel); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`panel_window()',`Get_Window') + function Get_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`panel_window()',`Panel_Window') + function Panel_Window (Pan : Panel) return Window renames Get_Window; + + -- ANCHOR(`replace_panel()',`Replace') + procedure Replace (Pan : in Panel; + Win : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`move_panel()',`Move') + procedure Move (Pan : in Panel; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`panel_hidden()',`Is_Hidden') + function Is_Hidden (Pan : Panel) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`panel_above()',`Above') + function Above (Pan : Panel) return Panel; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Above, "panel_above"); + + -- ANCHOR(`panel_below()',`Below') + function Below (Pan : Panel) return Panel; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Below, "panel_below"); + + -- ANCHOR(`del_panel()',`Delete') + procedure Delete (Pan : in out Panel); + -- AKA + + private + type Panel is new System.Address; + Null_Panel : constant Panel := Panel (System.Null_Address); + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Panels; diff --git a/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses.ads.m4 b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses.ads.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4f7ce9d --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/gen/terminal_interface-curses.ads.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,1187 @@ +-- -*- ada -*- +define(`HTMLNAME',`terminal_interface-curses_s.html')dnl +include(M4MACRO)------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- -- +-- GNAT ncurses Binding -- +-- -- +-- Terminal_Interface.Curses -- +-- -- +-- S P E C -- +-- -- +-- Version 00.92 -- +-- -- +-- The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by -- +-- Juergen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de -- +-- -- +-- Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this -- +-- binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part -- +-- of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED -- +-- this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not -- +-- removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the -- +-- author of this binding in any applications linked with it is -- +-- highly appreciated. -- +-- -- +-- This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. -- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +-- Version Control: +-- $Revision: 1.7 $ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +include(`Base_Defs') +with System; +with Interfaces.C; -- We need this for some assertions. + +package Terminal_Interface.Curses is + +include(`Linker_Options') + type Window is private; + Null_Window : constant Window; + + type Line_Position is new Natural; -- line coordinate + type Column_Position is new Natural; -- column coordinate + + subtype Line_Count is Line_Position range 1 .. Line_Position'Last; + -- Type to count lines. We do not allow null windows, so must be positive + subtype Column_Count is Column_Position range 1 .. Column_Position'Last; + -- Type to count columns. We do not allow null windows, so must be positive + + type Key_Code is new Natural; + -- That is anything including real characters, special keys and logical + -- request codes. + + subtype Real_Key_Code is Key_Code range 0 .. M4_KEY_MAX; + -- This are the codes that potentially represent a real keystroke. + -- Not all codes may be possible on a specific terminal. To check the + -- availability of a special key, the Has_Key function is provided. + + subtype Special_Key_Code is Real_Key_Code + range M4_SPECIAL_FIRST .. Real_Key_Code'Last; + -- Type for a function- or special key number + + subtype Normal_Key_Code is Real_Key_Code range + Character'Pos (Character'First) .. Character'Pos (Character'Last); + -- This are the codes for regular (incl. non-graphical) characters. + + -- Constants for function- and special keys + -- + Key_None : constant Special_Key_Code := M4_SPECIAL_FIRST; +include(`Key_Definitions') + Key_Max : constant Special_Key_Code + := Special_Key_Code'Last; + + subtype User_Key_Code is Key_Code + range (Key_Max + 129) .. Key_Code'Last; + -- This is reserved for user defined key codes. The range between Key_Max + -- and the first user code is reserved for subsystems like menu and forms. + + -- For those who like to use the original key names we produce them were + -- they differ from the original. Please note that they may differ in + -- lower/upper case. +include(`Old_Keys') + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + type Color_Number is range 0 .. Integer (Interfaces.C.short'Last); + for Color_Number'Size use Interfaces.C.short'Size; + -- (n)curses uses a short for the color index + -- The model is, that a Color_Number is an index into an array of + -- (potentially) definable colors. Some of those indices are + -- predefined (see below), although they may not really exist. + +include(`Color_Defs') + type RGB_Value is range 0 .. Integer (Interfaces.C.Short'Last); + for RGB_Value'Size use Interfaces.C.short'Size; + -- Some system may allow to redefine a color by setting RGB values. + + type Color_Pair is range 0 .. 255; + for Color_Pair'Size use 8; + subtype Redefinable_Color_Pair is Color_Pair range 1 .. 255; + -- (n)curses reserves 1 Byte for the color-pair number. Color Pair 0 + -- is fixed (Black & White). A color pair is simply a combination of + -- two colors described by Color_Numbers, one for the foreground and + -- the other for the background + +include(`Character_Attribute_Set_Rep') + -- (n)curses uses half of an integer for attributes. + + Normal_Video : constant Character_Attribute_Set := (others => False); + + type Attributed_Character is + record + Attr : Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : Color_Pair := 0; + Ch : Character := ' '; + end record; + pragma Convention (C, Attributed_Character); + -- This is the counterpart for the chtype in C. + +include(`AC_Rep') + Default_Character : constant Attributed_Character + := (Ch => Character'First, + Color => Color_Pair'First, + Attr => Normal_Video); + + type Attributed_String is array (Positive range <>) of Attributed_Character; + pragma Pack (Attributed_String); + -- In this binding we allow strings of attributed characters. + + ------------------ + -- Exceptions -- + ------------------ + Curses_Exception : exception; + + -- Those exceptions are raised by the ETI (Extended Terminal Interface) + -- subpackets for Menu and Forms handling. + -- + Eti_System_Error : exception; + Eti_Bad_Argument : exception; + Eti_Posted : exception; + Eti_Connected : exception; + Eti_Bad_State : exception; + Eti_No_Room : exception; + Eti_Not_Posted : exception; + Eti_Unknown_Command : exception; + Eti_No_Match : exception; + Eti_Not_Selectable : exception; + Eti_Not_Connected : exception; + Eti_Request_Denied : exception; + Eti_Invalid_Field : exception; + Eti_Current : exception; + + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + -- External C variables + -- Conceptually even in C this are kind of constants, but they are + -- initialized and sometimes changed by the library routines at runtime + -- depending on the type of terminal. I believe the best way to model + -- this is to use functions. + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + function Lines return Line_Count; + pragma Inline (Lines); + + function Columns return Column_Count; + pragma Inline (Columns); + + function Tab_Size return Natural; + pragma Inline (Tab_Size); + + function Number_Of_Colors return Natural; + pragma Inline (Number_Of_Colors); + + function Number_Of_Color_Pairs return Natural; + pragma Inline (Number_Of_Color_Pairs); + + ACS_Map : array (Character'Val (0) .. Character'Val (127)) of + Attributed_Character; + pragma Import (C, ACS_Map, "acs_map"); + -- + -- + -- Constants for several symbols from the Alternate Character Set + -- You must use this constants as indices into the ACS_Map array + -- to get the corresponding attributed character at runtime. + -- +include(`ACS_Map') + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_initscr.3x') + -- | Not implemented: newterm, set_term, delscreen + + -- ANCHOR(`stdscr',`Standard_Window') + function Standard_Window return Window; + -- AKA + pragma Inline (Standard_Window); + + -- ANCHOR(`initscr()',`Init_Screen') + procedure Init_Screen; + + -- ANCHOR(`initscr()',`Init_Windows') + procedure Init_Windows renames Init_Screen; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`endwin()',`End_Windows') + procedure End_Windows; + -- AKA + procedure End_Screen renames End_Windows; + + -- ANCHOR(`isendwin()',`Is_End_Window') + function Is_End_Window return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_move.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wmove()',`Move_Cursor') + procedure Move_Cursor (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_addch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`waddch()',`Add') + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Character); + -- Add a single character at the current logical cursor position to + -- the window. Use the current windows attributes. + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwaddch()',`Add') + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + procedure Add + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Ch : in Character); + -- Move to the position and add a single character into the window + + -- ANCHOR(`wechochar()',`Add_With_Immediate_Echo') + procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + procedure Add_With_Immediate_Echo + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Character); + -- Add a character and do an immediate resfresh of the screen. + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_window.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`newwin()',`Create') + function Create + (Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window; + -- AKA + + function New_Window + (Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window + renames Create; + + -- ANCHOR(`delwin()',`Delete') + procedure Delete (Win : in out Window); + -- AKA + -- Reset Win to Null_Window + + -- ANCHOR(`subwin()',`Sub_Window') + function Sub_Window + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`derwin()',`Derived_Window') + function Derived_Window + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`dupwin()',`Duplicate') + function Duplicate (Win : Window) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwin()',`Move_Window') + procedure Move_Window (Win : in Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`mvderwin()',`Move_Derived_Window') + procedure Move_Derived_Window (Win : in Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wsyncup()',`Synchronize_Upwards') + procedure Synchronize_Upwards (Win : in Window); + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Synchronize_Upwards, "wsyncup"); + + -- ANCHOR(`wsyncdown()',`Synchronize_Downwards') + procedure Synchronize_Downwards (Win : in Window); + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Synchronize_Downwards, "wsyncdown"); + + -- ANCHOR(`syncok()',`Set_Synch_Mode') + procedure Set_Synch_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_addstr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`waddnstr()',`Add') + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`waddstr()') + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwaddnstr()',`Add') + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`mvwaddstr()') + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_addchstr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`waddchnstr()',`Add') + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : in Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`waddchstr()') + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwaddchnstr()',`Add') + procedure Add (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : in Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`mvwaddchstr()') + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_border.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wborder()',`Border') + procedure Border + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Left_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Right_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Top_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Bottom_Side_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Upper_Left_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Upper_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Lower_Left_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Lower_Right_Corner_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character + ); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`box()',`Box') + procedure Box + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Vertical_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character; + Horizontal_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`whline()',`Horizontal_Line') + procedure Horizontal_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line_Size : in Natural; + Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wvline()',`Vertical_Line') + procedure Vertical_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line_Size : in Natural; + Line_Symbol : in Attributed_Character := Default_Character); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_getch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wgetch()',`Get_Keystroke') + function Get_Keystroke (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Real_Key_Code; + -- AKA + -- Get a character from the keyboard and echo it - if enabled - to the + -- window. + -- If for any reason (i.e. a timeout) we couldn't get a character the + -- returned keycode is Key_None. + + -- ANCHOR(`ungetch()',`Undo_Keystroke') + procedure Undo_Keystroke (Key : in Real_Key_Code); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`has_key()',`Has_Key') + function Has_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean; + -- AKA + -- | + -- | Some helper functions + -- | + function Is_Function_Key (Key : Special_Key_Code) return Boolean; + -- Return True if the Key is a function key (i.e. one of F0 .. F63) + + subtype Function_Key_Number is Integer range 0 .. 63; + -- (n)curses allows for 64 function keys. + + function Function_Key (Key : Real_Key_Code) return Function_Key_Number; + -- Return the number of the function key. If the code is not a + -- function key, a CONSTRAINT_ERROR will be raised. + + function Function_Key_Code (Key : Function_Key_Number) return Real_Key_Code; + -- Return the key code for a given functionkey number. + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_attr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wattron()',`Switch_Character_Attribute') + procedure Switch_Character_Attribute + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + On : in Boolean := True); -- if False we switch Off. + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`wattroff()') + + -- ANCHOR(`wattrset()',`Set_Character_Attributes') + procedure Set_Character_Attributes + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wattr_get()',`Get_Character_Attribute') + function Get_Character_Attribute + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) return Character_Attribute_Set; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wattr_get()',`Get_Character_Attribute') + function Get_Character_Attribute + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window) return Color_Pair; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wchgat()',`Change_Attributes') + procedure Change_Attributes + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Count : in Integer := -1; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwchgat()',`Change_Attributes') + procedure Change_Attributes + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position := Line_Position'First; + Column : in Column_Position := Column_Position'First; + Count : in Integer := -1; + Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_beep.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`beep()',`Beep') + procedure Beep; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`flash()',`Flash_Screen') + procedure Flash_Screen; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_inopts.3x') + + -- | Not implemented : typeahead + -- + -- ANCHOR(`cbreak()',`Set_Cbreak_Mode') + procedure Set_Cbreak_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`nocbreak()') + + -- ANCHOR(`raw()',`Set_Raw_Mode') + procedure Set_Raw_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`noraw()') + + -- ANCHOR(`echo()',`Set_Echo_Mode') + procedure Set_Echo_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`noecho()') + + -- ANCHOR(`meta()',`Set_Meta_Mode') + procedure Set_Meta_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + SwitchOn : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`keypad()',`Set_KeyPad_Mode') + procedure Set_KeyPad_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + SwitchOn : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + type Half_Delay_Amount is range 1 .. 255; + + -- ANCHOR(`halfdelay()',`Half_Delay') + procedure Half_Delay (Amount : in Half_Delay_Amount); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`intrflush()',`Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode') + procedure Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`qiflush()',`Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode') + procedure Set_Queue_Interrupt_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Flush : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`noqiflush()') + + -- ANCHOR(`nodelay()',`Set_NoDelay_Mode') + procedure Set_NoDelay_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False); + -- AKA + + type Timeout_Mode is (Blocking, Non_Blocking, Delayed); + + -- ANCHOR(`wtimeout()',`Set_Timeout_Mode') + procedure Set_Timeout_Mode (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Timeout_Mode; + Amount : in Natural); -- in Miliseconds + -- AKA + -- Instead of overloading the semantic of the sign of amount, we + -- introduce the Timeout_Mode parameter. This should improve + -- readability. For Blocking and Non_Blocking, the Amount is not + -- evaluated. + + -- ANCHOR(`notimeout()',`Set_Escape_Time_Mode') + procedure Set_Escape_Timer_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Timer_Off : in Boolean := False); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_outopts.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`nl()',`Set_NL_Mode') + procedure Set_NL_Mode (SwitchOn : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`nonl()') + + -- ANCHOR(`clearok()',`Clear_On_Next_Update') + procedure Clear_On_Next_Update + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Clear : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`idlok()',`Use_Insert_Delete_Line') + procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Idl : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`idcok()',`Use_Insert_Delete_Character') + procedure Use_Insert_Delete_Character + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Idc : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`leaveok()',`Leave_Cursor_After_Update') + procedure Leave_Cursor_After_Update + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Do_Leave : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`immedok()',`Immediate_Update_Mode') + procedure Immediate_Update_Mode + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`scrollok()',`Allow_Scrolling') + procedure Allow_Scrolling + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Mode : in Boolean := False); + -- AKA + + function Scrolling_Allowed (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean; + -- There is no such function in the C interface. + + -- ANCHOR(`wsetscrreg()',`Set_Scroll_Region') + procedure Set_Scroll_Region + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Top_Line : in Line_Position; + Bottom_Line : in Line_Position); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_refresh.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`doupdate()',`Update_Screen') + procedure Update_Screen; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wrefresh()',`Refresh') + procedure Refresh (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wnoutrefresh()',`Refresh_Without_Update') + procedure Refresh_Without_Update + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`redrawwin()',`Redraw') + procedure Redraw (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wredrawln()',`Redraw') + procedure Redraw (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Begin_Line : in Line_Position; + Line_Count : in Positive); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_clear.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`werase()',`Erase') + procedure Erase (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wclear()',`Clear') + procedure Clear + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wclrtobot()',`Clear_To_End_Of_Screen') + procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Screen + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wclrtoeol()',`Clear_To_End_Of_Line') + procedure Clear_To_End_Of_Line + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_bkgd.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wbkgdset()',`Set_Background') + procedure Set_Background + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wbkgd()',`Change_Background') + procedure Change_Background + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wbkgdget()',`Get_Background') + function Get_Background (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Attributed_Character; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_touch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`touchwin()',`Touch') + procedure Touch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`untouchwin()',`Untouch') + procedure Untouch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`touchline()',`Touch') + procedure Touch (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Start : in Line_Position; + Count : in Positive); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wtouchln()',`Change_Line_Status') + procedure Change_Lines_Status (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Start : in Line_Position; + Count : in Positive; + State : in Boolean); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`is_linetouched()',`Is_Touched') + function Is_Touched (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Line : Line_Position) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`is_wintouched()',`Is_Touched') + function Is_Touched (Win : Window := Standard_Window) return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_overlay.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`copywin()',`Copy') + procedure Copy + (Source_Window : in Window; + Destination_Window : in Window; + Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position; + Non_Destructive_Mode : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`overwrite()',`Overwrite') + procedure Overwrite (Source_Window : in Window; + Destination_Window : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`overlay()',`Overlay') + procedure Overlay (Source_Window : in Window; + Destination_Window : in Window); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_deleteln.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`winsdelln()',`Insert_Delete_Lines') + procedure Insert_Delete_Lines + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Lines : in Integer := 1); -- default is to insert one line above + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`wdeleteln()',`Delete_Line') + procedure Delete_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`winsertln()',`Insert_Line') + procedure Insert_Line (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_getyx.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`getmaxyx()',`Get_Size') + procedure Get_Size + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Number_Of_Lines : out Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : out Column_Count); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`getbegyx()',`Get_Window_Position') + procedure Get_Window_Position + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Top_Left_Line : out Line_Position; + Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`getyx()',`Get_Cursor_Position') + procedure Get_Cursor_Position + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : out Line_Position; + Column : out Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`getparyx()',`Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent') + procedure Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parent + (Win : in Window; + Top_Left_Line : out Line_Position; + Top_Left_Column : out Column_Position; + Is_Not_A_Subwindow : out Boolean); + -- AKA + -- Instead of placing -1 in the coordinates as return, we use a boolean + -- to return the info that the window has no parent. + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_pad.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`newpad()',`New_Pad') + function New_Pad (Lines : Line_Count; + Columns : Column_Count) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`subpad()',`Sub_Pad') + function Sub_Pad + (Pad : Window; + Number_Of_Lines : Line_Count; + Number_Of_Columns : Column_Count; + First_Line_Position : Line_Position; + First_Column_Position : Column_Position) return Window; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`prefresh()',`Refresh') + procedure Refresh + (Pad : in Window; + Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`pnoutrefresh()',`Refresh_Without_Update') + procedure Refresh_Without_Update + (Pad : in Window; + Source_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Source_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Top_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Left_Column : in Column_Position; + Destination_Bottom_Row : in Line_Position; + Destination_Right_Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`pechochar()',`Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It') + procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It + (Pad : in Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + procedure Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_It + (Pad : in Window; + Ch : in Character); + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_scroll.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wscrl()',`Scroll') + procedure Scroll (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Amount : in Integer := 1); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_delch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wdelch()',`Delete_Character') + procedure Delete_Character (Win : in Window := Standard_Window); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwdelch()',`Delete_Character') + procedure Delete_Character + (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_inch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`winch()',`Peek') + function Peek (Win : Window := Standard_Window) + return Attributed_Character; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwinch()',`Peek') + function Peek + (Win : Window := Standard_Window; + Line : Line_Position; + Column : Column_Position) return Attributed_Character; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_winch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`winsch()',`Insert') + procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwinsch()',`Insert') + procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Ch : in Attributed_Character); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_winch.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`winsnstr()',`Insert') + procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`winsstr()') + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwinsnstr()',`Insert') + procedure Insert (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : in String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`mvwinsstr()') + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_instr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`winnstr()',`Peek') + procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`winstr()') + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwinnstr()',`Peek') + procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`mvwinstr()') + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_inchstr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`winchnstr()',`Peek') + procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : out Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`winchstr()') + + -- ANCHOR(`mvwinchnstr()',`Peek') + procedure Peek (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : out Attributed_String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`mvwinchstr()') + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_getstr.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`wgetnstr()',`Get') + procedure Get (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`wgetstr()') + + procedure Get (Win : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in Line_Position; + Column : in Column_Position; + Str : out String; + Len : in Integer := -1); + -- AKA: not specified in ncurses, should be: mvwgetnstr() + -- and mvwgetstr() (which exists) + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_slk.3x') + + type Soft_Label_Key_Format is (Three_Two_Three, + Four_Four, + PC_Style, -- ncurses specific + PC_Style_With_Index); -- " + type Label_Number is new Positive range 1 .. 12; + type Label_Justification is (Left, Centered, Right); + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_init()',`Init_Soft_Label_Keys') + procedure Init_Soft_Label_Keys + (Format : in Soft_Label_Key_Format := Three_Two_Three); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_set()',`Set_Soft_Label_Key') + procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number; + Text : in String; + Fmt : in Label_Justification := Left); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_refresh()',`Refresh_Soft_Label_Key') + procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_noutrefresh()',`Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update') + procedure Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Update; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_label()',`Get_Soft_Label_Key') + procedure Get_Soft_Label_Key (Label : in Label_Number; + Text : out String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_clear()',`Clear_Soft_Label_Keys') + procedure Clear_Soft_Label_Keys; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_restore()',`Restore_Soft_Label_Keys') + procedure Restore_Soft_Label_Keys; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_touch()',`Touch_Soft_Label_Keys') + procedure Touch_Soft_Label_Keys; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_attron()',`Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes') + procedure Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes + (Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set; + On : in Boolean := True); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`slk_attroff()') + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_attrset()',`Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes') + procedure Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes + (Attr : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video; + Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_attr()',`Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes') + function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`slk_attr()',`Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes') + function Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributes return Color_Pair; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_util.3x') + + -- | Not implemented : filter, use_env, putwin, getwin + -- + -- ANCHOR(`keyname()',`Key_Name') + procedure Key_Name (Key : in Real_Key_Code; + Name : out String); + -- AKA + -- The external name for a real keystroke. + + -- ANCHOR(`unctrl()',`Un_Control') + procedure Un_Control (Ch : in Attributed_Character; + Str : out String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`delay_output()',`Delay_Output') + procedure Delay_Output (Msecs : in Natural); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`flushinp()',`Flush_Input') + procedure Flush_Input; + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_termattrs.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`baudrate()',`Baudrate') + function Baudrate return Natural; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`erasechar()',`Erase_Character') + function Erase_Character return Character; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`killchar()',`Kill_Character') + function Kill_Character return Character; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`has_ic()',`Has_Insert_Character') + function Has_Insert_Character return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`has_il()',`Has_Insert_Line') + function Has_Insert_Line return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`termattrs()',`Supported_Attributes') + function Supported_Attributes return Character_Attribute_Set; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`longname()',`Long_Name') + procedure Long_Name (Name : out String); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`termname()',`Terminal_Name') + procedure Terminal_Name (Name : out String); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_color.3x') + + -- ANCHOR(`start_clolor()',`Start_Color') + procedure Start_Color; + -- AKA + pragma Import (C, Start_Color, "start_color"); + + -- ANCHOR(`init_pair()',`Init_Pair') + procedure Init_Pair (Pair : in Redefinable_Color_Pair; + Fore : in Color_Number; + Back : in Color_Number); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`pair_content()',`Pair_Content') + procedure Pair_Content (Pair : in Color_Pair; + Fore : out Color_Number; + Back : out Color_Number); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`has_colors()',`Has_Colors') + function Has_Colors return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`init_color()',`Init_Color') + procedure Init_Color (Color : in Color_Number; + Red : in RGB_Value; + Green : in RGB_Value; + Blue : in RGB_Value); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`can_change_color()',`Can_Change_Color') + function Can_Change_Color return Boolean; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`color_content()',`Color_Content') + procedure Color_Content (Color : in Color_Number; + Red : out RGB_Value; + Green : out RGB_Value; + Blue : out RGB_Value); + -- AKA + + -- MANPAGE(`curs_kernel.3x') + + -- | Not implemented: getsyx, setsyx + -- + type Curses_Mode is (Curses, Shell); + + -- ANCHOR(`def_prog_mode()',`Save_Curses_Mode') + procedure Save_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`def_shell_mode()') + + -- ANCHOR(`reset_prog_mode()',`Reset_Curses_Mode') + procedure Reset_Curses_Mode (Mode : in Curses_Mode); + -- AKA + -- ALIAS(`reset_shell_mode()') + + -- ANCHOR(`savetty()',`Save_Terminal_State') + procedure Save_Terminal_State; + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`resetty();',`Reset_Terminal_State') + procedure Reset_Terminal_State; + -- AKA + + type Stdscr_Init_Proc is access + function (Win : Window; + Columns : Column_Count) return Integer; + pragma Convention (C, Stdscr_Init_Proc); + -- N.B.: the return value is actually ignored, but it seems to be + -- a good practice to return 0 if you think all went fine + -- and -1 otherwise. + + -- ANCHOR(`ripoffline()',`Rip_Off_Lines') + procedure Rip_Off_Lines (Lines : in Integer; + Proc : in Stdscr_Init_Proc); + -- AKA + -- N.B.: to be more precise, this uses a ncurses specific enhancement of + -- ripoffline(), in which the Lines argument absolute value is the + -- number of lines to be ripped of. The official ripoffline() only + -- uses the sign of Lines to rip of a single line from bottom or top. + + type Cursor_Visibility is (Invisible, Normal, Very_Visible); + + -- ANCHOR(`curs_set()',`Set_Cursor_Visibility') + procedure Set_Cursor_Visibility (Visibility : in out Cursor_Visibility); + -- AKA + + -- ANCHOR(`napms()',`Nap_Milli_Seconds') + procedure Nap_Milli_Seconds (Ms : in Natural); + -- AKA + + -- |===================================================================== + -- | Some usefull helpers. + -- |===================================================================== + type Transform_Direction is (From_Screen, To_Screen); + procedure Transform_Coordinates + (W : in Window := Standard_Window; + Line : in out Line_Position; + Column : in out Column_Position; + Dir : in Transform_Direction := From_Screen); + -- This procedure transforms screen coordinates into coordinates relative + -- to the window and vice versa, depending on the Dir parmeter. + -- Screen coordinates are the position informations on the physical device. + -- An Curses_Exception will be raised if Line and Column are not in the + -- Window or if you pass the Null_Window as argument. + +private + type Window is new System.Address; + Null_Window : constant Window := Window (System.Null_Address); + + Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.M4_BIT_ORDER; + -- This constant may be different on your system. + +end Terminal_Interface.Curses; diff --git a/Ada95/html/Makefile b/Ada95/html/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 00000000..caf46e35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# Nothing to do in this directory + +all:: + @ + +clean:: + @ + +distclean:: clean + @ + +realclean:: clean + @ + +mostlyclean:: clean + @ + +install:: + @ diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_addch.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_addch.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e739fc42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_addch.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + +
+       addch,  waddch,  mvaddch,  mvwaddch, echochar, wechochar -
+       add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then
+       advance the cursor
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int addch(chtype ch);
+       int waddch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+       int mvaddch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
+       int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
+       int echochar(chtype ch);
+       int wechochar(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  addch,  waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the
+       character ch into the given window at its  current  window
+       position,  which  is then advanced.  They are analogous to
+       putchar in stdio(3).  If the advance is at the right  mar-
+       gin,  the  cursor  automatically wraps to the beginning of
+       the next line.  At the bottom  of  the  current  scrolling
+       region,  if  scrollok  is enabled, the scrolling region is
+       scrolled up one line.
+
+       If ch is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor is moved
+       appropriately within the window.  Backspace moves the cur-
+       sor one character left; at the left edge of  a  window  it
+       does  nothing.   Newline  does  a clrtoeol, then moves the
+       cursor to  the  window  left  margin  on  the  next  line,
+       scrolling  the window if on the last line).  Tabs are con-
+       sidered to be at every eighth column.
+
+       If ch is any control character other than tab, newline, or
+       backspace,  it  is  drawn  in  ^X notation.  Calling winch
+       after adding a control character does not return the char-
+       acter  itself, but instead returns the ^-representation of
+       the control character.  (To emit control characters liter-
+       ally, use echochar.)
+
+       Video attributes can be combined with a character argument
+       passed to addch or related functions by logical-ORing them
+       into  the  character.   (Thus, text, including attributes,
+       can be copied from one place to  another  using  inch  and
+       addch.).   See the curs_attr(3X) page for values of prede-
+       fined video attribute constants that can be usefully OR'ed
+       into characters.
+
+       The  echochar  and  wechochar routines are equivalent to a
+       call to addch followed by a call to refresh, or a call  to
+       waddch followed by a call to wrefresh.  The knowledge that
+       only a single character is being output is used  and,  for
+       non-control  characters,  a  considerable performance gain
+
+   Line Graphics
+       The  following  variables  may be used to add line drawing
+       characters to the screen with routines of the  addch  fam-
+       ily.   The  default  character listed below is used if the
+       acsc  capability  doesn't   define   a   terminal-specific
+       replacement for it (but see the EXTENSIONS section below).
+       The names are taken from VT100 nomenclature.
+
+       l  l  l  _  _  _  l   l   l.    Name Default   Description
+       ACS_ULCORNER   +    upper         left-hand         corner
+       ACS_LLCORNER   +    lower         left-hand         corner
+       ACS_URCORNER   +    upper         right-hand        corner
+       ACS_LRCORNER   +    lower        right-hand         corner
+       ACS_RTEE  +    right     tee    ACS_LTEE  +    left    tee
+       ACS_BTEE  +    bottom    tee    ACS_TTEE  +    top     tee
+       ACS_HLINE -    horizontal   line   ACS_VLINE |    vertical
+       line ACS_PLUS  +    plus ACS_S1    -    scan line 1 ACS_S9
+         _    scan     line     9     ACS_DIAMOND    +    diamond
+       ACS_CKBOARD    :    checker        board         (stipple)
+       ACS_DEGREE     '    degree                          symbol
+       ACS_PLMINUS    #    plus/minus  ACS_BULLET     o    bullet
+       ACS_LARROW     <    arrow           pointing          left
+       ACS_RARROW     >    arrow          pointing          right
+       ACS_DARROW     v    arrow           pointing          down
+       ACS_UARROW     ^    arrow pointing up ACS_BOARD #    board
+       of      squares     ACS_LANTERN    #    lantern     symbol
+       ACS_BLOCK #    solid square block ACS_S3    -    scan line
+       3  ACS_S7     -    scan  line  7 ACS_LEQUAL     <    less-
+       than-or-equal-to      ACS_GEQUAL     >    greater-than-or-
+       equal-to  ACS_PI    *    greek pi ACS_NEQUAL     !    not-
+       equal ACS_STERLING   f    pound-sterling symbol
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on
+       success  (the  SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+       other than ERR") upon successful completion, unless other-
+       wise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note  that  addch,  mvaddch, mvwaddch, and echochar may be
+       macros.
+
+
+
+

EXTENSIONS

+       The following extended curses features are available  only
+       on  PC-clone consoles and compatible terminals obeying the
+       ANSI.SYS de-facto standard for terminal control sequences.
+       They are not part of XSI curses.
+
+       The attribute A_ALTCHARSET actually forces literal display
+       of PC ROM characters  including  the  high-half  graphics.
+       the card-suit characters, up and down-arrow, and most oth-
+       ers in the range 0-32.  (In a terminfo entry designed  for
+       use  with  ncurses,  the high-half characters are obtained
+       using this attribute with an acsc string in which the sec-
+       ond of each pair is a high-half character.)
+
+       Giving  wechochar  an  argument with its high bit set will
+       produce the corresponding high-half  ASCII  graphic  (SVr4
+       curses also has this feature but does not document it).  A
+       control-character argument, however,  will  not  typically
+       produce  the corresponding graphic; characters such as CR,
+       NL, FF and TAB are typically interpreted  by  the  console
+       driver  itself,  and ESC will be interpreted as the leader
+       of a control sequence.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       All these functions are described in the XSI Curses  stan-
+       dard,  Issue  4.  The defaults specified for forms-drawing
+       characters apply in the POSIX locale.
+
+       The seven ACS symbols starting with ACS_S3 were not  docu-
+       mented  in  any publicly released System V.  However, many
+       publicly available terminfos include acsc strings in which
+       their key characters (pryz{|}) are embedded, and a second-
+       hand list of their  character  descriptions  has  come  to
+       light.   The ACS-prefixed names for them were invented for
+       ncurses(3X).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_attr(3X), curs_clear(3X),  curs_inch(3X),
+       curs_outopts(3X), curs_refresh(3X), putc(3S).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_addchstr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_addchstr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3572b8c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_addchstr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       addchstr,  addchnstr,  waddchstr,  waddchnstr, mvaddchstr,
+       mvaddchnstr, mvwaddchstr, mvwaddchnstr - add a  string  of
+       characters (and attributes) to a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int addchstr(const chtype *chstr);
+       int addchnstr(const chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr);
+       int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr);
+       int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int  x,  const  chtype
+       *chstr);
+       int  mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW  *win, int y, int x, const chtype
+       *chstr, int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines copy chstr into the window image  structure
+       at  and  after the current cursor position.  The four rou-
+       tines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements,
+       but  no  more than will fit on the line.  If n=-1 then the
+       whole string is copied, to the maximum number  of  charac-
+       ters that will fit on the line.
+
+       The window cursor is not advanced, and these routines work
+       faster than waddnstr.  On the other hand, they don't  per-
+       form  any  kind  of  checking  (such  as  for the newline,
+       backspace, or  carriage  return  characters),  they  don't
+       advance  the  current  cursor  position, they don't expand
+       other control characters to ^-escapes, and  they  truncate
+       the  string  if  it  crosses the right margin, rather then
+       wrapping it around to the new line.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUES

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on
+       success  (the  SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+       other than ERR") upon successful completion, unless other-
+       wise noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that all routines except waddchnstr may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       All  these  entry  points  are described in the XSI Curses
+       standard, Issue 4.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X).
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_addstr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_addstr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..916aafb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_addstr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       addstr,  addnstr,  waddstr, waddnstr, mvaddstr, mvaddnstr,
+       mvwaddstr, mvwaddnstr - add a string of  characters  to  a
+       curses window and advance cursor
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int addstr(const char *str);
+       int addnstr(const char *str, int n);
+       int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
+       int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
+       int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
+       int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+       int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
+       int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str,
+       int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These  routines  write  the characters of the (null-termi-
+       nated) character string str on the given  window.   It  is
+       similar  to  calling waddch once for each character in the
+       string.  The four routines with n  as  the  last  argument
+       write  at  most n characters.  If n is -1, then the entire
+       string will be added.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and OK on
+       success  (the  SVr4 manuals specify only "an integer value
+       other than ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note  that  all  of  these  routines  except  waddstr  and
+       waddnstr may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       All  these  entry  points  are described in the XSI Curses
+       standard, Issue 4.  The XSI errors EILSEQ  and  EOVERFLOW,
+       associated  with  extended-level  conformance, are not yet
+       detected.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_addch(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_attr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_attr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6fe234c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_attr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ + + +
+       attroff,  wattroff,  attron,  wattron,  attrset, wattrset,
+       standend, wstandend, standout, wstandout - curses  charac-
+       ter and window attribute control routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+       int attroff(int attrs);
+       int wattroff(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
+       int attron(int attrs);
+       int wattron(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
+       int attrset(int attrs);
+       int wattrset(WINDOW *win, int attrs);
+       int standend(void);
+       int wstandend(WINDOW *win);
+       int standout(void);
+       int wstandout(WINDOW *win);
+       attr_t attr_get(void);
+       attr_t wattr_get(WINDOW *);
+       int attr_off(attr_t attrs);
+       int wattr_off(WINDOW *, attr_t attrs);
+       int attr_on(attr_t attrs);
+       int wattr_on(WINDOW *, attr_t attrs);
+       int attr_set(attr_t attrs);
+       int wattr_set(WINDOW *, attr_t attrs);
+       int  chgat(int  n,  attr_t  attr,  short color, const void
+       *opts)
+       int wchgat(WINDOW *, int n, attr_t attr,
+             short color, const void *opts)
+       int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr,
+             short color, const void *opts)
+       int mvwchgat(WINDOW *, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr,
+             short color, const void *opts)
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines manipulate the current  attributes  of  the
+       named window.  The current attributes of a window apply to
+       all characters that are written into the window with  wad-
+       dch,  waddstr  and  wprintw.  Attributes are a property of
+       the character, and move with  the  character  through  any
+       scrolling and insert/delete line/character operations.  To
+       the extent possible, they  are  displayed  as  appropriate
+       modifications  to  the graphic rendition of characters put
+       on the screen.
+
+       The routine attrset sets the  current  attributes  of  the
+       given  window to attrs.  The routine attroff turns off the
+       named attributes without turning any other  attributes  on
+       or  off.  The routine attron turns on the named attributes
+       without affecting any others.  The routine standout is the
+       same  as  attron(A_STANDOUT).  The routine standend is the
+       same as attrset(A_NORMAL) or attrset(0), that is, it turns
+       off all attributes.
+       the given window; attr_get returns the  current  attribute
+       for   stdscr.   The  remaining  attr_*  functions  operate
+       exactly like the  corresponding  attr*  functions,  except
+       that they take arguments of type attr_t rather than int.
+
+       The routine chgat changes the attributes of a given number
+       of characters starting at the current cursor  location  of
+       stdscr.   It  does not update the cursor and does not per-
+       form wrapping.  A character count of -1  or  greater  than
+       the  remaining window width means to change attributes all
+       the way to the end of the current line.  The wchgat  func-
+       tion generalizes this to any window; the mvwchgat function
+       does a cursor move before acting.  In these functions, the
+       color  argument  is  a  color-pair  index (as in the first
+       argument of  init_pair,  see  curs_color(3x)).   The  opts
+       argument  is  not  presently used, but is reserved for the
+       future (leave it NULL).
+
+   Attributes
+       The following video attributes, defined in <curses.h>, can
+       be passed to the routines attron, attroff, and attrset, or
+       OR'ed with the characters passed to addch.
+
+       center ; l l .  A_NORMAL  Normal  display  (no  highlight)
+       A_STANDOUT     Best  highlighting  mode  of  the terminal.
+       A_UNDERLINE    Underlining     A_REVERSE Reverse     video
+       A_BLINK   Blinking  A_DIM     Half  bright A_BOLD    Extra
+       bright or bold A_PROTECT Protected mode  A_INVIS   Invisi-
+       ble  or  blank mode A_ALTCHARSET   Alternate character set
+       A_CHARTEXT     Bit-mask    to    extract    a    character
+       COLOR_PAIR(n)  Color-pair number n
+
+       The following macro is the reverse of COLOR_PAIR(n):
+
+       PAIR_NUMBER(attrs) Returns the pair number associated
+                          with the COLOR_PAIR(n) attribute.
+
+       The  return values of many of these routines are not mean-
+       ingful (they are implemented as macro-expanded assignments
+       and  simply  return their argument).  The SVr4 manual page
+       claims (falsely) that these routines always return 1.
+
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that attroff,  wattroff,  attron,  wattron,  attrset,
+       wattrset, standend and standout may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       All  these functions are supported in the XSI Curses stan-
+       dard, Issue 4.  The standard defined  the  dedicated  type
+       for  highlights,  attr_t,  which  is  not  defined in SVr4
+       curses. The functions taking attr_t arguments are not sup-
+       tional  functions  attron/attroff/attrset  can  manipulate
+       attributes  other  than A_BLINK, A_BOLD, A_DIM, A_REVERSE,
+       A_STANDOUT, or A_UNDERLINE is "unspecified".   Under  this
+       implementation  as  well  as  SVr4 curses, these functions
+       correctly manipulate all other  highlights  (specifically,
+       A_ALTCHARSET, A_PROTECT, and A_INVIS).
+
+       XSI  Curses added the new entry points, attr_get, attr_on,
+       attr_off,  attr_set,   wattr_on,   wattr_off,   wattr_get,
+       wattr_set.   These  are intended to work with a new series
+       of highlight macros prefixed with WA_.
+
+       center ; l l .  WA_NORMAL Normal  display  (no  highlight)
+       WA_STANDOUT    Best  highlighting  mode  of  the terminal.
+       WA_UNDERLINE   Underlining  WA_REVERSE     Reverse   video
+       WA_BLINK  Blinking  WA_DIM    Half  bright WA_BOLD   Extra
+       bright or bold WA_ALTCHARSET  Alternate character set
+
+       The XSI curses standard specifies that each pair of corre-
+       sponding  A_  and WA_-using functions operates on the same
+       current-highlight information.
+
+       The XSI standard extended conformance level adds new high-
+       lights A_HORIZONTAL, A_LEFT, A_LOW, A_RIGHT, A_TOP, A_VER-
+       TICAL (and corresponding WA_ macros for each)  which  this
+       curses does not yet support.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),        curs_addch(3X),        curs_addstr(3X),
+       curs_printw(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_beep.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_beep.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1abad227 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_beep.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       beep, flash - curses bell and screen flash routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int beep(void);
+       int flash(void);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The beep and flash routines are used to alert the terminal
+       user.  The routine beep sounds an  audible  alarm  on  the
+       terminal,  if  possible;  otherwise  it flashes the screen
+       (visible bell).  The routine flash flashes the screen, and
+       if  that  is  not  possible, sounds the alert.  If neither
+       alert is possible, nothing happens.  Nearly all  terminals
+       have  an  audible  alert (bell or beep), but only some can
+       flash the screen.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return OK if they  succeed  in  beeping  or
+       flashing, ERR otherwise.
+
+
+
+

EXTENSIONS

+       SVr4's  beep  and flash routines always returned OK, so it
+       was not possible to tell when the beep or flash failed.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These functions are defined in the  XSI  Curses  standard,
+       Issue  4.  Like SVr4, it specifies that they always return
+       OK.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_bkgd.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_bkgd.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a3396ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_bkgd.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       bkgdset,  wbkgdset, bkgd, wbkgd - curses window background
+       manipulation routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       void bkgdset(const chtype ch);
+       void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
+       int bkgd(const chtype ch);
+       int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
+       chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The bkgdset and wbkgdset  routines  manipulate  the  back-
+       ground  of  the  named window.  The window background is a
+       chtype consisting of any combination of attributes  (i.e.,
+       rendition)  and  a  character.   The attribute part of the
+       background is combined (OR'ed) with all non-blank  charac-
+       ters  that  are written into the window with waddch.  Both
+       the character and attribute parts of  the  background  are
+       combined   with  the  blank  characters.   The  background
+       becomes a property of the character  and  moves  with  the
+       character   through   any   scrolling   and  insert/delete
+       line/character operations.
+
+       To the extent  possible  on  a  particular  terminal,  the
+       attribute  part  of  the  background  is  displayed as the
+       graphic rendition of the character put on the screen.
+
+       The bkgd and wbkgd functions set the  background  property
+       of  the  current  or  specified window and then apply this
+       setting to every character position in that window:
+
+              The rendition of every character on the  screen  is
+              changed to the new background rendition.
+
+              Wherever  the  former background character appears,
+              it is changed to the new background character.
+
+       The getbkgd function returns the  given  window's  current
+       background character/attribute pair.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  routines  bkgd  and wbkgd return the integer OK.  The
+       SVr4.0 manual says "or a non-negative integer  if  immedok
+       is set", but this appears to be an error.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that bkgdset and bkgd may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       return ERR, on failure. but gives no failure conditions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_addch(3X), curs_outopts(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_border.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_border.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d45fa20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_border.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + +
+       border,  wborder, box, hline, whline, vline, wvline - cre-
+       ate curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+       int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs,
+          chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);
+       int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs,
+          chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr,
+          chtype bl, chtype br);
+       int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch);
+       int hline(chtype ch, int n);
+       int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
+       int vline(chtype ch, int n);
+       int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
+       mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+       mvwhline(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+       int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+       int mvwvline(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the
+       edges  of  a  window.   The argument ls is a character and
+       attributes used for the left side  of  the  border,  rs  -
+       right  side,  ts  -  top  side, bs - bottom side, tl - top
+       left-hand corner, tr - top right-hand corner, bl -  bottom
+       left-hand  corner,  and br - bottom right-hand corner.  If
+       any of these arguments is zero, then the following default
+       values  (defined in curses.h) are used instead: ACS_VLINE,
+       ACS_VLINE,     ACS_HLINE,     ACS_HLINE,     ACS_ULCORNER,
+       ACS_URCORNER, ACS_BLCORNER, ACS_BRCORNER.
+
+       box(win,  verch,  horch)  is a shorthand for the following
+       call: wborder(win, verch, verch, horch, horch,  0,  0,  0,
+       0).
+
+       The  hline and whline functions draw a horizontal (left to
+       right) line using ch starting at the current cursor  posi-
+       tion  in  the  window.  The current cursor position is not
+       changed.  The line is at most n  characters  long,  or  as
+       many as fit into the window.
+
+       The  vline  and  wvline  functions draw a vertical (top to
+       bottom) line using ch starting at the current cursor posi-
+       tion  in  the  window.  The current cursor position is not
+       changed.  The line is at most n  characters  long,  or  as
+       many as fit into the window.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All  routines  return  the  integer OK.  The SVr4.0 manual
+       says "or a non-negative integer if immedok  is  set",  but
+       this appears to be an error.
+       The  borders  generated by these functions are inside bor-
+       ders (this is also true of SVr4 curses, though the fact is
+       not documented).
+
+       Note that border and box may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  Additional functions mvhline, mvvline, mvwhline,
+       and mvwvline are described there which this implementation
+       does not yet support.  The standard  specifies  that  they
+       return  ERR on failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_outopts(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_clear.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_clear.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f2f3edf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_clear.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       erase,  werase,  clear,  wclear, clrtobot, wclrtobot, clr-
+       toeol, wclrtoeol - clear all or part of a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       # include <curses.h>
+
+       int erase(void);
+       int werase(WINDOW *win);
+       int clear(void);
+       int wclear(WINDOW *win);
+       int clrtobot(void);
+       int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win);
+       int clrtoeol(void);
+       int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The erase and werase routines copy blanks to  every  posi-
+       tion in the window, clearing the screen.
+
+       The  clear  and wclear routines are like erase and werase,
+       but they also call clearok, so that the screen is  cleared
+       completely  on  the  next call to wrefresh for that window
+       and repainted from scratch.
+
+       The clrtobot and wclrtobot routines erase from the  cursor
+       to the end of screen.  That is, they erase all lines below
+       the cursor in the window.  Also, the current line  to  the
+       right of the cursor, inclusive, is erased.
+
+       The clrtoeol and wclrtoeol routines erase the current line
+       to the right of the cursor, inclusive, to the end  of  the
+       current line.
+
+       Blanks created by erasure have the current background ren-
+       dition (as set by wbkgdset) merged into them.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer  OK.   The  SVr4.0  manual
+       says  "or  a  non-negative integer if immedok is set", but
+       this appears to be an error.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that erase, werase, clear, wclear, clrtobot, and clr-
+       toeol may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  The standard specifies that they return  ERR  on
+       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+       Some  historic  curses  implementations had, as an undocu-
+       mented feature,  the  ability  to  do  the  equivalent  of
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_outopts(3X), curs_refresh(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_color.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_color.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1f877be --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_color.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ + + +
+       start_color,     init_pair,     init_color,    has_colors,
+       can_change_color,  color_content,  pair_content  -  curses
+       color manipulation routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       # include <curses.h>
+       int start_color(void);
+       int init_pair(short pair, short f, short b);
+       int init_color(short color, short r, short g, short b);
+       bool has_colors(void);
+       bool can_change_color(void);
+       int  color_content(short  color, short *r, short *g, short
+       *b);
+       int pair_content(short pair, short *f, short *b);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+   Overview
+       curses support color attributes  on  terminals  with  that
+       capability.   To  use  these  routines start_color must be
+       called, usually right after initscr.   Colors  are  always
+       used  in pairs (referred to as color-pairs).  A color-pair
+       consists of a foreground  color  (for  characters)  and  a
+       background color (for the blank field on which the charac-
+       ters are displayed).  A programmer  initializes  a  color-
+       pair  with  the routine init_pair.  After it has been ini-
+       tialized, COLOR_PAIR(n), a macro  defined  in  <curses.h>,
+       can be used as a new video attribute.
+
+       If  a  terminal  is capable of redefining colors, the pro-
+       grammer can use the routine init_color to change the defi-
+       nition   of   a   color.    The  routines  has_colors  and
+       can_change_color  return  TRUE  or  FALSE,  depending   on
+       whether  the  terminal  has color capabilities and whether
+       the  programmer  can  change  the  colors.   The   routine
+       color_content  allows  a programmer to extract the amounts
+       of red, green,  and  blue  components  in  an  initialized
+       color.   The  routine  pair_content allows a programmer to
+       find out how a given color-pair is currently defined.
+
+   Routine Descriptions
+       The start_color routine requires no arguments.  It must be
+       called  if  the programmer wants to use colors, and before
+       any other color manipulation routine  is  called.   It  is
+       good  practice  to  call this routine right after initscr.
+       start_color initializes eight basic  colors  (black,  red,
+       green,  yellow,  blue,  magenta, cyan, and white), and two
+       global variables,  COLORS  and  COLOR_PAIRS  (respectively
+       defining  the maximum number of colors and color-pairs the
+       terminal can support).  It also restores the colors on the
+       terminal to the values they had when the terminal was just
+       turned on.
+
+       pair to be changed, the foreground color number,  and  the
+       background  color number.  The value of the first argument
+       must be between 1 and COLOR_PAIRS-1.   The  value  of  the
+       second  and  third  arguments must be between 0 and COLORS
+       (the 0 color pair is wired to white on black and cannot be
+       changed).   If  the color-pair was previously initialized,
+       the screen is refreshed and all occurrences of that color-
+       pair is changed to the new definition.
+
+       The  init_color routine changes the definition of a color.
+       It takes four arguments: the number of  the  color  to  be
+       changed  followed  by three RGB values (for the amounts of
+       red, green, and blue components).  The value of the  first
+       argument  must  be between 0 and COLORS.  (See the section
+       Colors for the default color index.)   Each  of  the  last
+       three  arguments must be a value between 0 and 1000.  When
+       init_color is used, all occurrences of that color  on  the
+       screen immediately change to the new definition.
+
+       The  has_colors routine requires no arguments.  It returns
+       TRUE if the terminal can manipulate colors; otherwise,  it
+       returns FALSE.  This routine facilitates writing terminal-
+       independent programs.  For example, a programmer  can  use
+       it  to  decide  whether  to  use color or some other video
+       attribute.
+
+       The can_change_color routine requires  no  arguments.   It
+       returns  TRUE  if  the  terminal  supports  colors and can
+       change their definitions; other, it returns  FALSE.   This
+       routine facilitates writing terminal-independent programs.
+
+       The color_content routine gives programmers a way to  find
+       the intensity of the red, green, and blue (RGB) components
+       in a color.  It requires four arguments: the color number,
+       and  three addresses of shorts for storing the information
+       about the amounts of red, green, and  blue  components  in
+       the  given color.  The value of the first argument must be
+       between 0 and COLORS.  The values that are stored  at  the
+       addresses  pointed  to  by  the  last  three arguments are
+       between 0 (no component) and 1000 (maximum amount of  com-
+       ponent).
+
+       The  pair_content  routine  allows programmers to find out
+       what colors a given color-pair consists of.   It  requires
+       three  arguments: the color-pair number, and two addresses
+       of shorts for storing the foreground  and  the  background
+       color  numbers.   The  value of the first argument must be
+       between 1 and COLOR_PAIRS-1.  The values that  are  stored
+       at  the addresses pointed to by the second and third argu-
+       ments are between 0 and COLORS.
+
+   Colors
+       is the default background color for all terminals.
+
+             COLOR_BLACK
+             COLOR_RED
+             COLOR_GREEN
+             COLOR_YELLOW
+             COLOR_BLUE
+             COLOR_MAGENTA
+             COLOR_CYAN
+             COLOR_WHITE
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The routines can_change_color()  and  has_colors()  return
+       TRUE or FALSE.
+
+       All other routines return the integer ERR upon failure and
+       an OK (SVr4 specifies only "an integer  value  other  than
+       ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       In  the  ncurses implementation, there is a separate color
+       activation flag, color palette,  color  pairs  table,  and
+       associated  COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS counts for each screen;
+       the start_color function only affects the current  screen.
+       The SVr4/XSI interface is not really designed with this in
+       mind, and historical  implementations  may  use  a  single
+       shared color palette.
+
+       Note that setting an implicit background color via a color
+       pair affects only character cells that a  character  write
+       operation  explicitly  touches.   To change the background
+       color used when parts of a window are blanked  by  erasing
+       or scrolling operations, see curs_bkgd(3x).
+
+       Several  caveats  apply  on 386 and 486 machines with VGA-
+       compatible graphics:
+
+       COLOR_YELLOW  is  actually  brown.   To  get  yellow,  use
+       COLOR_YELLOW combined with the A_BOLD attribute.
+
+       The  A_BLINK  attribute  should  in theory cause the back-
+       ground to go bright.  This often fails to work,  and  even
+       some cards for which it mostly works (such as the Paradise
+       and compatibles) do the wrong thing when you try to set  a
+       bright  "yellow"  background  (you  get  a blinking yellow
+       foreground instead).
+
+       Color RGB values are not settable.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       This implementation satisfies XSI Curses's  minimum  maxi-
+       mums for COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS.
+       ground   and   background    color    to    support    the
+       use_default_colors extension, but only if that routine has
+       been first invoked.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_initscr(3X), curs_attr(3X), dft_fgbg(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_delch.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_delch.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ebc85781 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_delch.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       delch,  wdelch, mvdelch, mvwdelch - delete character under
+       the cursor in a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int delch(void);
+       int wdelch(WINDOW *win);
+       int mvdelch(int y, int x);
+       int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines delete the character under the cursor;  all
+       characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are
+       moved to the left one position and the last  character  on
+       the line is filled with a blank.  The cursor position does
+       not change (after moving to y, x,  if  specified).   (This
+       does  not  imply use of the hardware delete character fea-
+       ture.)
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an OK
+       (SVr4  specifies  only  "an integer value other than ERR")
+       upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that delch, mvdelch, and mvwdelch may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue  4.   The standard specifies that they return ERR on
+       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_deleteln.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_deleteln.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0a74abf --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_deleteln.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       deleteln,  wdeleteln,  insdelln, winsdelln, insertln, win-
+       sertln - delete and insert lines in a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int deleteln(void);
+       int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win);
+       int insdelln(int n);
+       int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n);
+       int insertln(void);
+       int winsertln(WINDOW *win);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line  under
+       the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line
+       are moved up one line.  The bottom line of the  window  is
+       cleared.  The cursor position does not change.
+
+       The  insdelln  and  winsdelln  routines,  for  positive n,
+       insert n lines into the specified window above the current
+       line.   The  n  bottom  lines  are  lost.  For negative n,
+       delete n lines (starting with the one under  the  cursor),
+       and  move  the remaining lines up.  The bottom n lines are
+       cleared.  The current cursor position remains the same.
+
+       The insertln and insertln routines, insert  a  blank  line
+       above the current line and the bottom line is lost.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an OK
+       (SVr4 specifies only "an integer value  other  than  ERR")
+       upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  The standard specifies that they return  ERR  on
+       failure, but specifies no error conditions.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that all but winsdelln may be a macros.
+
+       These  routines  do  not require a hardware line delete or
+       insert feature in the terminal.  In fact, they  won't  use
+       hardware  line  delete/insert  unless idlok(..., TRUE) has
+       been set on the current window.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_getch.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_getch.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a89c96e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_getch.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ + + +
+       getch,  wgetch,  mvgetch, mvwgetch, ungetch - get (or push
+       back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int getch(void);
+       int wgetch(WINDOW *win);
+       int mvgetch(int y, int x);
+       int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       int ungetch(int ch);
+       int has_key(int ch);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines  read  a
+       character  from the window.  In no-delay mode, if no input
+       is waiting, the value ERR is returned.  In delay mode, the
+       program  waits until the system passes text through to the
+       program.  Depending on the  setting  of  cbreak,  this  is
+       after one character (cbreak mode), or after the first new-
+       line (nocbreak mode).  In  half-delay  mode,  the  program
+       waits  until a character is typed or the specified timeout
+       has been reached.
+
+       If noecho has been set, then the character  will  also  be
+       echoed into the designated window according to the follow-
+       ing rules: If the character is the current  erase  charac-
+       ter,  left  arrow,  or  backspace, the cursor is moved one
+       space to the left and that screen position is erased as if
+       delch  had  been  called.   If  the character value is any
+       other KEY_ define, the user is alerted with a  beep  call.
+       Otherwise the character is simply output to the screen.
+
+       If the window is not a pad, and it has been moved or modi-
+       fied since the last call to  wrefresh,  wrefresh  will  be
+       called before another character is read.
+
+       If  keypad  is  TRUE,  and  a function key is pressed, the
+       token for that function key is returned instead of the raw
+       characters.    Possible   function  keys  are  defined  in
+       <curses.h> as macros with  values  outside  the  range  of
+       8-bit  characters  whose  names  begin  with KEY_. Thus, a
+       variable intended to hold the return value of  a  function
+       key must be of short size or larger.
+
+       When a character that could be the beginning of a function
+       key is received (which,  on  modern  terminals,  means  an
+       escape  character), curses sets a timer.  If the remainder
+       of the sequence does not come  in  within  the  designated
+       time,  the  character  is  passed  through; otherwise, the
+       function key value is returned.   For  this  reason,  many
+       terminals  experience  a  delay  between  the  time a user
+
+       The ungetch routine places ch back onto the input queue to
+       be returned by the next call to wgetch.  Note  that  there
+       is, in effect, just one input queue for all windows.
+
+
+   Function Keys
+       The  following function keys, defined in <curses.h>, might
+       be returned by getch if keypad  has  been  enabled.   Note
+       that  not  all  of  these are necessarily supported on any
+       particular terminal.
+
+       center tab(/) ; l l l l .  Name/Key name
+
+       KEY_BREAK/Break  key  KEY_DOWN/The  four  arrow  keys  ...
+       KEY_UP  KEY_LEFT  KEY_RIGHT KEY_HOME/Home key (upward+left
+       arrow) KEY_BACKSPACE/Backspace  KEY_F0/T{  Function  keys;
+       space  for 64 keys is reserved.  T} KEY_F(n)/T{ For 0 <= n
+       <=   63   T}   KEY_DL/Delete   line   KEY_IL/Insert   line
+       KEY_DC/Delete character KEY_IC/Insert char or enter insert
+       mode KEY_EIC/Exit insert char mode KEY_CLEAR/Clear  screen
+       KEY_EOS/Clear  to  end  of  screen KEY_EOL/Clear to end of
+       line KEY_SF/Scroll 1 line  forward  KEY_SR/Scroll  1  line
+       backward  (reverse) KEY_NPAGE/Next page KEY_PPAGE/Previous
+       page KEY_STAB/Set tab KEY_CTAB/Clear  tab  KEY_CATAB/Clear
+       all tabs KEY_ENTER/Enter or send KEY_SRESET/Soft (partial)
+       reset KEY_RESET/Reset or  hard  reset  KEY_PRINT/Print  or
+       copy    KEY_LL/Home   down   or   bottom   (lower   left).
+       KEY_A1/Upper left of keypad KEY_A3/Upper right  of  keypad
+       KEY_B2/Center   of  keypad  KEY_C1/Lower  left  of  keypad
+       KEY_C3/Lower  right  of  keypad  KEY_BTAB/Back   tab   key
+       KEY_BEG/Beg(inning)      key     KEY_CANCEL/Cancel     key
+       KEY_CLOSE/Close   key   KEY_COMMAND/Cmd   (command)    key
+       KEY_COPY/Copy  key  KEY_CREATE/Create  key KEY_END/End key
+       KEY_EXIT/Exit  key  KEY_FIND/Find  key  KEY_HELP/Help  key
+       KEY_MARK/Mark  key  KEY_MESSAGE/Message  key KEY_MOVE/Move
+       key   KEY_NEXT/Next   object   key    KEY_OPEN/Open    key
+       KEY_OPTIONS/Options  key  KEY_PREVIOUS/Previous object key
+       KEY_REDO/Redo    key     KEY_REFERENCE/Ref(erence)     key
+       KEY_REFRESH/Refresh     key     KEY_REPLACE/Replace    key
+       KEY_RESTART/Restart     key     KEY_RESUME/Resume      key
+       KEY_SAVE/Save key KEY_SBEG/Shifted beginning key KEY_SCAN-
+       CEL/Shifted cancel key  KEY_SCOMMAND/Shifted  command  key
+       KEY_SCOPY/Shifted  copy key KEY_SCREATE/Shifted create key
+       KEY_SDC/Shifted delete  char  key  KEY_SDL/Shifted  delete
+       line  key  KEY_SELECT/Select  key KEY_SEND/Shifted end key
+       KEY_SEOL/Shifted clear line key KEY_SEXIT/Shifted exit key
+       KEY_SFIND/Shifted  find  key  KEY_SHELP/Shifted  help  key
+       KEY_SHOME/Shifted  home  key  KEY_SIC/Shifted  input   key
+       KEY_SLEFT/Shifted left arrow key KEY_SMESSAGE/Shifted mes-
+       sage key KEY_SMOVE/Shifted move key KEY_SNEXT/Shifted next
+       key KEY_SOPTIONS/Shifted options key KEY_SPREVIOUS/Shifted
+       KEY_SRIGHT/Shifted right arrow  KEY_SRSUME/Shifted  resume
+       key  KEY_SSAVE/Shifted  save key KEY_SSUSPEND/Shifted sus-
+       pend key KEY_SUNDO/Shifted  undo  key  KEY_SUSPEND/Suspend
+       key KEY_UNDO/Undo key
+
+       Keypad is arranged like this:
+
+       center  allbox  tab(/)  ;  c c c .  A1/up/A3 left/B2/right
+       C1/down/C3
+
+       The has_key routine takes a key value from the above list,
+       and  returns TRUE or FALSE according as the current termi-
+       nal type recognizes a key with that value.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon  failure  and  an
+       integer value other than ERR (OK in the case of ungetch())
+       upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Use of the escape key by a programmer for a single charac-
+       ter  function  is discouraged, as it will cause a delay of
+       up to one second while the keypad code looks for a follow-
+       ing function-key sequence.
+
+       When  using  getch, wgetch, mvgetch, or mvwgetch, nocbreak
+       mode (nocbreak) and echo mode (echo) should not be used at
+       the  same  time.  Depending on the state of the tty driver
+       when each character is  typed,  the  program  may  produce
+       undesirable results.
+
+       Note that getch, mvgetch, and mvwgetch may be macros.
+
+       Historically, the set of keypad macros was largely defined
+       by the extremely function-key-rich keyboard  of  the  AT&T
+       7300,  aka  3B1,  aka Safari 4.  Modern personal computers
+       usually have only a small subset of these.   IBM  PC-style
+       consoles   typically  support  little  more  than  KEY_UP,
+       KEY_DOWN,   KEY_LEFT,   KEY_RIGHT,   KEY_HOME,    KEY_END,
+       KEY_NPAGE, KEY_PPAGE, and function keys 1 through 12.  The
+       Ins key is usually mapped to KEY_IC.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The *get* functions are described in the XSI Curses  stan-
+       dard,  Issue  4.   They  read single-byte characters only.
+       The standard specifies that they return  ERR  on  failure,
+       but specifies no error conditions.
+
+       The  echo  behavior of these functions on input of KEY_ or
+       backspace characters was not specified in the  SVr4  docu-
+       mentation.   This  description  is  adopted  from  the XSI
+       dled  signals  is  unspecified  in the SVr4 and XSI Curses
+       documentation.  Under historical  curses  implementations,
+       it  varied  depending  on  whether  the operating system's
+       implementation of  handled  signal  receipt  interrupts  a
+       read(2)  call in progress or not, and also (in some imple-
+       mentations) depending on whether an input timeout or  non-
+       blocking mode hsd been set.
+
+       Programmers concerned about portability should be prepared
+       for either of two  cases:  (a)  signal  receipt  does  not
+       interrupt  getch;  (b) signal receipt interrupts getch and
+       causes it to return ERR with errno set  to  EINTR.   Under
+       the  ncurses  implementation, handled signals never inter-
+       rupt getch.
+
+       The has_key function is unique to ncurses.   We  recommend
+       that  any  code using it be conditionalized on the NCURSES
+       feature macro.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),        curs_inopts(3X),         curs_move(3X),
+       curs_refresh(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_getstr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_getstr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d14eb7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_getstr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       getstr,  wgetstr,  mvgetstr,  mvwgetstr, wgetnstr - accept
+       character strings from curses terminal keyboard
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int getstr(char *str);
+       int getnstr(char *str, int n);
+       int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
+       int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str);
+       int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
+       int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+       int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+       int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls  to
+       getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the
+       terminating character is  not  included  in  the  returned
+       string).   The  resulting  value  is  placed  in  the area
+       pointed to by the character pointer str.
+
+       wgetnstr reads at most n  characters,  thus  preventing  a
+       possible  overflow  of  the  input buffer.  Any attempt to
+       enter more characters (other than the terminating  newline
+       or  carriage  return)  causes  a beep.  Function keys also
+       cause a beep and are ignored.  The getnstr function  reads
+       from the stdscr default window.
+
+       The  user's erase and kill characters are interpreted.  If
+       keypad  mode  is  on  for   the   window,   KEY_LEFT   and
+       KEY_BACKSPACE are both considered equivalent to the user's
+       kill character.
+
+       Characters input are echoed only if echo is currently  on.
+       In  that case, backspace is echoed as deletion of the pre-
+       vious character (typically a left motion).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon failure and an OK
+       (SVr4  specifies  only  "an integer value other than ERR")
+       upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that getstr, mvgetstr, and mvwgetstr may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue  4.   They  read  single-byte  characters only.  The
+       standard specifies that they return ERR  on  failure,  but
+       the  single  error  condition  EOVERFLOW  associated  with
+       extended-level conformance is not yet  returned  (the  XSI
+
+       SVr3 and early SVr4 curses implementations did not  reject
+       function keys; the SVr4.0 documentation claimed that "spe-
+       cial keys" (such as function  keys,  "home"  key,  "clear"
+       key,  etc.)  are  interpreted" without giving details.  It
+       lied.  In fact, the  `character'  value  appended  to  the
+       string  by  those  implementations was predictable but not
+       useful (being, in fact, the low-order eight  bits  of  the
+       key's KEY_ value).
+
+       The functions getnstr, mvgetnstr, and mvwgetnstr were pre-
+       sent but not documented in SVr4.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_getch(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_getyx.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_getyx.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..89231567 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_getyx.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       getyx,  getparyx,  getbegyx,  getmaxyx - get curses cursor
+       and window coordinates
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       void getyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       void getparyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       void getbegyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       void getmaxyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The getyx macro places the current cursor position of  the
+       given window in the two integer variables y and x.
+
+       If  win  is  a  subwindow,  the  getparyx macro places the
+       beginning coordinates of the  subwindow  relative  to  the
+       parent  window into two integer variables y and x.  Other-
+       wise, -1 is placed into y and x.
+
+       Like getyx, the getbegyx and  getmaxyx  macros  store  the
+       current  beginning  coordinates  and size of the specified
+       window.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The return values of these  macros  are  undefined  (i.e.,
+       they  should not be used as the right-hand side of assign-
+       ment statements).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       All of these interfaces are macros and  that  "&"  is  not
+       necessary before the variables y and x.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_inch.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_inch.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..093f99ad --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_inch.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + +
+       inch,  winch,  mvinch,  mvwinch  -  get  a  character  and
+       attributes from a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       chtype inch(void);
+       chtype winch(WINDOW *win);
+       chtype mvinch(int y, int x);
+       chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines return the character, of  type  chtype,  at
+       the   current  position  in  the  named  window.   If  any
+       attributes are set for that  position,  their  values  are
+       OR'ed  into  the  value  returned.   Constants  defined in
+       <curses.h> can be used with the & (logical  AND)  operator
+       to extract the character or attributes alone.
+
+
+   Attributes
+       The  following  bit-masks  may  be  AND-ed with characters
+       returned by winch.
+
+       l  l  .   A_CHARTEXT     Bit-mask  to  extract   character
+       A_ATTRIBUTES   Bit-mask   to  extract  attributes  A_COLOR
+            Bit-mask to extract color-pair field information
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that all of these routines may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_inchstr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_inchstr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8b5fde8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_inchstr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       inchstr,   inchnstr,   winchstr,   winchnstr,   mvinchstr,
+       mvinchnstr, mvwinchstr, mvwinchnstr  -  get  a  string  of
+       characters (and attributes) from a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int inchstr(chtype *chstr);
+       int inchnstr(chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr);
+       int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr);
+       int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *chstr, int n);
+       int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr);
+       int  mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *chstr,
+       int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines return a NULL-terminated  array  of  chtype
+       quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the
+       named window and ending at the right margin of the window.
+       The  four  functions with n as the last argument, return a
+       leading substring at most n characters long (exclusive  of
+       the  trailing (chtype)0).  Constants defined in <curses.h>
+       can be used with the & (logical AND) operator  to  extract
+       the  character or the attribute alone from any position in
+       the chstr [see curs_inch(3X)].
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon  failure  and  an
+       integer  value  other  than ERR upon successful completion
+       (the number of  characters  retrieved,  exclusive  of  the
+       trailing 0).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note  that  all  routines  except winchnstr may be macros.
+       SVr4 does not document whether the result string is 0-ter-
+       minated; it does not document whether a length limit argu-
+       ment includes any trailing 0; and it does not document the
+       meaning of the return value.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  It is no more specific than the SVr4  documenta-
+       tion on the trailing 0.  It does specify that the success-
+       ful return of the functions is OK.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_inch(3X).
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_initscr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_initscr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..78d883ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_initscr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       initscr,  newterm, endwin, isendwin, set_term, delscreen -
+       curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       WINDOW *initscr(void);
+       int endwin(void);
+       int isendwin(void);
+       SCREEN  *newterm(const  char  *type,  FILE  *outfd,   FILE
+       *infd);
+       SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new);
+       void delscreen(SCREEN* sp);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       initscr  is normally the first curses routine to call when
+       initializing a program.  A few special routines  sometimes
+       need  to  be called before it; these are slk_init, filter,
+       ripoffline, use_env.  For multiple-terminal  applications,
+       newterm may be called before initscr.
+
+       The initscr code determines the terminal type and initial-
+       izes all curses data structures.  initscr also causes  the
+       first  call  to  refresh  to  clear the screen.  If errors
+       occur, initscr writes  an  appropriate  error  message  to
+       standard error and exits; otherwise, a pointer is returned
+       to stdscr.
+
+       A program that outputs to more than  one  terminal  should
+       use  the  newterm  routine  for  each  terminal instead of
+       initscr.  A program that needs to inspect capabilities, so
+       it can continue to run in a line-oriented mode if the ter-
+       minal cannot support a screen-oriented program, would also
+       use  newterm.   The  routine newterm should be called once
+       for each terminal.  It returns a variable of type SCREEN *
+       which  should  be  saved  as a reference to that terminal.
+       The arguments are the type of the terminal to be  used  in
+       place of $TERM, a file pointer for output to the terminal,
+       and another file pointer for input from the  terminal  (if
+       type  is NULL, $TERM will be used).  The program must also
+       call endwin for each terminal being  used  before  exiting
+       from  curses.  If newterm is called more than once for the
+       same terminal, the first terminal referred to must be  the
+       last one for which endwin is called.
+
+       A  program  should  always  call  endwin before exiting or
+       escaping  from  curses  mode  temporarily.   This  routine
+       restores  tty  modes,  moves the cursor to the lower left-
+       hand corner of the screen and resets the terminal into the
+       proper non-visual mode.  Calling refresh or doupdate after
+       a temporary escape causes the  program  to  resume  visual
+       mode.
+       called without any subsequent calls to wrefresh, and FALSE
+       otherwise.
+
+       The  set_term  routine is used to switch between different
+       terminals.  The screen reference new becomes the new  cur-
+       rent  terminal.   The previous terminal is returned by the
+       routine.  This  is  the  only  routine  which  manipulates
+       SCREEN  pointers;  all other routines affect only the cur-
+       rent terminal.
+
+       The delscreen routine frees storage  associated  with  the
+       SCREEN  data  structure.   The  endwin routine does not do
+       this, so delscreen should be called after endwin if a par-
+       ticular SCREEN is no longer needed.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       endwin  returns  the  integer ERR upon failure and OK upon
+       successful completion.
+
+       Routines that return pointers always return NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that initscr and newterm may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  It specifies that portable applications must not
+       call initscr more than once.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),       curs_kernel(3X),       curs_refresh(3X),
+       curs_slk(3X), curs_util(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_inopts.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_inopts.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47eab78c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_inopts.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ + + +
+       cbreak, nocbreak, echo, noecho, halfdelay, intrflush, key-
+       pad, meta,  nodelay,  notimeout,  raw,  noraw,  noqiflush,
+       qiflush,  timeout,  wtimeout,  typeahead  -  curses  input
+       options
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int cbreak(void);
+       int nocbreak(void);
+       int echo(void);
+       int noecho(void);
+       int halfdelay(int tenths);
+       int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int raw(void);
+       int noraw(void);
+       void noqiflush(void);
+       void qiflush(void);
+       int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       void timeout(int delay);
+       void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay);
+       int typeahead(int fd);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until  a
+       newline  or  carriage return is typed.  The cbreak routine
+       disables line buffering and erase/kill  character-process-
+       ing  (interrupt  and  flow  control  characters  are unaf-
+       fected), making characters typed by the  user  immediately
+       available  to  the  program.  The nocbreak routine returns
+       the terminal to normal (cooked) mode.
+
+       Initially the terminal may or may not be in  cbreak  mode,
+       as the mode is inherited; therefore, a program should call
+       cbreak or nocbreak explicitly.  Most interactive  programs
+       using  curses set the cbreak mode.  Note that cbreak over-
+       rides raw.  [See curs_getch(3X) for a  discussion  of  how
+       these routines interact with echo and noecho.]
+
+       The  echo  and  noecho routines control whether characters
+       typed by the user are echoed by getch as they  are  typed.
+       Echoing  by  the  tty  driver is always disabled, but ini-
+       tially getch is in echo  mode,  so  characters  typed  are
+       echoed.  Authors of most interactive programs prefer to do
+       their own echoing in a controlled area of the  screen,  or
+       not  to  echo  at  all, so they disable echoing by calling
+       noecho.  [See curs_getch(3X) for a discussion of how these
+       routines interact with cbreak and nocbreak.]
+
+       user  are  immediately available to the program.  However,
+       after blocking  for  tenths  tenths  of  seconds,  ERR  is
+       returned  if  nothing has been typed.  The value of tenths
+       must be a number between 1 and 255.  Use nocbreak to leave
+       half-delay mode.
+
+       If  the intrflush option is enabled, (bf is TRUE), when an
+       interrupt key  is  pressed  on  the  keyboard  (interrupt,
+       break,  quit)  all  output in the tty driver queue will be
+       flushed, giving the  effect  of  faster  response  to  the
+       interrupt,  but  causing  curses to have the wrong idea of
+       what is on the  screen.   Disabling  (bf  is  FALSE),  the
+       option  prevents the flush.  The default for the option is
+       inherited from the tty driver settings.  The window  argu-
+       ment is ignored.
+
+       The  keypad option enables the keypad of the user's termi-
+       nal.  If enabled (bf is TRUE), the user can press a  func-
+       tion  key (such as an arrow key) and wgetch returns a sin-
+       gle value representing the function key, as  in  KEY_LEFT.
+       If  disabled (bf is FALSE), curses does not treat function
+       keys specially and the program has to interpret the escape
+       sequences  itself.   If  the keypad in the terminal can be
+       turned on  (made  to  transmit)  and  off  (made  to  work
+       locally),  turning on this option causes the terminal key-
+       pad to be turned on when wgetch is  called.   The  default
+       value for keypad is false.
+
+       Initially, whether the terminal returns 7 or 8 significant
+       bits on input depends on  the  control  mode  of  the  tty
+       driver  [see  termio(7)].  To force 8 bits to be returned,
+       invoke meta(win, TRUE); this is equivalent,  under  POSIX,
+       to  setting the CS8 flag on the terminal.  To force 7 bits
+       to be returned, invoke meta(win, FALSE); this  is  equiva-
+       lent,  under  POSIX, to setting the CS8 flag on the termi-
+       nal.  The window argument, win, is always ignored.  If the
+       terminfo capabilities smm (meta_on) and rmm (meta_off) are
+       defined for the terminal, smm is sent to the terminal when
+       meta(win,  TRUE)  is called and rmm is sent when meta(win,
+       FALSE) is called.
+
+       The nodelay option causes getch to be a non-blocking call.
+       If  no input is ready, getch returns ERR.  If disabled (bf
+       is FALSE), getch waits until a key is pressed.
+
+       While interpreting an input escape sequence, wgetch sets a
+       timer  while  waiting  for the next character.  If notime-
+       out(win, TRUE) is called,  then  wgetch  does  not  set  a
+       timer.   The  purpose  of  the timeout is to differentiate
+       between sequences received from a function key  and  those
+       typed by a user.
+
+       characters  typed  are  immediately  passed through to the
+       user program.  The differences are that in raw  mode,  the
+       interrupt,  quit, suspend, and flow control characters are
+       all passed through uninterpreted, instead of generating  a
+       signal.   The  behavior  of the BREAK key depends on other
+       bits in the tty driver that are not set by curses.
+
+       When the noqiflush routine is used, normal flush of  input
+       and  output queues associated with the INTR, QUIT and SUSP
+       characters will not be done [see termio(7)].  When qiflush
+       is  called,  the queues will be flushed when these control
+       characters are read.  You may want to call noqiflush()  in
+       a  signal handler if you want output to continue as though
+       the interrupt had not occurred, after the handler exits.
+
+       The timeout and wtimeout routines  set  blocking  or  non-
+       blocking  read  for a given window.  If delay is negative,
+       blocking  read  is  used  (i.e.,  waits  indefinitely  for
+       input).   If delay is zero, then non-blocking read is used
+       (i.e., read returns ERR if no input is waiting).  If delay
+       is  positive, then read blocks for delay milliseconds, and
+       returns ERR if there is still no input.  Hence, these rou-
+       tines  provide the same functionality as nodelay, plus the
+       additional capability of being  able  to  block  for  only
+       delay milliseconds (where delay is positive).
+
+       The  curses library does ``line-breakout optimization'' by
+       looking for  typeahead  periodically  while  updating  the
+       screen.   If  input is found, and it is coming from a tty,
+       the current update is postponed until refresh or  doupdate
+       is  called again.  This allows faster response to commands
+       typed in advance.  Normally, the input FILE pointer passed
+       to  newterm,  or  stdin in the case that initscr was used,
+       will be used to do this typeahead checking.  The typeahead
+       routine  specifies  that  the  file descriptor fd is to be
+       used to check for typeahead instead.  If fd is -1, then no
+       typeahead checking is done.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All  routines that return an integer return ERR upon fail-
+       ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an  integer  value  other
+       than  ERR")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise
+       noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+       The  ncurses  library obeys the XPG4 standard and the his-
+       torical practice of the AT&T  curses  implementations,  in
+       that  the  echo bit is cleared when curses initializes the
+       terminal state.  BSD curses differed from  this  slightly;
+       ity,  set echo or noecho explicitly just after initializa-
+       tion, even if your program remains in cooked mode.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that echo, noecho, halfdelay, intrflush, meta,  node-
+       lay,  notimeout, noqiflush, qiflush, timeout, and wtimeout
+       may be macros.
+
+       The noraw and nocbreak calls follow historical practice in
+       that  they  attempt  to  restore to normal (`cooked') mode
+       from raw and cbreak modes respectively.  Mixing  raw/noraw
+       and  cbreak/nocbreak  calls  leads  to  tty driver control
+       states that are hard to predict or understand; it  is  not
+       recommended.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_getch(3X), curs_initscr(3X), termio(7)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_insch.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_insch.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36b7f32b --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_insch.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       insch,  winsch,  mvinsch,  mvwinsch  -  insert a character
+       before cursor in a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int insch(chtype ch);
+       int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+       int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
+       int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines, insert the character ch before the charac-
+       ter  under the cursor.  All characters to the right of the
+       cursor are moved one space to the right, with  the  possi-
+       bility  of the rightmost character on the line being lost.
+       The insertion operation does not change the  cursor  posi-
+       tion.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All  routines that return an integer return ERR upon fail-
+       ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an  integer  value  other
+       than  ERR")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise
+       noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       These routines do not necessarily imply use of a  hardware
+       insert character feature.
+
+       Note that insch, mvinsch, and mvwinsch may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_insstr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_insstr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6fe2b45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_insstr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + +
+       insstr,  insnstr,  winsstr, winsnstr, mvinsstr, mvinsnstr,
+       mvwinsstr, mvwinsnstr - insert string before cursor  in  a
+       curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+       int insstr(const char *str);
+       int insnstr(const char *str, int n);
+       int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
+       int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
+       int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
+       int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+       int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
+       int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str,
+       int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These  routines insert a character string (as many charac-
+       ters as will fit on the line) before the  character  under
+       the cursor.  All characters to the right of the cursor are
+       shifted right, with the possibility of the rightmost char-
+       acters  on  the line being lost.  The cursor position does
+       not change (after moving to y, x, if specified). The  four
+       routines with n as the last argument insert a leading sub-
+       string of at most n characters.  If n<=0, then the  entire
+       string is inserted.
+
+       If  a  character in str is a tab, newline, carriage return
+       or backspace, the cursor is moved appropriately within the
+       window.   A  newline  also  does a clrtoeol before moving.
+       Tabs are considered to be at every eighth  column.   If  a
+       character in str is another control character, it is drawn
+       in the ^X notation.  Calling winch after adding a  control
+       character (and moving to it, if necessary) does not return
+       the control character, but instead returns a character  in
+       the the ^-representation of the control character.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All  routines that return an integer return ERR upon fail-
+       ure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an  integer  value  other
+       than  ERR")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise
+       noted in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that all but winsnstr may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue  4,  which  adds  const qualifiers to the arguments.
+       The XSI Curses error  conditions  EILSEQ  and  EILOVERFLOW
+       associated  with  extended-level  conformance  are not yet
+       detected (this implementation does not  yet  support  XPG4
+       curses(3X), curs_clear(3X), curs_inch(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_instr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_instr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..487bd07c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_instr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       instr,  innstr, winstr, winnstr, mvinstr, mvinnstr, mvwin-
+       str, mvwinnstr - get a string of characters from a  curses
+       window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int instr(char *str);
+       int innstr(char *str, int n);
+       int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
+       int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
+       int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str);
+       int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+       int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
+       int  mvwinnstr(WINDOW  *win,  int y, int x, char *str, int
+       n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines return  a  string  of  characters  in  str,
+       extracted  starting  at the current cursor position in the
+       named window.  Attributes are stripped  from  the  charac-
+       ters.   The  four  functions  with  n as the last argument
+       return a leading  substring  at  most  n  characters  long
+       (exclusive of the trailing NUL).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All  of the functions return ERR upon failure, or the num-
+       ber of characters actually read into the string.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that all routines except winnstr may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses error  conditions  EILSEQ  and  EILOVERFLOW
+       associated  with  extended-level  conformance  are not yet
+       detected (this implementation does not  yet  support  XPG4
+       multi-byte  characters).  SVr4 does not document whether a
+       length limit includes or excludes the trailing NUL.
+
+       The ncurses library extends the XSI description by  allow-
+       ing  a  negative value for n.  In this case, the functions
+       return the string ending at the right margin.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_kernel.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_kernel.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82b012f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_kernel.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ + + +
+       def_prog_mode,       def_shell_mode,      reset_prog_mode,
+       reset_shell_mode, resetty, savetty, getsyx, setsyx, ripof-
+       fline, curs_set, napms - low-level xscurses routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int def_prog_mode(void);
+       int def_shell_mode(void);
+       int reset_prog_mode(void);
+       int reset_shell_mode(void);
+       int resetty(void);
+       int savetty(void);
+       void getsyx(int y, int x);
+       void setsyx(int y, int x);
+       int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int));
+       int curs_set(int visibility);
+       int napms(int ms);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  following  routines  give low-level access to various
+       curses capabilities.  Theses routines typically  are  used
+       inside library routines.
+
+       The  def_prog_mode  and  def_shell_mode  routines save the
+       current terminal modes as the  "program"  (in  curses)  or
+       "shell"   (not   in   curses)   state   for   use  by  the
+       reset_prog_mode and reset_shell_mode  routines.   This  is
+       done  automatically  by  initscr.   There is one such save
+       area for each screen context allocated by newterm().
+
+       The reset_prog_mode and reset_shell_mode routines  restore
+       the  terminal  to "program" (in curses) or "shell" (out of
+       curses) state.  These are  done  automatically  by  endwin
+       and,  after  an  endwin, by doupdate, so they normally are
+       not called.
+
+       The resetty and savetty  routines  save  and  restore  the
+       state  of  the  terminal modes.  savetty saves the current
+       state in a buffer and resetty restores the state  to  what
+       it was at the last call to savetty.
+
+       The  getsyx routine returns the current coordinates of the
+       virtual screen cursor in y and x.  If leaveok is currently
+       TRUE,  then -1,-1 is returned.  If lines have been removed
+       from the top of the screen,  using  ripoffline,  y  and  x
+       include  these  lines;  therefore,  y and x should be used
+       only as arguments for setsyx.
+
+       The setsyx routine sets the virtual screen cursor to y, x.
+       If y and x are both -1, then leaveok is set.  The two rou-
+       tines getsyx and setsyx are  designed  to  be  used  by  a
+       cursor.   The  library  routine  would  call getsyx at the
+       beginning, do its manipulation of its own  windows,  do  a
+       wnoutrefresh  on  its  windows, call setsyx, and then call
+       doupdate.
+
+       The ripoffline routine provides access to the same  facil-
+       ity  that  slk_init  [see curs_slk(3X)] uses to reduce the
+       size of the screen.   ripoffline  must  be  called  before
+       initscr or newterm is called.  If line is positive, a line
+       is removed from the top of stdscr; if line is negative,  a
+       line is removed from the bottom.  When this is done inside
+       initscr, the routine init (supplied by the user) is called
+       with  two arguments: a window pointer to the one-line win-
+       dow that has been allocated and an integer with the number
+       of columns in the window.  Inside this initialization rou-
+       tine, the integer variables LINES  and  COLS  (defined  in
+       <curses.h>) are not guaranteed to be accurate and wrefresh
+       or doupdate must not be called.  It is allowable  to  call
+       wnoutrefresh during the initialization routine.
+
+       ripoffline  can  be called up to five times before calling
+       initscr or newterm.
+
+       The curs_set routine sets  the  cursor  state  is  set  to
+       invisible, normal, or very visible for visibility equal to
+       0, 1, or 2 respectively.  If  the  terminal  supports  the
+       visibility   requested,   the  previous  cursor  state  is
+       returned; otherwise, ERR is returned.
+
+       The napms routine is used to sleep for ms milliseconds.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except for curs_set,  these  routines  always  return  OK.
+       curs_set  returns the previous cursor state, or ERR if the
+       requested visibility is not supported.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that getsyx is a macro, so & is not necessary  before
+       the variables y and x.
+
+       The  SVr4 man pages warn that the return value of curs_set
+       "is currently incorrect".   This  implementation  gets  it
+       right, but it may be unwise to count on the correctness of
+       the return value anywhere else.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The functions setsyx and getsyx are not described  in  the
+       XSI  Curses standard, Issue 4.  All other functions are as
+       described in XSI Curses.
+
+       The SVr4 documentation describes setsyx and getsyx as hav-
+       ing  return  type  int.  This  is  misleading, as they are
+       curses(3X),       curs_initscr(3X),      curs_outopts(3X),
+       curs_refresh(3X), curs_scr_dump(3X), curs_slk(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_mouse.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_mouse.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d328f533 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_mouse.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ + + +
+       getmouse,  ungetmouse, mousemask - mouse interface through
+       curses
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       typedef unsigned long mmask_t;
+
+       typedef struct
+       {
+           short id;         /* ID to distinguish multiple devices */
+           int x, y, z;      /* event coordinates */
+           mmask_t bstate;   /* button state bits */
+       }
+       MEVENT;
+       int getmouse(MEVENT *event);
+       int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event);
+       mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t newmask, mmask_t *oldmask);
+       bool wenclose(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+       int mouseinterval(int erval)
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These functions provide an interface to mouse events  from
+       ncurses(3x).   Mouse  events  are represented by KEY_MOUSE
+       pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream.
+
+       To make mouse events visible, use the mousemask  function.
+       This  will  set  the  mouse  events  to  be  reported.  By
+       default, no mouse events are reported.  The function  will
+       return  a  mask  to  indicate which of the specified mouse
+       events can be reported; on complete failure it returns  0.
+       If  oldmask is non-NULL, this function fills the indicated
+       location with the previous value  of  the  given  window's
+       mouse event mask.
+
+       As  a  side  effect, setting a zero mousemask may turn off
+       the mouse pointer; setting a nonzero mask may turn it  on.
+       Whether this happens is device-dependent.
+
+       Here are the mouse event type masks:
+
+       l  l  _ _ l l.  Name Description BUTTON1_PRESSED     mouse
+       button 1 down BUTTON1_RELEASED    mouse button 1  up  BUT-
+       TON1_CLICKED        mouse       button      1      clicked
+       BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse  button  1  double  clicked
+       BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse  button  1  triple  clicked
+       BUTTON2_PRESSED       mouse      button       2       down
+       BUTTON2_RELEASED    mouse   button  2  up  BUTTON2_CLICKED
+           mouse button 2 clicked  BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse
+       button  2  double  clicked  BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse
+       button 2 triple clicked BUTTON3_PRESSED     mouse button 3
+       down BUTTON3_RELEASED    mouse button 3 up BUTTON3_CLICKED
+       button 3 triple clicked BUTTON4_PRESSED     mouse button 4
+       down BUTTON4_RELEASED    mouse button 4 up BUTTON4_CLICKED
+           mouse button 4 clicked  BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED   mouse
+       button  4  double  clicked  BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED   mouse
+       button 4 triple clicked BUTTON_SHIFT   shift was down dur-
+       ing  button  state  change BUTTON_CTRL    control was down
+       during button state  change  BUTTON_ALT     alt  was  down
+       during  button state change ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS    report all
+       button state changes REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION    report mouse
+       movement
+
+       Once  a  class of mouse events have been made visible in a
+       window, calling the wgetch function  on  that  window  may
+       return  KEY_MOUSE  as  an indicator that a mouse event has
+       been queued.  To read the event data and pop the event off
+       the queue, call getmouse.  This function will return OK if
+       a mouse event is actually visible in the given window, ERR
+       otherwise.   When  getmouse returns OK, the data deposited
+       as y and x in the  event  structure  coordinates  will  be
+       screen-relative  character-cell coordinates.  The returned
+       state mask will have exactly one bit set to  indicate  the
+       event type.
+
+       The  ungetmouse  function  behaves analogously to ungetch.
+       It pushes a KEY_MOUSE event  onto  the  input  queue,  and
+       associates  with  that  event  the  given  state  data and
+       screen-relative character-cell coordinates.
+
+       The wenclose  function  tests  whether  a  given  pair  of
+       screen-relative  character-cell coordinates is enclosed by
+       a given window, returning TRUE if it is and  FALSE  other-
+       wise.   It  is  useful  for determining what subset of the
+       screen windows enclose the location of a mouse event.
+
+       The mouseinterval function sets the maximum time (in thou-
+       sands  of  a  second)  that  can  elapse between press and
+       release events in order for them to  be  recognized  as  a
+       click.  This function returns the previous interval value.
+       The default is one fifth of a second.
+
+       Note that mouse events will be ignored when  input  is  in
+       cooked mode, and will cause an error beep when cooked mode
+       is being simulated in a window by a function such as  get-
+       str that expects a linefeed for input-loop termination.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All  routines  return  the  integer ERR upon failure or OK
+       upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These calls were designed for  ncurses(3x),  and  are  not
+
+       The feature macro NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION is provided so the
+       preprocessor  can  be  used to test whether these features
+       are present (its value is 1).   NOTE:  THIS  INTERFACE  IS
+       EXPERIMENTAL  AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE!  If
+       the interface is changed, the value of  NCURSES_MOUSE_VER-
+       SION will be incremented.
+
+       The  order  of the MEVENT structure members is not guaran-
+       teed.  Additional fields may be added to the structure  in
+       the future.
+
+       Under  ncurses(3x),  these  calls  are  implemented  using
+       either xterm's built-in mouse-tracking API  or  Alessandro
+       Rubini's  gpm  server.   If  you are using something other
+       than xterm there is no gpm daemon running on your machine,
+       mouse  events  will not be visible to ncurses(3x) (and the
+       wmousemask function will always return 0).
+
+       The z member in the event structure is not presently used.
+       It  is  intended  for use with touch screens (which may be
+       pressure-sensitive)   or   with   3D-mice/trackballs/power
+       gloves.
+
+
+
+

BUGS

+       Mouse  events under xterm will not in fact be ignored dur-
+       ing cooked mode, if they have been enabled by  wmousemask.
+       Instead,  the  xterm  mouse report sequence will appear in
+       the string read.
+
+       Mouse events under xterm will not be detected correctly in
+       a window with its keypad bit off.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_move.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_move.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4edbae80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_move.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       move, wmove - move curses window cursor
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int move(int y, int x);
+       int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These  routines move the cursor associated with the window
+       to line y and column x.  This routine does  not  move  the
+       physical  cursor  of the terminal until refresh is called.
+       The position specified is relative to the upper  left-hand
+       corner of the window, which is (0,0).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
+       fies only "an integer value other than ERR") upon success-
+       ful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that move may be a macro.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  functions are described in the XSI Curses standard,
+       Issue 4.  The standard specifies that if (y,x) is within a
+       multi-column  character,  the cursor is moved to the first
+       column of that  character;  however,  this  implementation
+       does  not  yet  support  the extended-level XSI multi-byte
+       characters.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_refresh(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_outopts.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_outopts.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54e8aa71 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_outopts.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ + + +
+       clearok,   idlok,   idcok   immedok,  leaveok,  setscrreg,
+       wsetscrreg, scrollok, nl, nonl - curses output options
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int setscrreg(int top, int bot);
+       int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bot);
+       int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       int nl(void);
+       int nonl(void);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines set options that change the style of output
+       within  curses.   All  options are initially FALSE, unless
+       otherwise stated.  It  is  not  necessary  to  turn  these
+       options off before calling endwin.
+
+       If  clearok is called with TRUE as argument, the next call
+       to wrefresh with this window will clear  the  screen  com-
+       pletely  and  redraw the entire screen from scratch.  This
+       is useful when the contents of the screen  are  uncertain,
+       or  in  some  cases for a more pleasing visual effect.  If
+       the win argument to clearok is the global variable curscr,
+       the  next  call  to  wrefresh  with  any window causes the
+       screen to be cleared and repainted from scratch.
+
+       If idlok is called with TRUE as  second  argument,  curses
+       considers using the hardware insert/delete line feature of
+       terminals so equipped.  Calling idlok with FALSE as second
+       argument  disables  use  of  line  insertion and deletion.
+       This option should be  enabled  only  if  the  application
+       needs  insert/delete  line, for example, for a screen edi-
+       tor.  It is disabled by default because insert/delete line
+       tends  to  be  visually annoying when used in applications
+       where it isn't really needed.  If insert/delete line  can-
+       not  be  used,  curses redraws the changed portions of all
+       lines.
+
+       If idcok is called with FALSE as second  argument,  curses
+       no longer considers using the hardware insert/delete char-
+       acter feature of terminals so equipped.  Use of  character
+       insert/delete  is  enabled by default.  Calling idcok with
+       TRUE as second argument re-enables use of character inser-
+       tion and deletion.
+
+       If  immedok is called with TRUE as argument, any change in
+       fresh.  However, it may degrade performance  considerably,
+       due  to  repeated  calls  to  wrefresh.  It is disabled by
+       default.
+
+       Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the  location  of
+       the  window  cursor  being  refreshed.  The leaveok option
+       allows the cursor to be left wherever the  update  happens
+       to leave it.  It is useful for applications where the cur-
+       sor is not used, since it  reduces  the  need  for  cursor
+       motions.   If  possible, the cursor is made invisible when
+       this option is enabled.
+
+       The setscrreg and wsetscrreg routines allow  the  applica-
+       tion  programmer  to  set a software scrolling region in a
+       window.  top and bot are the line numbers of the  top  and
+       bottom margin of the scrolling region.  (Line 0 is the top
+       line of the window.)  If  this  option  and  scrollok  are
+       enabled,  an  attempt  to  move off the bottom margin line
+       causes all lines in the scrolling  region  to  scroll  one
+       line in the direction of the first line.  Only the text of
+       the window is scrolled.  (Note that this has nothing to do
+       with  the use of a physical scrolling region capability in
+       the terminal, like that in the VT100.  If idlok is enabled
+       and   the  terminal  has  either  a  scrolling  region  or
+       insert/delete line capability, they will probably be  used
+       by the output routines.)
+
+       The  scrollok option controls what happens when the cursor
+       of a window is  moved  off  the  edge  of  the  window  or
+       scrolling  region,  either as a result of a newline action
+       on the bottom line, or typing the last  character  of  the
+       last line.  If disabled, (bf is FALSE), the cursor is left
+       on the bottom line.  If enabled, (bf is TRUE), the  window
+       is  scrolled  up  one  line (Note that in order to get the
+       physical scrolling effect on the terminal, it is also nec-
+       essary to call idlok).
+
+       The  nl  and  nonl routines control whether the underlying
+       display device translates the return key into  newline  on
+       input,  and  whether it translates newline into return and
+       line-feed on output (in either case,  the  call  addch('0)
+       does the equivalent of return and line feed on the virtual
+       screen).  Initially, these translations do occur.  If  you
+       disable  them using nonl, curses will be able to make bet-
+       ter use of the line-feed capability, resulting  in  faster
+       cursor  motion.   Also, curses will then be able to detect
+       the return key.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The functions setscrreg and wsetscrreg return OK upon suc-
+       cess  and ERR upon failure. All other routines that return
+       an integer always return OK.
+       These functions are described in the XSI Curses  standard,
+       Issue 4.
+
+       The  XSI  Curses  standard is ambiguous on the question of
+       whether raw() should disable the  CRLF  translations  con-
+       trolled by nl() and nonl().  BSD curses did turn off these
+       translations; AT&T curses (at least as late as  SVr1)  did
+       not.   We choose to do so, on the theory that a programmer
+       requesting raw input wants a clean (ideally  8-bit  clean)
+       connection that the operating system does not mess with.
+
+       Some  historic  curses  implementations had, as an undocu-
+       mented feature,  the  ability  to  do  the  equivalent  of
+       clearok(...,  1)  by saying touchwin(stdscr) or clear(std-
+       scr).  This will not work under ncurses.
+
+       Earlier System V  curses  implementations  specified  that
+       with  scrollok enabled, any window modification triggering
+       a scroll also forced a physical refresh.  XSI Curses  does
+       not  require this, and ncurses avoids doing it in order to
+       perform better vertical-motion  optimization  at  wrefresh
+       time.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note  that clearok, leaveok, scrollok, idcok, nl, nonl and
+       setscrreg may be macros.
+
+       The immedok routine is useful for windows that are used as
+       terminal emulators.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),         curs_addch(3X),        curs_clear(3X),
+       curs_initscr(3X), curs_scroll(3X), curs_refresh(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_overlay.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_overlay.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c892d66 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_overlay.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       overlay, overwrite, copywin - overlay and manipulate over-
+       lapped curses windows
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int overlay(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);
+       int overwrite(const WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin);
+       int copywin(WINDOW *srcwin, WINDOW *dstwin, int sminrow,
+             int smincol, int dminrow, int dmincol, int dmaxrow,
+             int dmaxcol, int overlay);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The overlay and overwrite routines overlay srcwin  on  top
+       of  dstwin.   scrwin and dstwin are not required to be the
+       same size; only text where  the  two  windows  overlap  is
+       copied.  The difference is that overlay is non-destructive
+       (blanks are not copied) whereas overwrite is  destructive.
+
+       The  copywin  routine provides a finer granularity of con-
+       trol over the overlay and overwrite routines.  Like in the
+       prefresh routine, a rectangle is specified in the destina-
+       tion window, (dminrow, dmincol)  and  (dmaxrow,  dmaxcol),
+       and  the  upper-left-corner coordinates of the source win-
+       dow, (sminrow, smincol).  If the argument overlay is true,
+       then copying is non-destructive, as in overlay.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines  that  return an integer return ERR upon failure,
+       and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
+       ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that overlay and overwrite may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4 describes these functions
+       (adding the const qualifiers).  It further specifies their
+       behavior  in  the  presence  of characters with multi-byte
+       renditions (not yet supported in this implementation).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_pad(3X), curs_refresh(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_pad.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_pad.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..721b8ed9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_pad.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       newpad, subpad, prefresh, pnoutrefresh, pechochar - create
+       and display curses pads
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols);
+       WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+             int begin_y, int begin_x);
+       int prefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol,
+             int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);
+       int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *pad, int pminrow, int pmincol,
+             int sminrow, int smincol, int smaxrow, int smaxcol);
+       int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a  new
+       pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines,
+       and columns, ncols.  A pad is like a window,  except  that
+       it is not restricted by the screen size, and is not neces-
+       sarily associated with a particular part  of  the  screen.
+       Pads can be used when a large window is needed, and only a
+       part of the window will be on  the  screen  at  one  time.
+       Automatic refreshes of pads (e.g., from scrolling or echo-
+       ing of input) do not occur.  It is not legal to call  wre-
+       fresh  with a pad as an argument; the routines prefresh or
+       pnoutrefresh should be called instead.   Note  that  these
+       routines require additional parameters to specify the part
+       of the pad to be displayed and the location on the  screen
+       to be used for the display.
+
+       The subpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a sub-
+       window within a  pad  with  the  given  number  of  lines,
+       nlines,  and  columns,  ncols.   Unlike subwin, which uses
+       screen coordinates, the window is  at  position  (begin_x,
+       begin_y)  on the pad.  The window is made in the middle of
+       the window orig, so that changes made to one window affect
+       both  windows.   During  the  use of this routine, it will
+       often be necessary to call touchwin or touchline  on  orig
+       before calling prefresh.
+
+       The  prefresh  and  pnoutrefresh routines are analogous to
+       wrefresh and wnoutrefresh except that they relate to  pads
+       instead  of windows.  The additional parameters are needed
+       to indicate what part of the pad and screen are  involved.
+       pminrow  and pmincol specify the upper left-hand corner of
+       the rectangle to be displayed in the pad.  sminrow,  smin-
+       col, smaxrow, and smaxcol specify the edges of the rectan-
+       gle to be displayed on the screen.  The  lower  right-hand
+       corner of the rectangle to be displayed in the pad is cal-
+       culated from the screen coordinates, since the  rectangles
+       must  be  the same size.  Both rectangles must be entirely
+       treated as if they were zero.
+
+       The pechochar routine is functionally equivalent to a call
+       to  addch  followed by a call to refresh, a call to waddch
+       followed by a call to wrefresh, or a call to  waddch  fol-
+       lowed  by  a  call  to prefresh. The knowledge that only a
+       single character is being output is taken into  considera-
+       tion  and, for non-control characters, a considerable per-
+       formance gain  might  be  seen  by  using  these  routines
+       instead  of  their equivalents.  In the case of pechochar,
+       the last location of the pad on the screen is  reused  for
+       the arguments to prefresh.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines  that  return  an integer return ERR upon failure
+       and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
+       ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+       Routines  that  return  pointers return NULL on error, and
+       set errno to ENOMEM.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that pechochar may be a macro.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),        curs_refresh(3X),       curs_touch(3X),
+       curs_addch(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_print.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_print.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fcf16ee0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_print.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       mcprint - ship binary data to printer
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int mcprint(char *data, int len);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       This  function  uses the mc5p or mc4 and mc5 capabilities,
+       if they are present, to  ship  given  data  to  a  printer
+       attached to the terminal.
+
+       Note  that  the mcprint code has no way to do flow control
+       with the printer or to know how  much  buffering  it  has.
+       Your  application  is  responsible for keeping the rate of
+       writes to the printer below its continuous throughput rate
+       (typically  about  half  of its nominal cps rating).  Dot-
+       matrix printers and 6-page-per-minute lasers can typically
+       handle  80cps,  so a good conservative rule of thumb is to
+       sleep for a second after shipping each 80-character  line.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  mcprint  function  returns ERR if the write operation
+       aborted for some reason.  In this case, errno will contain
+       either  an  error  associated  with write(2) or one of the
+       following:
+
+       ENODEV
+            Capabilities for printer redirection don't exist.
+
+       ENOMEM
+            Couldn't allocate sufficient  memory  to  buffer  the
+            printer write.
+
+            When mcprint succeeds, it returns the number of char-
+            acters actually sent to the printer.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The mcprint call was designed for ncurses(3x), and is  not
+       found in SVr4 curses, 4.4BSD curses, or any other previous
+       version of curses.
+
+
+
+

BUGS

+       Padding in the mc5p, mc4 and mc5 capabilities will not  be
+       interpreted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_printw.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_printw.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..899d9741 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_printw.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + +
+       printw,  wprintw,  mvprintw,  mvwprintw,  vwprintw - print
+       formatted output in curses windows
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int printw(char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int wprintw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int mvprintw(int y, int x, char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x,
+             char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+
+       #include <varargs.h>
+       int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt, varglist);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw  routines  are
+       analogous  to  printf  [see  printf(3S)].   In effect, the
+       string that would be output by printf is output instead as
+       though waddstr were used on the given window.
+
+       The   vwprintw   routine  is  analogous  to  vprintf  [see
+       printf(3S)] and performs a wprintw using a variable  argu-
+       ment  list.  The third argument is a va_list, a pointer to
+       a list of arguments, as defined in <varargs.h>.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return an integer return  ERR  upon  failure
+       and  OK  (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+       ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.   The  function vwprintw is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN,
+       and is to be replaced by a function  vw_printw  using  the
+       <stdarg.h> interface.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), printf(3S), vprintf(3S)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_refresh.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_refresh.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff6d9a33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_refresh.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       refresh, wrefresh, wnoutrefresh, doupdate, redrawwin, wre-
+       drawln - refresh curses windows and lines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int refresh(void);
+       int wrefresh(WINDOW *win);
+       int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win);
+       int doupdate(void);
+       int redrawwin(WINDOW *win);
+       int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The refresh and wrefresh  routines  (or  wnoutrefresh  and
+       doupdate)  must be called to get actual output to the ter-
+       minal, as other routines  merely  manipulate  data  struc-
+       tures.   The  routine  wrefresh copies the named window to
+       the physical terminal screen, taking into account what  is
+       already  there  in order to do optimizations.  The refresh
+       routine is the same, using stdscr as the  default  window.
+       Unless  leaveok  has  been enabled, the physical cursor of
+       the terminal is left at the location  of  the  cursor  for
+       that window.
+
+       The  wnoutrefresh  and  doupdate  routines  allow multiple
+       updates with more  efficiency  than  wrefresh  alone.   In
+       addition  to  all  the window structures, curses keeps two
+       data structures representing the terminal screen: a physi-
+       cal screen, describing what is actually on the screen, and
+       a virtual screen, describing what the programmer wants  to
+       have on the screen.
+
+       The  routine wrefresh works by first calling wnoutrefresh,
+       which copies the named window to the virtual  screen,  and
+       then  calling  doupdate, which compares the virtual screen
+       to the physical screen and does the actual update.  If the
+       programmer  wishes  to  output  several windows at once, a
+       series of calls to wrefresh results in  alternating  calls
+       to  wnoutrefresh  and  doupdate, causing several bursts of
+       output to the screen.  By first calling  wnoutrefresh  for
+       each  window,  it  is then possible to call doupdate once,
+       resulting in only one burst of output,  with  fewer  total
+       characters transmitted and less CPU time used.  If the win
+       argument to wrefresh is the global  variable  curscr,  the
+       screen  is immediately cleared and repainted from scratch.
+
+       The phrase "copies the named window to the virtual screen"
+       above  is  ambiguous.   What  actually happens is that all
+       touched (changed) lines in the window are  copied  to  the
+       virtual  screen.   This affects programs that use overlap-
+       ping windows; it means that if two  windows  overlap,  you
+       see  the  section on PORTABILITY below for a warning about
+       exploiting this behavior.)
+
+       The wredrawln routine indicates to curses that some screen
+       lines  are corrupted and should be thrown away before any-
+       thing is written over them it touches the indicated  lines
+       (marking  them changed) then does a refresh of the window.
+       The routine redrawwin() touches the entire window and then
+       refreshes it.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines  that  return an integer return ERR upon failure,
+       and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
+       ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that refresh and redrawwin may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.
+
+       Whether wnoutrefresh() copies to the  virtual  screen  the
+       entire  contents  of a window or just its changed portions
+       has never been well-documented in historic curses versions
+       (including  SVr4).   It  might be unwise to rely on either
+       behavior in programs that might have  to  be  linked  with
+       other  curses  implementations.   Instead,  you  can do an
+       explicit touchwin()  before  the  wnoutrefresh()  call  to
+       guarantee an entire-contents copy anywhere.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_outopts(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_scanw.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_scanw.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c15106f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_scanw.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + +
+       scanw,  wscanw,  mvscanw, mvwscanw, vwscanw - convert for-
+       matted input from a curses widow
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int scanw(char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int wscanw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int mvscanw(int y, int x, char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x,
+             char *fmt [, arg] ...);
+       int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines  are  analogous  to
+       scanf [see scanf(3S)].  The effect of these routines is as
+       though wgetstr were called on the window, and the  result-
+       ing line used as input for sscanf(3).  Fields which do not
+       map to a variable in the fmt field are lost.
+
+       The vwscanw routine is similar to vwprintw in that it per-
+       forms  a wscanw using a variable argument list.  The third
+       argument is a va_list, a pointer to a list  of  arguments,
+       as defined in <varargs.h>.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       vwscanw returns ERR on failure and an integer equal to the
+       number of fields scanned on success.
+
+       Applications may use the  return  value  from  the  scanw,
+       wscanw,  mvscanw  and  mvwscanw  routines to determine the
+       number of fields which were mapped in the call.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.   The  function  vwscanw is marked TO BE WITHDRAWN,
+       and is to be replaced by a  function  vw_scanw  using  the
+       <stdarg.h> interface.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_getstr, curs_printw, scanf(3S)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_scr_dmp.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_scr_dmp.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5565d235 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_scr_dmp.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       scr_dump,  scr_restore, scr_init, scr_set - read (write) a
+       curses screen from (to) a file
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int scr_dump(const char *filename);
+       int scr_restore(const char *filename);
+       int scr_init(const char *filename);
+       int scr_set(const char *filename);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The scr_dump routine dumps the  current  contents  of  the
+       virtual screen to the file filename.
+
+       The  scr_restore  routine  sets  the virtual screen to the
+       contents of filename, which must have been  written  using
+       scr_dump.   The  next call to doupdate restores the screen
+       to the way it looked in the dump file.
+
+       The scr_init routine reads in the contents of filename and
+       uses  them  to initialize the curses data structures about
+       what the terminal currently has on  its  screen.   If  the
+       data  is  determined  to  be  valid, curses bases its next
+       update of the  screen  on  this  information  rather  than
+       clearing  the  screen and starting from scratch.  scr_init
+       is used after initscr or  a  system  [see  system(BA_LIB)]
+       call  to  share  the screen with another process which has
+       done a scr_dump  after  its  endwin  call.   The  data  is
+       declared  invalid  if  the terminfo capabilities rmcup and
+       nrrmc exist; also if the  terminal  has  been  written  to
+       since the preceding scr_dump call.
+
+       The  scr_set  routine  is a combination of scr_restore and
+       scr_init.  It tells the program that  the  information  in
+       filename is what is currently on the screen, and also what
+       the program wants on the screen.  This can be  thought  of
+       as a screen inheritance function.
+
+       To  read (write) a window from (to) a file, use the getwin
+       and putwin routines [see curs_util(3X)].
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon  failure  and  OK
+       upon success.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note  that  scr_init,  scr_set,  and  scr_restore  may  be
+       macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue 4,  describes  these  func-
+       is also considered invalid "if the time-stamp of  the  tty
+       is old" but don't define "old".
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),       curs_initscr(3X),      curs_refresh(3X),
+       curs_util(3X), system(3S)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_scroll.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_scroll.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c3ebe7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_scroll.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       scroll, srcl, wscrl - scroll a curses window
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int scroll(WINDOW *win);
+       int scrl(int n);
+       int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  scroll  routine scrolls the window up one line.  This
+       involves moving the lines in the  window  data  structure.
+       As  an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window
+       is the entire screen, the physical screen may be  scrolled
+       at the same time.
+
+       For  positive  n,  the  scrl and wscrl routines scroll the
+       window up n lines (line i+n becomes i);  otherwise  scroll
+       the  window  down n lines.  This involves moving the lines
+       in the window character image structure.  The current cur-
+       sor position is not changed.
+
+       For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via
+       scrollok.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return ERR upon failure, and OK (SVr4  only
+       specifies "an integer value other than ERR") upon success-
+       ful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that scrl and scroll may be macros.
+
+       The SVr4 documentation says that the optimization of phys-
+       ically  scrolling  immediately if the scroll region is the
+       entire screen "is"  performed,  not  "may  be"  performed.
+       This  implementation  deliberately does not guarantee that
+       this will occur, in order to leave open the possibility of
+       smarter  optimization  of  multiple  scroll actions on the
+       next update.
+
+       Neither the SVr4 documentation specifies whether the  cur-
+       rent  attribute  or current color-pair of blanks generated
+       by the scroll function is zeroed.  Under this  implementa-
+       tion it is.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_outopts(3X)
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_slk.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_slk.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea4a16af --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_slk.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       slk_init,     slk_set,    slk_refresh,    slk_noutrefresh,
+       slk_label, slk_clear, slk_restore, slk_touch,  slk_attron,
+       slk_attrset, slk_attroff - curses soft label routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int slk_init(int fmt);
+       int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int fmt);
+       int slk_refresh(void);
+       int slk_noutrefresh(void);
+       char *slk_label(int labnum);
+       int slk_clear(void);
+       int slk_restore(void);
+       int slk_touch(void);
+       int slk_attron(attr_t attrs);
+       int slk_attrset(attr_t attrs);
+       attr_t slk_attr(void);
+       int slk_attroff(attr_t attrs);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key
+       labels that exist on many terminals.  For those  terminals
+       that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom
+       line of stdscr, reducing the size of stdscr and the  vari-
+       able  LINES.  curses standardizes on eight labels of up to
+       eight characters each. In addition to  this,  the  ncurses
+       implementation  supports  a  mode  where  it  simulates 12
+       labels of up to five characters each. This is most  common
+       for  todays  PC  like  enduser  devices.  Please note that
+       ncurses simulates this mode by taking over up to two lines
+       at  the  bottom  of  the screen, it doesn't try to use any
+       hardware support for this mode.
+
+       The slk_init routine must  be  called  before  initscr  or
+       newterm is called.  If initscr eventually uses a line from
+       stdscr to emulate the soft labels, then fmt determines how
+       the  labels  are arranged on the screen.  Setting fmt to 0
+       indicates a 3-2-3 arrangement of the labels, 1 indicates a
+       4-4 arrangement and 2 indicates the PC like 4-4-4 mode. If
+       fmt is set to 3, it is again the PC like 4-4-4  mode,  but
+       in  addition  an index line is generated, helping the user
+       to identify the key numbers easily.
+
+       The slk_set routine requires labnum to be a label  number,
+       from 1 to 8 (resp. 12); label must be the string to be put
+       on the label, up  to  eight  (resp.  five)  characters  in
+       length.   A  null string or a null pointer sets up a blank
+       label. fmt is either 0, 1, or 2,  indicating  whether  the
+       label  is  to be left-justified, centered, or right-justi-
+       fied, respectively, within the label.
+
+
+       The  slk_label routine returns the current label for label
+       number labnum, with leading and trailing blanks  stripped.
+
+       The  slk_clear  routine  clears  the  soft labels from the
+       screen.
+
+       The slk_restore routine, restores the soft labels  to  the
+       screen after a slk_clear has been performed.
+
+       The  slk_touch  routine  forces  all the soft labels to be
+       output the next time a slk_noutrefresh is performed.
+
+       The slk_attron, slk_attrset, slk_attroff and slk_attr rou-
+       tines correspond to attron, attrset, attroff and attr_get.
+       They have an effect only if soft labels are  simulated  on
+       the  bottom line of the screen.  The default highlight for
+       soft keys is A_STANDOUT (as in System V curses, which does
+       not document this fact).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4 speci-
+       fies only "an integer value other than ERR") upon success-
+       ful  completion.  slk_attr  returns the attribute used for
+       the soft keys.
+
+       slk_label returns NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Most applications would use slk_noutrefresh because a wre-
+       fresh is likely to follow soon.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The  XSI  Curses  standard, Issue 4, describes these func-
+       tions.  It changes the argument  type  of  the  attribute-
+       manipulation     functions     slk_attron,    slk_attroff,
+       slk_attrset to be attr_t, and adds const  qualifiers.  The
+       format  codes  2  and  3  for  slk_init() and the function
+       slk_attr are specific to ncurses.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X),        curs_attr(3X),        curs_initscr(3X),
+       curs_refresh(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_termattrs.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_termattrs.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0a17431 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_termattrs.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       baudrate,  erasechar,  has_ic, has_il, killchar, longname,
+       termattrs, termname - curses environment query routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int baudrate(void);
+       char erasechar(void);
+       int has_ic(void);
+       int has_il(void);
+       char killchar(void);
+       char *longname(void);
+       attr_t termattrs(void);
+       char *termname(void);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the  ter-
+       minal.   The  number  returned  is in bits per second, for
+       example 9600, and is an integer.
+
+       The erasechar routine returns  the  user's  current  erase
+       character.
+
+       The has_ic routine is true if the terminal has insert- and
+       delete- character capabilities.
+
+       The has_il routine is true if the terminal has insert- and
+       delete-line  capabilities,  or  can  simulate  them  using
+       scrolling regions.  This might be used to determine if  it
+       would  be  appropriate to turn on physical scrolling using
+       scrollok.
+
+       The killchar routine returns the user's current line  kill
+       character.
+
+       The  longname  routine  returns a pointer to a static area
+       containing a verbose description of the current  terminal.
+       The maximum length of a verbose description is 128 charac-
+       ters.  It is defined only after the  call  to  initscr  or
+       newterm.   The area is overwritten by each call to newterm
+       and is not restored by set_term, so the  value  should  be
+       saved  between calls to newterm if longname is going to be
+       used with multiple terminals.
+
+       If a given terminal doesn't support a video attribute that
+       an  application  program is trying to use, curses may sub-
+       stitute a different video attribute for it.  The termattrs
+       function returns a logical OR of all video attributes sup-
+       ported by the terminal.  This information is useful when a
+       curses  program needs complete control over the appearance
+       of the screen.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       longname and termname return NULL on error.
+
+       Routines that return an integer return  ERR  upon  failure
+       and  OK  (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value other than
+       ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note that termattrs may be a macro.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.  It changes the return type of termattrs to the new
+       type attr_t.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_initscr(3X), curs_outopts(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_termcap.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_termcap.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e336333 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_termcap.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum, tgetstr, tgoto, tputs - direct
+       curses interface to the terminfo capability database
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <term.h>
+       int tgetent(const char *bp, char *name);
+       int tgetflag(const char *id);
+       int tgetnum(const char *id);
+       char *tgetstr(const char *id, char **area);
+       char *tgoto(const char *cap, int col, int row);
+       int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These routines are included as a conversion aid  for  pro-
+       grams  that use the termcap library.  Their parameters are
+       the same and the routines are emulated using the  terminfo
+       database.   Thus, they can only be used to query the capa-
+       bilities of entries for which a terminfo  entry  has  been
+       compiled.
+
+       The  tgetent routine loads the entry for name.  It returns
+       1 on success, 0 if there is no such entry, and -1  if  the
+       terminfo  database  could  not  be  found.   The emulation
+       ignores the buffer pointer bp.
+
+       The tgetflag routine gets the boolean entry for id.
+
+       The tgetnum routine gets the numeric entry for id.
+
+       The tgetstr routine returns the string entry for id.   Use
+       tputs to output the returned string.
+
+       The  tgoto  routine  instantiates  the parameters into the
+       given capability.  The output from this routine is  to  be
+       passed to tputs.
+
+       The  tputs  routine  is described on the curs_terminfo(3X)
+       manual page.  It can retrieve capabilities by either term-
+       cap or terminfo name.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except  where  explicitly  noted,  routines that return an
+       integer return ERR upon failure and OK (SVr4  only  speci-
+       fies  "an  integer  value other than ERR") upon successful
+       completion.
+
+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

BUGS

+       If you call tgetstr to fetch ca or any other parameterized
+       notation.  This won't cause problems if all you do with it
+       is call tgoto or tparm, which both expand  terminfo-style.
+
+       Because  terminfo  conventions for representing padding in
+       string capabilities differ  from  termcap's,  tputs("50");
+       will  put  out a literal "50" rather than busy-waiting for
+       50 milliseconds.  Cope with it.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.   However,  they are marked TO BE WITHDRAWN and may
+       be removed in future versions.
+
+       Neither the XSI Curses standard nor  the  SVr4  man  pages
+       documented  the return values of tgetent correctly, though
+       all three were in fact returned ever since SVr1.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_terminfo(5), putc(3S).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_terminfo.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_terminfo.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e125d997 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_terminfo.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ + + +
+       setupterm, setterm, set_curterm, del_curterm, restartterm,
+       tparm, tputs, putp, vidputs,  vidattr,  mvcur,  tigetflag,
+       tigetnum,   tigetstr   -  curses  interfaces  to  terminfo
+       database
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+       #include <term.h>
+
+       int setupterm(const char *term, int fildes, int *errret);
+       int setterm(const char *term);
+       TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *nterm);
+       int del_curterm(TERMINAL *oterm);
+       int  restartterm(const  char  *term,   int   fildes,   int
+       *errret);
+       char *tparm(const char *str, ...);
+       char  *tparam(const  char  *str,  char  *buffer, int size,
+       ...);
+       int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putc)(int));
+       int putp(const char *str);
+       int vidputs(chtype attrs, int (*putc)(char));
+       int vidattr(chtype attrs);
+       int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);
+       int tigetflag(const char *capname);
+       int tigetnum(const char *capname);
+       char *tigetstr(const char *capname);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These  low-level  routines must be called by programs that
+       have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle
+       certain  terminal  capabilities, such as programming func-
+       tion keys.  For all other functionality,  curses  routines
+       are more suitable and their use is recommended.
+
+       Initially,   setupterm   should   be  called.   Note  that
+       setupterm is automatically called by initscr and  newterm.
+       This  defines  the  set  of  terminal-dependent  variables
+       [listed in terminfo(5)].  The terminfo variables lines and
+       columns  are  initialized  by  setupterm  as  follows:  If
+       use_env(FALSE) has  been  called,  values  for  lines  and
+       columns specified in terminfo are used.  Otherwise, if the
+       environment variables LINES and COLUMNS exist, their  val-
+       ues are used.  If these environment variables do not exist
+       and the program is running in a window, the current window
+       size  is used.  Otherwise, if the environment variables do
+       not exist, the values for lines and columns  specified  in
+       the terminfo database are used.
+
+       The  header  files  curses.h and term.h should be included
+       (in this order) to get the definitions for these  strings,
+       numbers,  and  flags.   Parameterized  strings  should  be
+       passed through tparm to instantiate  them.   All  terminfo
+       the  tty modes before exiting [see curs_kernel(3X)].  Pro-
+       grams  which   use   cursor   addressing   should   output
+       enter_ca_mode  upon startup and should output exit_ca_mode
+       before exiting.  Programs desiring  shell  escapes  should
+       call
+
+       reset_shell_mode  and output exit_ca_mode before the shell
+       is  called  and  should  output  enter_ca_mode  and   call
+       reset_prog_mode after returning from the shell.
+
+       The setupterm routine reads in the terminfo database, ini-
+       tializing the terminfo structures, but does not set up the
+       output virtualization structures used by curses.  The ter-
+       minal type is the character string term; if term is  null,
+       the  environment  variable TERM is used.  All output is to
+       file descriptor fildes which is  initialized  for  output.
+       If  errret  is  not null, then setupterm returns OK or ERR
+       and stores a status value in the  integer  pointed  to  by
+       errret.   A  status of 1 in errret is normal, 0 means that
+       the terminal could not be found, and  -1  means  that  the
+       terminfo  database could not be found.  If errret is null,
+       setupterm prints an error message upon  finding  an  error
+       and exits.  Thus, the simplest call is:
+
+             setupterm((char *)0, 1, (int *)0);,
+
+       which  uses  all the defaults and sends the output to std-
+       out.
+
+       The setterm routine is being replaced by  setupterm.   The
+       call:
+
+             setupterm(term, 1, (int *)0)
+
+       provides  the  same  functionality  as setterm(term).  The
+       setterm routine is included here  for  BSD  compatibility,
+       and is not recommended for new programs.
+
+       The  set_curterm  routine  sets  the  variable cur_term to
+       nterm, and makes all of the terminfo boolean, numeric, and
+       string  variables  use  the values from nterm.  It returns
+       the old value of cur_term.
+
+       The del_curterm routine frees  the  space  pointed  to  by
+       oterm and makes it available for further use.  If oterm is
+       the same as cur_term, references to any  of  the  terminfo
+       boolean,  numeric,  and  string  variables  thereafter may
+       refer to invalid memory locations until another  setupterm
+       has been called.
+
+       The  restartterm  routine  is  similar  to  setupterm  and
+       initscr, except that it is called after  restoring  memory
+       and the input and output options are the same as when mem-
+       ory was saved, but the terminal type and baud rate may  be
+       different.   Accordingly, it saves various tty state bits,
+       does a setupterm, and then restores the bits.
+
+       The tparm routine instantiates the string str with parame-
+       ters  pi.  A pointer is returned to the result of str with
+       the parameters applied.
+
+       The tparam routine is included for compatibility with  the
+       GNU  termcap  implementation.  It works like tparm but you
+       specify a buffer and buffer size to  be  filled  with  the
+       expanded string.
+
+       The  tputs  routine  applies  padding  information  to the
+       string str and outputs it.  The str  must  be  a  terminfo
+       string  variable  or the return value from tparm, tgetstr,
+       or tgoto.  affcnt is the number of lines affected, or 1 if
+       not  applicable.   putc is a putchar-like routine to which
+       the characters are passed, one at a time.
+
+       The putp routine calls tputs(str, 1, putchar).  Note  that
+       the  output  of  putp  always  goes  to stdout, not to the
+       fildes specified in setupterm.
+
+       The vidputs routine displays the string on the terminal in
+       the  video  attribute mode attrs, which is any combination
+       of the attributes listed in  curses(3X).   The  characters
+       are passed to the putchar-like routine putc.
+
+       The  vidattr  routine  is like the vidputs routine, except
+       that it outputs through putchar.
+
+       The mvcur routine provides low-level  cursor  motion.   It
+       takes   effect   immediately  (rather  than  at  the  next
+       refresh).
+
+       The tigetflag, tigetnum and tigetstr routines  return  the
+       value of the capability corresponding to the terminfo cap-
+       name passed to them, such as xenl.
+
+       The tigetflag routine returns the value -1 if  capname  is
+       not a boolean capability.
+
+       The  tigetnum  routine  returns the value -2 if capname is
+       not a numeric capability.
+
+       The tigetstr routine returns the value (char *)-1 if  cap-
+       name is not a string capability.
+
+       The capname for each capability is given in the table col-
+       umn entitled capname code in the capabilities  section  of
+
+       char *numnames, *numcodes, *numfnames
+
+       char *strnames, *strcodes, *strfnames
+
+       These  null-terminated  arrays  contain  the capnames, the
+       termcap codes, and the full C names, for each of the  ter-
+       minfo variables.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines  that  return  an integer return ERR upon failure
+       and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value  other  than
+       ERR")  upon  successful completion, unless otherwise noted
+       in the preceding routine descriptions.
+
+       Routines that return pointers always return NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The  setupterm routine should be used in place of setterm.
+       It may be useful when you want to test for terminal  capa-
+       bilities  without  committing to the allocation of storage
+       involved in initscr.
+
+       Note that vidattr and vidputs may be macros.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The function setterm is not described in  the  XSI  Curses
+       standard  and  must be considered non-portable.  All other
+       functions are as described in the XSI curses standard.
+
+       In System V Release 4, set_curterm has an int return  type
+       and  returns  OK  or ERR.  We have chosen to implement the
+       XSI Curses semantics.
+
+       In System V Release 4, the third argument of tputs has the
+       type int (*putc)(char).
+
+       The XSI Curses standard prototypes tparm with a fixed num-
+       ber of parameters, rather than a variable argument list.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_initscr(3X), curs_kernel(3X),  curs_term-
+       cap(3X), putc(3S), terminfo(5)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_touch.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_touch.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b38a2566 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_touch.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + +
+       touchwin, touchline, untouchwin, wtouchln, is_linetouched,
+       is_wintouched - curses refresh control routines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+       int touchwin(WINDOW *win);
+       int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count);
+       int untouchwin(WINDOW *win);
+       int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed);
+       int is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line);
+       int is_wintouched(WINDOW *win);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The touchwin and touchline routines throw away  all  opti-
+       mization  information about which parts of the window have
+       been touched, by pretending that  the  entire  window  has
+       been  drawn  on.   This  is sometimes necessary when using
+       overlapping windows, since a change to one window  affects
+       the other window, but the records of which lines have been
+       changed in the other window do  not  reflect  the  change.
+       The  routine touchline only pretends that count lines have
+       been changed, beginning with line start.
+
+       The untouchwin routine marks all lines in  the  window  as
+       unchanged since the last call to wrefresh.
+
+       The wtouchln routine makes n lines in the window, starting
+       at line y, look as if they have (changed=1)  or  have  not
+       (changed=0)  been changed since the last call to wrefresh.
+
+       The is_linetouched and is_wintouched routines return  TRUE
+       if  the  specified line/window was modified since the last
+       call to wrefresh; otherwise they return FALSE.   In  addi-
+       tion,  is_linetouched returns ERR if line is not valid for
+       the given window.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       All routines return the integer ERR upon  failure  and  an
+       integer  value  other than ERR upon successful completion,
+       unless otherwise noted in the preceding  routine  descrip-
+       tions.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.
+
+       Some historic curses implementations had,  as  an  undocu-
+       mented  feature,  the  ability  to  do  the  equivalent of
+       clearok(..., 1) by saying touchwin(stdscr)  or  clear(std-
+       scr).  This will not work under ncurses.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       curses(3X), curs_refresh(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_util.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_util.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34d167d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_util.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       unctrl,   keyname,   filter,   use_env,   putwin,  getwin,
+       delay_output, flushinp - miscellaneous curses utility rou-
+       tines
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       char *unctrl(chtype c);
+       char *keyname(int c);
+       void filter(void);
+       void use_env(char bool);
+       int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep);
+       WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep);
+       int delay_output(int ms);
+       int flushinp(void);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  unctrl macro expands to a character string which is a
+       printable representation  of  the  character  c.   Control
+       characters  are  displayed  in  the ^X notation.  Printing
+       characters are displayed as is.
+
+       The keyname routine returns a character string correspond-
+       ing to the key c.
+
+       The filter routine, if used, must be called before initscr
+       or newterm are called.  The effect is that,  during  those
+       calls,  LINES  is  set  to 1; the capabilities clear, cup,
+       cud, cud1, cuu1, cuu,  vpa  are  disabled;  and  the  home
+       string is set to the value of cr.
+
+       The  use_env routine, if used, is called before initscr or
+       newterm are called.  When called with FALSE  as  an  argu-
+       ment,  the  values  of  lines and columns specified in the
+       terminfo database will be used, even if environment  vari-
+       ables  LINES  and COLUMNS (used by default) are set, or if
+       curses is running in  a  window  (in  which  case  default
+       behavior  would  be  to  use  the window size if LINES and
+       COLUMNS are not set).
+
+       The putwin routine writes all data associated with  window
+       win into the file to which filep points.  This information
+       can be later retrieved using the getwin function.
+
+       The getwin routine reads window related data stored in the
+       file  by putwin.  The routine then creates and initializes
+       a new window using that data.  It returns a pointer to the
+       new window.
+
+       The  delay_output  routine inserts an ms millisecond pause
+       in output.  This routine should not  be  used  extensively
+       because  padding  characters  are  used  rather than a CPU
+       been  typed  by  the user and has not yet been read by the
+       program.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except for  flushinp,  routines  that  return  an  integer
+       return  ERR  upon  failure and OK (SVr4 specifies only "an
+       integer value other than ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+       flushinp always returns OK.
+
+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The  XSI  Curses  standard,  Issue 4 describes these func-
+       tions.
+
+       The SVr4 documentation describes the action of filter only
+       in  the  vaguest  terms.   The description here is adapted
+       from the XSI Curses standard (which erroneously  fails  to
+       describe the disabling of cuu).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Note  that  unctrl  is  a macro, which is defined in <unc-
+       trl.h>.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_initscr(3X), curs_scr_dump(3X).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/curs_window.3x.html b/Ada95/html/curs_window.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70a2236c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/curs_window.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + +
+       newwin,  delwin,  mvwin, subwin, derwin, mvderwin, dupwin,
+       wsyncup, syncok, wcursyncup,  wsyncdown  -  create  curses
+       windows
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begin_y,
+             intbegin_x);
+       int delwin(WINDOW *win);
+       int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+       WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+             int begin_y, int begin_x);
+       WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+             int begin_y, int begin_x);
+       int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int par_y, int par_x);
+       WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win);
+       void wsyncup(WINDOW *win);
+       int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+       void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win);
+       void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
+       dow with the given number of lines and columns.  The upper
+       left-hand  corner of the window is at line begin_y, column
+       begin_x.  If either nlines or ncols is zero, they  default
+       to  LINES - begin_y and COLS - begin_x.  A new full-screen
+       window is created by calling newwin(0,0,0,0).
+
+       Calling delwin deletes the named window, freeing all  mem-
+       ory  associated  with  it  (it does not actually erase the
+       window's screen image).  Subwindows must be deleted before
+       the main window can be deleted.
+
+       Calling mvwin moves the window so that the upper left-hand
+       corner is at position (x, y).  If the move would cause the
+       window to be off the screen, it is an error and the window
+       is not moved.  Moving subwindows is allowed, but should be
+       avoided.
+
+       Calling subwin creates and returns a pointer to a new win-
+       dow with the given number of lines, nlines,  and  columns,
+       ncols.   The  window  is at position (begin_y, begin_x) on
+       the screen.  (This position is relative to the screen, and
+       not to the window orig.)  The window is made in the middle
+       of the window orig, so that changes  made  to  one  window
+       will  affect  both  windows.   The subwindow shares memory
+       with the window orig.  When using this routine, it is nec-
+       essary  to call touchwin or touchline on orig before call-
+       ing wrefresh on the subwindow.
+
+       dow orig rather than the screen.  There is  no  difference
+       between the subwindows and the derived windows.
+
+       Calling  mvderwin  moves  a  derived window (or subwindow)
+       inside its parent window.  The screen-relative  parameters
+       of  the  window  are not changed.  This routine is used to
+       display different parts of the parent window at  the  same
+       physical position on the screen.
+
+       Calling  dupwin  creates  an exact duplicate of the window
+       win.
+
+       Calling wsyncup touches all locations in ancestors of  win
+       that  are changed in win.  If syncok is called with second
+       argument TRUE then wsyncup is called  automatically  when-
+       ever there is a change in the window.
+
+       The  wsyncdown  routine  touches each location in win that
+       has been touched in any of  its  ancestor  windows.   This
+       routine  is  called by wrefresh, so it should almost never
+       be necessary to call it manually.
+
+       The routine wcursyncup updates the current cursor position
+       of  all the ancestors of the window to reflect the current
+       cursor position of the window.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return an integer  return  the  integer  ERR
+       upon failure and OK (SVr4 only specifies "an integer value
+       other than ERR") upon successful completion.
+
+       delwin returns the integer ERR upon failure  and  OK  upon
+       successful completion.
+
+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       If  many small changes are made to the window, the wsyncup
+       option could degrade performance.
+
+       Note that syncok may be a macro.
+
+
+
+

BUGS

+       The subwindow functions (subwin, derwin,  mvderwin,  wsyn-
+       cup,  wsyncdown,  wcursyncup,  syncok)  are  flaky, incom-
+       pletely implemented, and not well tested.
+
+       The System V curses documentation is  very  unclear  about
+       what wsyncup and wsyncdown actually do.  It seems to imply
+       that they are only supposed to touch exactly  those  lines
+       that are affected by ancestor changes.  The language here,
+       and the behavior of the  curses  implementation,  is  pat-
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The XSI Curses standard, Issue  4  describes  these  func-
+       tions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), curs_refresh(3X), curs_touch(3X)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/dft_fgbg.3x.html b/Ada95/html/dft_fgbg.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..02ddbcf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/dft_fgbg.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       use_default_colors - use terminal's default colors
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int use_default_colors(void);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       This  is  an  extension to the curses library.  It is used
+       with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent.
+       These terminals allow the application to reset color to an
+       unspecified default value (e.g., with SGR 39 or  SGR  49).
+       Because  they  are  designed to support this, their design
+       usually includes features to change the default foreground
+       or background colors so that they do not match the assump-
+       tion in XSI curses of white on black.
+
+       Applications that paint  a  colored  background  over  the
+       whole  screen  are  not adversely impacted by this type of
+       terminal design.  However, there are applications that are
+       designed to work with the default background.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  function  returns the integer ERR upon failure and OK
+       on success.  It will fail if either the terminal does  not
+       support  the  orig_pair or orig_colors capability.  If the
+       initialize_pair capability is found, this causes an  error
+       as well.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       Associated with this extension, the init_pair(3x) function
+       accepts negative arguments to specify  default  foreground
+       or background colors.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not
+       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
+       It  is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curs_color(3x), ded(1).
+
+
+
+

AUTHOR

+       Thomas Dickey (from an analysis of  the  requirements  for
+       color xterm for XFree86 3.1.2C, February 1996).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f2c3e19e --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + +
+       forms - curses extension for programming forms
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The forms library provides terminal-independent facilities
+       for composing form screens  on  character-cell  terminals.
+       The  library  includes:  field  routines, which create and
+       modify form fields; and form routines, which group  fields
+       into forms, display forms on the screen, and handle inter-
+       action with the user.
+
+       The forms library uses the curses libraries, and a  curses
+       initialization  routine  such  as  initscr  must be called
+       before using any of these functions.   To  use  the  forms
+       library, link with the options -lform -lcurses.
+
+
+   Current Default Values for Field Attributes
+       The  forms  library  maintains  a  default value for field
+       attributes.  You can get or set this  default  by  calling
+       the  appropriate  get_  or  set_ routine with a NULL field
+       pointer.  Changing  this  default  with  a  set_  function
+       affects  future  field  creations, but does not change the
+       rendering of fields already created.
+
+
+   Routine Name Index
+       The following table lists each form routine and  the  name
+       of the manual page on which it is described.
+
+       l  l  l  l  .   curses  Routine  Name Manual  Page  Name =
+       current_field  form_page(3X)  data_ahead     form_data(3X)
+       data_behind    form_data(3X)  dup_field form_field_new(3X)
+       dynamic_fieldinfo   form_field_info(3X)
+       field_arg form_field_validation(3X)
+       field_back     form_field_attributes(3X)
+       field_buffer   form_field_buffer(3X)
+       field_count    form_field(3X)
+       field_fore     form_field_attributes(3X)
+       field_index    form_page(3X)
+       field_info     form_field_info(3X)
+       field_init     form_hook(3X)
+       field_just     form_field_just(3X)
+       field_opts     form_field_opts(3X)
+       field_opts_off form_field_opts(3X)
+       field_opts_on  form_field_opts(3X)
+       field_pad form_field_attributes(3X)
+       field_status   form_field_buffer(3X)
+       field_term     form_hook(3X)
+       field_type     form_field_validation(3X)
+       form_fields    form_field(3X)      form_init form_hook(3X)
+       form_opts form_opts(3X)       form_opts_off  form_opts(3X)
+       form_opts_on   form_opts(3X)       form_page form_page(3X)
+       form_request_by_name     form_requestname(3X)
+       form_request_name   form_requestname(3X)
+       form_sub  form_win(3X)             form_term form_hook(3X)
+       form_userptr   form_userptr(3X)     form_win  form_win(3X)
+       free_field     form_field_new(3X)   free_form form_new(3X)
+       link_field     form_field_new(3X)
+       link_fieldtype link_fieldtype(3X)
+       move_field     form_field(3X) new_field form_field_new(3X)
+       new_form  form_new(3X)         new_page  form_new_page(3X)
+       pos_form_cursor     form_cursor(3X)
+       post_form form_post(3X)        scale_form     form_win(3X)
+       set_current_field   form_page(3X)
+       set_field_back form_field_attributes(3X)
+       set_field_buffer    form_field_buffer(3X)
+       set_field_fore form_field_attributes(3X)
+       set_field_init form_hook(3X)
+       set_field_just form_field_just(3X)
+       set_field_opts form_field_opts(3X)
+       set_field_pad  form_field_attributes(3X)
+       set_field_status    form_field_buffer(3X)
+       set_field_term form_hook(3X)
+       set_field_type form_field_validation(3X)
+       set_field_userptr   form_field_userptr(3X)
+       set_fieldtype_arg   form_fieldtype(3X)
+       set_fieldtype_choice     form_fieldtype(3X)
+       set_form_fields     form_field(3X)
+       set_form_init  form_hook(3X)
+       set_form_opts  form_field_opts(3X)
+       set_form_page  form_page(3X)   set_form_sub   form_win(3X)
+       set_form_term  form_hook(3X)
+       set_form_userptr    form_userptr(3X)
+       set_form_win   form_win(3X)
+       set_max_field  form_field_buffer(3X)
+       set_new_page   form_new_page(3X)
+       unpost_form    form_post(3X)
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.   Rou-
+       tines  that  return an integer return one of the following
+       error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_CONNECTED
+            The field is already connected to a form.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The form is already posted.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_NO_ROOM
+            Form is too large for its window.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The form has not been posted.
+
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
+            The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+       E_INVALID_FIELD
+            Contents of a field are not valid.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No fields are connected to the form.
+
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+            The form driver could not process the request.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X) and 3X pages  whose  names  begin  "form_"  for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       files <curses.h> and <eti.h>.
+
+       In your library list, libform.a  should  be  before  libn-
+       curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lform -lncurses', not
+       the other way around (which would give you  a  link  error
+       using GNU ld(1) and many other linkers).
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for  ncurses
+       by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_cursor.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_cursor.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6afc48ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_cursor.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_cursor - position a form window cursor
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int pos_form_cursor(FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  pos_form_cursor  restores the cursor to the
+       position required for the forms driver  to  continue  pro-
+       cessing  requests.   This  is useful after curses routines
+       have been called to do screen-painting in  response  to  a
+       form operation.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       This routine returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The form has not been posted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_data.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_data.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..72eef44e --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_data.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       form_data -
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       bool data_ahead(const FORM *form);
+       bool data_behind(const FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function data_ahead tests whether there is off-screen
+       data ahead in the given form.   It  returns  TRUE  (1)  or
+       FALSE (0).
+
+       The function data_behind tests whether there is off-screen
+       data behind in the given form.  It  returns  TRUE  (1)  or
+       FALSE (0).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_driver.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_driver.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..524917c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_driver.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ + + +
+       form_driver - command-processing loop of the form system
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int form_driver(FORM *form, int c);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
+       input events to it through form_driver.  This routine  has
+       two  major input cases; either the input is a form naviga-
+       tion request or it's a  printable  ASCII  character.   The
+       form driver requests are as follows:
+
+       REQ_NEXT_PAGE
+            Move to the next page.
+
+       REQ_PREV_PAGE
+            Move to the previous page.
+
+       REQ_FIRST_PAGE
+            Move to the first page.
+
+       REQ_LAST_PAGE
+            Move to the last field.
+
+
+       REQ_NEXT_FIELD
+            Move to the next field.
+
+       REQ_PREV_FIELD
+            Move to the previous field.
+
+       REQ_FIRST_FIELD
+            Move to the first field.
+
+       REQ_LAST_FIELD
+            Move to the last field.
+
+       REQ_SNEXT_FIELD
+            Move to the sorted next field.
+
+       REQ_SPREV_FIELD
+            Move to the sorted previous field.
+
+       REQ_SFIRST_FIELD
+            Move to the sorted first field.
+
+       REQ_SLAST_FIELD
+            Move to the sorted last field.
+
+       REQ_LEFT_FIELD
+            Move left to a field.
+            Move right to a field.
+
+       REQ_UP_FIELD
+            Move up to a field.
+
+       REQ_DOWN_FIELD
+            Move down to a field.
+
+
+       REQ_NEXT_CHAR
+            Move to the next char.
+
+       REQ_PREV_CHAR
+            Move to the previous char.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_LINE
+            Move to the next line.
+
+       REQ_PREV_LINE
+            Move to the previous line.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_WORD
+            Move to the next word.
+
+       REQ_PREV_WORD
+            Move to the previous word.
+
+       REQ_BEG_FIELD
+            Move to the beginning of the field.
+
+       REQ_END_FIELD
+            Move to the end of the field.
+
+       REQ_BEG_LINE
+            Move to the beginning of the line.
+
+       REQ_END_LINE
+            Move to the end of the line.
+
+       REQ_LEFT_CHAR
+            Move left in the field.
+
+       REQ_RIGHT_CHAR
+            Move right in the field.
+
+       REQ_UP_CHAR
+            Move up in the field.
+
+       REQ_DOWN_CHAR
+            Move down in the field.
+
+
+            Insert or overlay a new line.
+
+       REQ_INS_CHAR
+            Insert a blank at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_INS_LINE
+            Insert a blank line at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_DEL_CHAR
+            Delete character at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_DEL_PREV
+            Delete character before the cursor.
+
+       REQ_DEL_LINE
+            Delete line at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_DEL_WORD
+            Delete blank-delimited word at the cursor.
+
+       REQ_CLR_EOL
+            Clear to end of line from cursor.
+
+       REQ_CLR_EOF
+            Clear to end of field from cursor.
+
+       REQ_CLR_FIELD
+            Clear the entire field.
+
+       REQ_OVL_MODE
+            Enter overlay mode.
+
+       REQ_INS_MODE
+            Enter insert mode.
+
+
+       REQ_SCR_FLINE
+            Scroll the field forward a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_BLINE
+            Scroll the field backward a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_FPAGE
+            Scroll the field forward a page.
+
+       REQ_SCR_BPAGE
+            Scroll the field backward a page.
+
+       REQ_SCR_FHPAGE
+            Scroll the field forward half a page.
+
+       REQ_SCR_BHPAGE
+            Scroll the field forward a character.
+
+       REQ_SCR_BCHAR
+            Scroll the field backward a character.
+
+       REQ_SCR_HFLINE
+            Horizontal scroll the field forward a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_HBLINE
+            Horizontal scroll the field backward a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_HFHALF
+            Horizontal scroll the field forward half a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_HBHALF
+            Horizontal scroll the field backward half a line.
+
+
+       REQ_VALIDATION
+            Validate field.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_CHOICE
+            Display next field choice.
+
+       REQ_PREV_CHOICE
+            Display previous field choice.
+
+       If the second argument is a printable ASCII character, the
+       driver places it in the current position  in  the  current
+       field.   If  it is one of the forms requests listed above,
+       that request is executed.
+
+       If the second argument is neither printable ASCII nor  one
+       of  the above pre-defined form requests, the drive assumes
+       it  is  an  application-specific   command   and   returns
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND.  Application-defined commands should be
+       defined relative to  MAX_COMMAND,  the  maximum  value  of
+       these pre-defined requests.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       form_driver return one of the following error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The form has not been posted.
+
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
+            The form driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+       E_INVALID_FIELD
+            Contents of field is invalid.
+
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+            The form driver could not process the request.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), forms(3x).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       files <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..df9822f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       form_field - make and break connections between fields and
+       forms
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_form_fields(FORM *form, FIELD **fields);
+       FIELD **form_fields(const FORM *form);
+       int field_count(const FORM *form);
+       int move_field(FIELD *field, int frow, int fcol);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function set_form_fields  changes  the  field  pointer
+       array  of the given form.  The array must be terminated by
+       a NULL.
+
+       The function form_fields returns the field  array  of  the
+       given form.
+
+       The  function  field_count  returns the count of fields in
+       form.
+
+       The function move_field move the given field  (which  must
+       be disconnected) to a specified location on the screen.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUES

+       The function form_fields returns NULL on error.
+
+       The  function  field_count returns ERR (the general curses
+       error return value) on error.
+
+       The functions set_form_fields and move_field return one of
+       the following codes on error:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The form is already posted.
+
+       E_CONNECTED
+            The field is already connected to a form.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The  SVr4  forms  library  documentation   specifies   the
+       field_count error value as -1 (which is the value of ERR).
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_attributes.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_attributes.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3cef5851 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_attributes.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       form_field_attributes  -  color  and attribute control for
+       form fields
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_field_fore(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+       chtype field_fore(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_back(FIELD *field, chtype attr);
+       chtype field_back(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_field_pad(FIELD *field, int pad);
+       chtype field_pad(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function set_field_fore sets the foreground  attribute
+       of  field. This is the highlight used to display the field
+       contents.  The function field_fore returns the  foreground
+       attribute.  The default is A_STANDOUT.
+
+       The  function set_field_back sets the background attribute
+       of form. This is the highlight used to display the  extent
+       fields  in  the form.  The function field_back returns the
+       background attribute.  The default is A_NORMAL.
+
+       The function set_field_pad sets the character used to fill
+       the  field.   The  function  field_pad  returns  the given
+       form's pad character.  The default is a blank.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)  and  3X  pages  whose  names begin "form_" for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_buffer.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_buffer.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32ebdce6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_buffer.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       form_field_buffer - field buffer control
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int  set_field_buffer(FIELD  *field,  int  buf, const char
+       *value);
+       char *field_buffer(const FIELD *field, int buffer);
+       int set_field_status(FIELD *field, bool status);
+       bool field_status(const FIELD *field);
+       int set_max_field(FIELD *field, int max);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer  of
+       the  given  field  to contain a given string.  Buffer 0 is
+       the displayed value of the field; other  numbered  buffers
+       may be allocated by applications through the nbuf argument
+       of (see field_new(3X)) but  are  not  manipulated  by  the
+       forms  library.   The  function  field_buffer  returns the
+       foreground attribute.
+
+       The function set_field_status sets the  associated  status
+       flag  of  field; field_status gets the current value.  The
+       status flag is set to a nonzero value whenever  the  field
+       changes.
+
+       The  function  set_max_field  sets  the maximum size for a
+       dynamic field.  An argument of 0  turns  off  any  maximum
+       size threshold for that field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The field_buffer function returns NULL on error.
+
+       The field_status function returns TRUE or FALSE.
+
+       The remaining routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X) and 3X pages  whose  names  begin  "form_"  for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_info.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_info.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..334f0588 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_info.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_field_info - retrieve field characteristics
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows, int *cols,
+                     int *frow, int *fcol, int *nrow, int *nbuf);
+       int dynamic_field_info(const FIELD *field, int *rows,  int
+       *cols, *max);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  field_info  returns  the  sizes  and  other
+       attributes passed in to the field at  its  creation  time.
+       The  attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left cor-
+       ner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen  rows,
+       and number of working buffers.
+
+       The function dynamic_field_info returns the actual size of
+       the field, and its maximum possible size.   If  the  field
+       has  no  size  limit,  the location addressed by the third
+       argument will be set to 0.  (A field can be  made  dynamic
+       by turning off the O_STATIC).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X) and 3X pages  whose  names  begin  "form_"  for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_just.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_just.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c95657ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_just.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_field_just - retrieve field characteristics
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_field_just(FIELD *field, int justification);
+       int field_just(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The   function   set_field_just   sets  the  justification
+       attribute of a field; field_just returns a field's  justi-
+       fication attribute.  The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTI-
+       FICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or  JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  function field_just returns one of: NO_JUSTIFICATION,
+       JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEFT, or JUSTIFY_CENTER.
+
+       The function set_field_just return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)  and  3X  pages  whose  names begin "form_" for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_new.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_new.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5275c1d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_new.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       form_field_new - create and destroy form fields
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       FIELD *new_field(int height, int width,
+                        int toprow, int leftcol,
+                        int offscreen, int nbuffers);
+       FIELD *dup_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+       FIELD *link_field(FIELD *field, int toprow, int leftcol);
+       int free_field(FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function new_field allocates a new field and initial-
+       izes it from the parameters given: height, width,  row  of
+       upper-left  corner,  column  of  upper-left corner, number
+       off-screen rows, and number of additional working buffers.
+
+       The  function  dup_field duplicates a field at a new loca-
+       tion.  Most attributes (including current contents,  size,
+       validation  type, buffer count, growth threshold, justifi-
+       cation, foreground, background,  pad  character,  options,
+       and  user pointer) are copied.  Field status and the field
+       page bit are not copied.
+
+       The function link_field acts like dup_field, but  the  new
+       field  shares  buffers with its parent.  Attribute data is
+       separate.
+
+       The function free_field  de-allocates  storage  associated
+       with a field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function, new_field, dup_field, link_field return NULL
+       on error.
+
+       The function free_field returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       It  may be unwise to count on the set of attributes copied
+       by  dup_field(3x)  being  portable;  the  System  V  forms
+       library  documents  are  not  very  explicit  on what gets
+       copied and was not.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_opts.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_opts.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f92e9856 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_opts.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       form_field_opts - set and get field options
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_field_opts(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts);
+       int field_opts_on(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts);
+       int field_opts_off(FIELD *field, OPTIONS opts);
+       OPTIONS field_opts(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_field_opts  sets  all the given field's
+       option bits (field  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
+       together).
+
+       The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits,
+       and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function field_opts_off turns  off  the  given  option
+       bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function field_opts returns the field's current option
+       bits.
+
+       The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+       O_VISIBLE
+            The  field is displayed.  If this option is off, dis-
+            play of the field is suppressed,
+
+       O_ACTIVE
+            The field is  visited  during  processing.   If  this
+            option  is  off,  the  field will not be reachable by
+            navigation keys.
+
+       O_PUBLIC
+            The field contents are displayed as data is  entered.
+
+       O_EDIT
+            The field can be edited.
+
+       O_WRAP
+            Words  that  don't  fit  on a line are wrapped to the
+            next line.  Words are blank-separated.
+
+       O_BLANK
+            The field is cleared whenever a character is  entered
+            at the first position.
+
+       O_AUTOSKIP
+            Skip to the next field when this one fills
+
+       O_NULLOK
+            Field buffers are fixed to field's original size.
+
+       O_PASSOK
+            Validate field only if modified by user.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except  for  field_opts,  each  routine returns one of the
+       following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_CURRENT
+            The field is the current field.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+       NOTES  The header file <form.h> automatically includes the
+              header file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_userptr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_userptr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8bb557f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_userptr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_field_userptr  -  associate  application  data with a
+       form field
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_field_userptr(FIELD *field, const void*userptr);
+       const void *field_userptr(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every form field has a field that  can  be  used  to  hold
+       application-specific  data  (that is, the form-driver code
+       leaves it alone).  These functions get and set that field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  function  field_userptr  returns  NULL  on error. The
+       function set_field_userptr returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The user pointer should be a void pointer.  We leave it as
+       a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_field_validation.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_field_validation.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c33a6d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_field_validation.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + +
+       form_field_validation - data type validation for fields
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_field_type(FIELD *field, FIELDTYPE *type, ...);
+       FIELDTYPE *field_type(const FIELD *field);
+       void *field_arg(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_field_type  declares  a data type for a
+       given form field.  This is the type checked by  validation
+       functions.  The types are as follows:
+
+       TYPE_ALNUM
+            Alphanumeric  data.  Requires a third int argument, a
+            minimum field width.
+
+       TYPE_ALPHA
+            Character data.  Requires a  third  int  argument,  a
+            minimum field width.
+
+       TYPE_ENUM
+            Accept one of a specified set of strings.  Requires a
+            third (char **) argument pointing to a string list; a
+            fourth  int flag argument to enable case-sensitivity;
+            and a fifth int flag argument  specifying  whether  a
+            partial  match  must be a unique one (if this flag is
+            off, a prefix matches the first of any  set  of  more
+            than  one  list  elements  with  that prefix). Please
+            notice that the string list is  not  copied,  only  a
+            reference to it is stored in the field. So you should
+            avoid to use a list that lives in automatic variables
+            on the stack.
+
+       TYPE_INTEGER
+            Integer  data,  parsable  to  an  integer by atoi(3).
+            Requires a third int argument controlling the  preci-
+            sion,  a  fourth  long  argument constraining minimum
+            value, and a fifth long constraining  maximum  value.
+            If  the  maximum  value  is less or equal the minimum
+            value, the range is simply  ignored.  On  return  the
+            field  buffer  is  formatted  according to the printf
+            format  specification  ".*ld",  where  the   '*'   is
+            replaced  by  the precision argument.  For details of
+            the precision handling see printf's man-page.
+
+       TYPE_NUMERIC
+            Numeric  data  (may  have  a   decimal-point   part).
+            Requires  a third int argument controlling the preci-
+            sion, a fourth double argument  constraining  minimum
+            value, and a fifth double constraining maximum value.
+            If your system supports locale's, the  decimal  point
+            the  minimum  value,  the range is simply ignored. On
+            return the field buffer is formatted according to the
+            printf  format  specification ".*f", where the '*' is
+            replaced by the precision argument.  For  details  of
+            the precision handling see printf's man-page.
+
+       TYPE_REGEXP
+            Regular  expression data.  Requires a regular expres-
+            sion (char *) third argument; the data  is  valid  if
+            the  regular  expression matches it.  Regular expres-
+            sions  are  in  the   format   of   regcomp(3x)   and
+            regexec(3X).  Please  notice that the regular expres-
+            sion must match the whole  field.  If  you  have  for
+            example  an  eight  character  wide  field, a regular
+            expression "^[0-9]*$" always means that you  have  to
+            fill  all eight positions with digits. If you want to
+            allow fewer digits, you may use for example  "^[0-9]*
+            *$" which is good for trailing spaces (up to an empty
+            field), or "^ *[0-9]* *$" which is good  for  leading
+            and trailing spaces around the digits.
+
+       TYPE_IPV4
+            An Internet Protocol Version 4 address. This requires
+            no additional argument. It is checked whether or  not
+            the  buffer  has  the form a.b.c.d, where a,b,c and d
+            are numbers between 0 and 255. Trailing blanks in the
+            buffer  are  ignored. The address itself is not vali-
+            dated. Please note that this is an ncurses extension.
+            This  field type may not be available in other curses
+            implementations.
+
+            It is possible to set up new programmer-defined field
+            types.  See the form_fieldtype(3X) manual page.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  functions  field_type  and  field_arg  return NULL on
+       error. The function set_field_type returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_fieldtype.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_fieldtype.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a25187a --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_fieldtype.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       form_fieldtype - define validation-field types
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       FIELDTYPE *new_fieldtype(
+           bool (* const field_check)(FIELD *, const void *),
+           bool (* const char_check)(int, const void *));
+       int free_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *fieldtype);
+       int set_fieldtype_arg(
+           FIELDTYPE *fieldtype,
+           void *(* const make_arg)(va_list *),
+           void *(* const copy_arg)(const void *),
+           void  (* const free_arg)(void *));
+       int set_fieldtype_choice(
+           FIELDTYPE *fieldtype
+           bool (* const next_choice)(FIELD *, const void *),
+           bool (* const prev_choice)(FIELD *, const void *));
+       FIELDTYPE *link_fieldtype(FIELDTYPE *type1,
+                                 FIELDTYPE *type2);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable
+       for data validation.  You supply it  with  field_check,  a
+       predicate  to check the validity of an entered data string
+       whenever the user attempt to leave a field.  The (FIELD *)
+       argument  is passed in so the validation predicate can see
+       the field's buffer, sizes and other attributes; the second
+       argument  is an argument-block structure, about which more
+       below.
+
+       You also supply new_fieldtype with char_check, a  function
+       to  validate input characters as they are entered; it will
+       be passed the character to be checked and a pointer to  an
+       argument-block structure.
+
+       The  function free_fieldtype frees the space allocated for
+       a given validation type.
+
+       The function set_fieldtype associates  three  storage-man-
+       agement functions with a field type.  The mak_arg function
+       is automatically applied to the list of arguments you give
+       set_field_type  when  attaching validation to a field; its
+       job is to bundle these into  an  allocated  argument-block
+       object which can later be passed to validation predicated.
+       The other two hook arguments should copy  and  free  argu-
+       ment-block  structures.   They  will be used by the forms-
+       driver code.
+
+       The   form    driver    requests    REQ_NEXT_CHOICE    and
+       REQ_PREV_CHOICE assume that the possible values of a field
+       form an ordered set, and provide the forms user with a way
+       to  move  through the set.  The set_fieldtype_choice func-
+       take the field pointer and an argument-block structure  as
+       arguments.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The pointer-valued routines return NULL on error.
+
+       The  integer-valued  routines  return one of the following
+       codes on error:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_CONNECTED
+            The field is already connected to a form.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+       All of the (char *) arguments of  these  functions  should
+       actually  be (void *).  The type has been left uncorrected
+       for strict compatibility with System V.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_hook.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_hook.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d010b959 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_hook.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       form_hook - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
+       tions
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_field_init(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+       void (*)(FORM *) field_init(const FORM *form);
+       int set_field_term(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+       void (*)(FORM *) field_term(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_init(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+       void (*)(FORM *) form_init(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_term(FORM *form, void (*func)(FORM *));
+       void (*)(FORM *) form_term(const FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These functions make it possible to set hook functions  to
+       be called at various points in the automatic processing of
+       input event codes by form_driver.
+
+       The function set_field_init sets a hook to  be  called  at
+       form-post  time  and  each time the selected field changes
+       (after the change).  field_init returns the current  field
+       init hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+       The  function  set_field_term  sets a hook to be called at
+       form-unpost time and each time the selected field  changes
+       (before the change).  field_term returns the current field
+       term hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+       The function set_form_init sets a hook  to  be  called  at
+       form-post  time  and  just  after a page change once it is
+       posted.  form_init returns the current form init hook,  if
+       any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+       The  function  set_form_term  sets  a hook to be called at
+       form-unpost time and just before a page change change once
+       it  is  posted.   form_init  returns the current form term
+       hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.  Other
+       routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_new.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_new.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7527ca97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_new.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_new - create and destroy forms
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       FORM *new_form(FIELD **fields);
+       int free_form(FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  new_form  creates a new form connected to a
+       specified field pointer array (which must  be  NULL-termi-
+       nated).
+
+       The  function  free_form  disconnects  form from its field
+       array and frees the storage allocated for the form.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function new_form returns NULL on error.
+
+       The function free_form returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The form has already been posted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_new_page.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_new_page.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2f5deb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_new_page.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_new_page - form pagination functions
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_new_page(FIELD *field, bool new_page_flag);
+       bool new_page(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_new_page  sets or resets a flag marking
+       the given field as the beginning of  a  new  page  on  its
+       form.
+
+       The  function  new_page  is  a  predicate which tests if a
+       given field marks a page beginning on its form.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function new_page returns TRUE or FALSE.
+
+       The function set_new_page return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_CONNECTED
+            The given field is already connected to a form.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X) and 3X pages  whose  names  begin  "form_"  for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_opts.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_opts.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..839facd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_opts.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       form_opts - set and get form options
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_form_opts(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts);
+       int form_opts_on(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts);
+       int form_opts_off(FORM *form, OPTIONS opts);
+       OPTIONS form_opts(const FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_form_opts  sets  all  the  given form's
+       option bits  (form  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
+       together).
+
+       The  function form_opts_on turns on the given option bits,
+       and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function form_opts_off  turns  off  the  given  option
+       bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+       The  function  form_opts returns the form's current option
+       bits.
+
+       The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+       O_NL_OVERLOAD
+            Overload  the  REQ_NEW_LINE  forms  driver request so
+            that calling it at the end of a  field  goes  to  the
+            next field.
+
+       O_BS_OVERLOAD
+            Overload  the  REQ_DEL_PREV  forms  driver request so
+            that calling it at the beginning of a field  goes  to
+            the previous field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except for form_opts, each routine returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_page.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_page.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7715748f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_page.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       form_page - set and get form page number
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_current_field(FORM *form, FIELD *field);
+       FIELD *current_field(const FORM *);
+       int set_form_page(FORM *form, int n);
+       int form_page(const FORM *form);
+       int field_index(const FIELD *field);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_current field sets the current field of
+       the given form; current_field returns the current field of
+       the given form.
+
+       The  function  set_form_page  sets  the form's page number
+       (goes to page n of the form).
+
+       The function form_page returns  the  form's  current  page
+       number.
+
+       The function field_index returns the index of the field in
+       the field array of the form it is connected to. It returns
+       ERR  if  the  argument is the null pointer or the field is
+       not connected.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except for form_page, each routine returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_INVALID_FIELD
+            Contents of a field are not valid.
+
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+            The form driver could not process the request.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_post.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_post.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ca86909 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_post.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       form_post  -  write or erase forms from associated subwin-
+       dows
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int post_form(FORM *form);
+       int unpost_form(FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function post_form displays a form to  its  associated
+       subwindow.   To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
+       use  refresh  or  some  equivalent  curses  routine   (the
+       implicit  doupdate  triggered  by  an curses input request
+       will do).
+
+       The function unpost_form erases form from  its  associated
+       subwindow.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The form has already been posted.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_NO_ROOM
+            Form is too large for its window.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The form has not been posted.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the form.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_requestname.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_requestname.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac1a5f3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_requestname.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_requestname - handle printable form request names
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       const char *form_request_name(int request);
+       int form_request_by_name(const char *name);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function form_request_name returns the printable name
+       of a form request code.
+       The function form_request_by_name searches  in  the  name-
+       table  for  a  request with the given name and returns its
+       request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       form_request_name returns NULL on error and sets errno  to
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT.
+       form_request_by_name returns E_NO_MATCH on error.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
+       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_userptr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_userptr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3dda58e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_userptr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       form_userptr - associate application data with a form item
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_form_userptr(FORM *form, const void *userptr);
+       const void* form_userptr(const FORM *form);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every form and every form item has a  field  that  can  be
+       used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-
+       driver code leaves it alone).  These functions get and set
+       the form user pointer field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The  function  form_userptr  returns  NULL  on error.  The
+       function set_form_userptr returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate the System V forms library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The user pointer should be a void pointer.  We leave it as
+       a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/form_win.3x.html b/Ada95/html/form_win.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3d5e94b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/form_win.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       form_win  - make and break form window and subwindow asso-
+       ciations
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <form.h>
+       int set_form_win(FORM *form, WINDOW *win);
+       WINDOW *form_win(const FORM *form);
+       int set_form_sub(FORM *form, WINDOW *sub);
+       WINDOW *form_sub(const FORM *form);
+       int scale_form(const FORM *form, int *rows, int *columns);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every  form has an associated pair of curses windows.  The
+       form window displays any title and border associated  with
+       the  window;  the form subwindow displays the items of the
+       form that are currently available for selection.
+
+       The first four functions get and set those windows.  It is
+       not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
+       code uses stdscr for both.
+
+       In the set_ functions, window argument of NULL is  treated
+       as  though  it  were  stsdcr.   A form argument of NULL is
+       treated as a request to change  the  system  default  form
+       window or subwindow.
+
+       The   function   scale_window  returns  the  minimum  size
+       required for the subwindow of form.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.   Rou-
+       tines  that  return an integer return one of the following
+       error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The form has already been posted.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the form.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), form(3X).
+
+       The header file <form.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V forms  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/index.html b/Ada95/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6900ef37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ + + + + +Ada95 Binding for ncurses + + +

Ada95 Binding for ncurses

+The ncurses Ada95 binding is © 1996 by +Jürgen Pfeifer. +

+ +Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this +binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part +of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED +this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not +removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the +author of this binding in any applications linked with it is +highly appreciated.
+ +This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed. +

+

+

General Remarks

+
    +
  • This document describes Version 00.92.00 of the binding.
    • +
  • The functionality is modelled to be compatible with the ncurses +package, a clone of the SVr4 curses model.
    +I did the development on an Intel box running +Linux 1.3.x and 2.0, +ncurses-1.9.9e and the +GNU Ada Translator +gnat-3.05. For any older versions of ncurses and gnat +it will not work.
    • +
  • You must have the m4 macroprocessor to build this package. +If you don't have this program, you can get the FSF version +here.
    • +
  • Ada programs are supposed to be readable. One of my +favourite methods to make code readable is to use expressive +names for the identifiers. You can find a list of a mapping +of the cryptic curses names to the Ada names in this table.
    • +
  • This is not a typical one-2-one interface mapping. It is +close to one-2-one on the functional level. Each (n)curses function +has it's counterpart with a more or less similar formal parameter list +in the binding. It is not one-2-one with respect to the datatypes. +I tried to make records out of the flat chtype and similar structures, +so you don't have to do bit operations to mark an attributed character +as bold. Just make the boolean member bold of the record +true. The binding also hides the structures like WINDOW, PANEL, MENU, FORM +etc. ! It's a pure functional API.
    • +
  • I try to do as much error checking as possible and feasible +in the binding. I will raise an Ada exception when something +went wrong in the low-level curses. This has the effect that - at least +first time in my life - (n)curses programs have now a very rigid error +checking, but - thanks to Ada - you don't have to code the orgiastic +error checking style of C.
    • +
  • Support for wide characters is currently not in the binding, as it +is not really in ncurses at this point in time.
    • +
+

+ +

Limitations

+
    +
  • I provide no SCREEN datatype and functions to set a new screen. +If you need this (mostly for debugging I guess), write a small +C routine doing all this and import it into your Ada program.
    • +
  • I provide no functions to switch on/off curses tracing options. +Same suggestion as above.
    • +
  • Although Ada95 is an OO Language, this binding doesn't provide +an OO abstraction of the (n)curses functionality. As mentioned above +it's a thin binding for the (n)curses functions. But without any +doubt it would be nice to build on top of this an OO abstraction +of (n)curses functionality.
    • +
  • If you use the user-pointer mechanism for most of the ncurses +structures in a mixed language environemt, i.e. Ada95 and C routines +operate on the same objects, care must be taken because the Ada +binding itself uses the user pointer mechanism for it's own purposes. +See the corresponding section in implementention +details.
    • +
  • I currently do not support the link_fieldtype functionality of the +forms subsystem.
    • +
  • The *_IO packages are currently output only.
    • +
+ + +

Hierarchy of packages

+ +

Implementation Details

+

Behind the abstraction

+All the new types like Window, Panel, +Menu, Form etc. are just +opaque representations of the pointers to the corresponding +low level (n)curses structures like +WINDOW *, PANEL *, +MENU * or FORM *. +So you can safely pass them to C routines that expect a pointer +to one of those structures. +

Item and Field Arrays

+In C you have to pass the item and field arrays to define menus or forms +terminated by a null item or null field. This is not necessary in this +binding. The binding routines will construct from an Ada95 style array +of Item or Field objects internally the properly terminated array of +C structure pointers. See the examples for more details. +

Extended ripoffline() usage

+The official documentation of (n)curses says, that the line parameter +determines only whether or not exactly one line is +stolen from the top or bottom of the screen. So essentially only the +sign of the parameter is evaluated. ncurses has internally implemented +it in a way, that uses the line parameter also to control the amount of +lines to steal. This mechanism is used in the Rip_Off_Lines +routine of the binding. + +

User Pointer mechanism

+TBD +

How user defined field types work

+TBD +

Enumeration fields handling

+The (n)curses documentation says, that the String arrays to be passed to +an TYPE_ENUM fieldtype must not be automatic variables. This is not true +in this binding, because it is internally arranged to safely copy these +values. + +

Using other Ada compilers

+This should basically not be a problem, but you have to replace a code +sequence in package +Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms +that uses a hashing package supplied with the GNAT runtime, which is not part +of the Standard Ada runtimes. This should not be too hard. I intend to remove +this dependency in the future. +

Port to other curses implementations

+Basically it should not be too hard to make all this run on a regular SVr4 +implementation of curses. The problems are probably these:
+
    +
  • ncurses has some additional features which are presented in this binding. You +have two choices to deal with this: +
      +
    • Emulate the feature in this binding
      • +
    • Raise an exception for non implemented features
      • +
    +Most likely you will follow a mixed approach. Some features are easy to simulate, +others will be hard if not impossible.
    • +
  • For menu items, the name and descriptions are internally copied by ncurses. +So the binding doesn't care for the lifetime of the strings passed to the +construction routine for items. This assumption is not true in most other implementations +of the menu library. In this case you have to modify the binding routine +New_Item to safestore the strings.
    • +
+I'm quite sure I forgot something.

+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8439ff83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + +

+       menus - curses extension for programming menus
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The menus library provides terminal-independent facilities
+       for composing menu systems  on  character-cell  terminals.
+       The library includes: item routines, which create and mod-
+       ify menu items; and menu routines, which group items  into
+       menus, display menus on the screen, and handle interaction
+       with the user.
+
+       The menus library uses the curses libraries, and a  curses
+       initialization  routine  such  as  initscr  must be called
+       before using any of these functions.   To  use  the  menus
+       library, link with the options -lmenu -lcurses.
+
+
+   Current Default Values for Item Attributes
+       The  menus  library  maintains  a  default  value for item
+       attributes.  You can get or set this  default  by  calling
+       the  appropriate  get_  or  set_  routine with a NULL item
+       pointer.  Changing  this  default  with  a  set_  function
+       affects  future  item  creations,  but does not change the
+       rendering of items already created.
+
+
+   Routine Name Index
+       The following table lists each menu routine and  the  name
+       of the manual page on which it is described.
+
+       l   l   .    curses   Routine   Name Manual  Page  Name  =
+       current_item   mitem_current(3X)                 free_item
+            mitem_new(3X)       free_menu            menu_new(3X)
+       item_count     menu_items(3X)
+       item_description    mitem_name(3X)
+       item_index     mitem_current(3X)                 item_init
+            menu_hook(3X) item_name      mitem_name(3X) item_opts
+            mitem_opts(3X)          item_opts_off  mitem_opts(3X)
+       item_opts_on   mitem_opts(3X) item_term      menu_hook(3X)
+       item_userptr   mitem_userptr(3X)
+       item_value     mitem_value(3X)  item_visible   mitem_visi-
+       ble(3X)          menu_back                menu_attribs(3X)
+       menu_driver    menu_driver(3X)                   menu_fore
+            menu_attribs(3X)       menu_format    menu_format(3X)
+       menu_grey               menu_attribs(3X)         menu_init
+            menu_hook(3X) menu_items     menu_items(3X) menu_mark
+            menu_mark(3X)       menu_opts           menu_opts(3X)
+       menu_opts_off  menu_opts(3X)  menu_opts_on   menu_opts(3X)
+       menu_pad        menu_attribs(3X)  menu_pattern   menu_pat-
+       tern(3X)     menu_request_by_name     menu_requestname(3X)
+            menu_win(3X)       menu_term            menu_hook(3X)
+       menu_userptr   menu_userptr(3X)                   menu_win
+            menu_win(3X)  new_item        mitem_new(3X)  new_menu
+            menu_new(3X)      pos_menu_cursor     menu_cursor(3X)
+       post_menu     menu_post(3X)    scale_menu     menu_win(3X)
+       set_current_item    menu_current_item(3X)
+       set_item_init  menu_hook(3X) set_item_opts  mitem_opts(3X)
+       set_item_term  menu_hook(3X)
+       set_item_userptr    mitem_userptr(3X)
+       set_item_value mitem_value(3X)
+       set_menu_back  menu_attribs(3X)
+       set_menu_fore  menu_attribs(3X)
+       set_menu_format     menu_format(3X)
+       set_menu_grey  menu_attribs(3X)
+       set_menu_init  menu_hook(3X) set_menu_items menu_items(3X)
+       set_menu_mark  menu_mark(3X) set_menu_opts  mitem_opts(3X)
+       set_menu_pad   menu_attribs(3X)
+       set_menu_pattern    menu_pattern(3X)
+       set_menu_spacing    menu_spacing(3X)
+       set_menu_sub   menu_win(3X)   set_menu_term  menu_hook(3X)
+       set_menu_userptr    menu_userptr(3X)
+       set_menu_win   menu_win(3X)      set_top_row    mitem_cur-
+       rent(3X)          top_row                mitem_current(3X)
+       unpost_menu    menu_post(3X)
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.   Rou-
+       tines  that  return an integer return one of the following
+       error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu is already posted.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_NO_ROOM
+            Menu is too large for its window.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The menu has not been posted.
+
+            The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+       E_NO_MATCH
+            Character failed to match.
+
+       E_NOT_SELECTABLE
+            The designated item cannot be selected.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+            The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X) and 3X pages  whose  names  begin  "menu_"  for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       files <curses.h> and <eti.h>.
+
+       In your library list, libmenu.a  should  be  before  libn-
+       curses.a; that is, you want to say `-lmenu -lncurses', not
+       the other way around (which would give you  a  link  error
+       using GNU ld(1) and many other linkers).
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual pages and adaptation for  ncurses
+       by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_attribs.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_attribs.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3bb11d64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_attribs.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       menu_attributes - color and attribute control for menus
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_fore(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+       chtype menu_fore(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_back(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+       chtype menu_back(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_grey(MENU *menu, chtype attr);
+       chtype menu_grey(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_pad(MENU *menu, int pad);
+       int menu_pad(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute
+       of menu. This is the  highlight  used  for  selected  menu
+       items.   menu_fore  returns the foreground attribute.  The
+       default is A_STANDOUT.
+
+       The function set_menu_back sets the  background  attribute
+       of  menu.  This  is the highlight used for selectable (but
+       not  currently  selected)  menu   items.    The   function
+       menu_back  returns  the background attribute.  The default
+       is A_NORMAL.
+
+       The function set_menu_grey  sets  the  grey  attribute  of
+       menu.  This  is  the highlight used for un-selectable menu
+       items in menus that permit more than one  selection.   The
+       function   menu_grey  returns  the  grey  attribute.   The
+       default is A_UNDERLINE.
+
+       The function set_menu_pad sets the character used to  fill
+       the space between the name and description parts of a menu
+       item.  menu_pad returns the given  menu's  pad  character.
+       The default is a blank.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X) and 3X pages  whose  names  begin  "menu_"  for
+       detailed descriptions of the entry points.
+
+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_cursor.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_cursor.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e65f687e --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_cursor.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_cursor - position a menu's cursor
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int pos_menu_cursor(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  pos_menu_cursor  restores the cursor to the
+       current position associated with the menu's selected item.
+       This  is  useful after curses routines have been called to
+       do screen-painting in response to a menu select.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       This routine returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The menu has not been posted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_driver.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_driver.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81472363 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_driver.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + +
+       menu_driver - command-processing loop of the menu system
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int menu_driver(MENU *menu, int c);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel
+       input events to it through menu_driver.  This routine  has
+       two  major input cases; either the input is a menu naviga-
+       tion request or it's a  printable  ASCII  character.   The
+       menu driver requests are as follows:
+
+       REQ_LEFT_ITEM
+            Move left to an item.
+
+       REQ_RIGHT_ITEM
+            Move right to an item.
+
+       REQ_UP_ITEM
+            Move up to an item.
+
+       REQ_DOWN_ITEM
+            Move down to an item.
+
+       REQ_SCR_ULINE
+            Scroll up a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_DLINE
+            Scroll down a line.
+
+       REQ_SCR_DPAGE
+            Scroll down a page.
+
+       REQ_SCR_UPAGE
+            Scroll up a page.
+
+       REQ_FIRST_ITEM
+            Move to the first item.
+
+       REQ_LAST_ITEM
+            Move to the last item.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_ITEM
+            Move to the next item.
+
+       REQ_PREV_ITEM
+            Move to the previous item.
+
+       REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM
+            Select/deselect an item.
+
+            Clear the menu pattern buffer.
+
+       REQ_BACK_PATTERN
+            Delete   the  previous  character  from  the  pattern
+            buffer.
+
+       REQ_NEXT_MATCH
+            Move to the next item matching the pattern match.
+
+       REQ_PREV_MATCH
+            Move to the previous item matching the pattern match.
+
+       If the second argument is a printable ASCII character, the
+       code appends it to the pattern buffer and attempts to move
+       to the next item matching the new pattern.  If there is no
+       such match, menu_driver returns E_NO_MATCH and deletes the
+       appended character from the buffer.
+
+       If  the  second  argument  is one of the above pre-defined
+       requests, the corresponding action is performed.
+
+       If the second argument is neither printable ASCII nor  one
+       of  the above pre-defined menu requests, the drive assumes
+       it  is  an  application-specific   command   and   returns
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND.  Application-defined commands should be
+       defined relative to  MAX_COMMAND,  the  maximum  value  of
+       these pre-defined requests.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       menu_driver return one of the following error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The menu has not been posted.
+
+       E_UNKNOWN_COMMAND
+            The menu driver code saw an unknown request code.
+
+       E_NO_MATCH
+            Character failed to match.
+            The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menus(3x).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       files <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_format.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_format.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4ab46deb --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_format.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_format - set and get menu sizes
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_format(MENU *menu, int rows, int cols);
+       int menu_format(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *cols);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function set_menu_format sets the maximum display size
+       of the given window.  If this size is too small to display
+       all menu items, the menu will be made scrollable.
+
+       The   default  format  is  16  rows,  1  column.   Calling
+       set_menu_format with a null menu pointer will change  this
+       default.  A zero row or column argument to set_menu_format
+       is interpreted as a request  not  to  change  the  current
+       value.
+
+       The  function  menu_format  returns  the maximum-size con-
+       straints for the given menu into the storage addressed  by
+       rows and cols.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu is already posted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_hook.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_hook.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f611114 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_hook.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       menu_hook - set hooks for automatic invocation by applica-
+       tions
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_item_init(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+       void (*)(MENU *) item_init(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_item_term(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+       void (*)(MENU *) item_term(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_init(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+       void (*)(MENU *) menu_init(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_term(MENU *menu, void (*func)(MENU *));
+       void (*)(MENU *) menu_term(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       These functions make it possible to set hook functions  to
+       be called at various points in the automatic processing of
+       input event codes by menu_driver.
+
+       The function set_item_init sets a hook  to  be  called  at
+       menu-post  time  and  each  time the selected item changes
+       (after the change).  item_init returns  the  current  item
+       init hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+       The  function  set_item_term  sets  a hook to be called at
+       menu-unpost time and each time the selected  item  changes
+       (before  the  change).  item_term returns the current item
+       term hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+       The function set_menu_init sets a hook  to  be  called  at
+       menu-post  time  and  just  after  the top row on the menu
+       changes once it is posted.  menu_init returns the  current
+       menu init hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+       The  function  set_menu_term  sets  a hook to be called at
+       menu-unpost time and just before the top row on  the  menu
+       changes  once it is posted.  menu_term returns the current
+       menu term hook, if any (NULL if there is no such hook).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.  Other
+       routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_items.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_items.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..463ee587 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_items.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       menu_items  - make and break connections between items and
+       menus
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_items(MENU *menu, ITEM **items);
+       ITEM **menu_items(const MENU *menu);
+       int item_count(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function set_menu_items changes the item pointer array
+       of  the  given  menu.   The  array must be terminated by a
+       NULL.
+
+       The function menu_items returns  the  item  array  of  the
+       given menu.
+
+       The  function  item_count  returns  the  count of items in
+       menu.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUES

+       The function menu_items returns NULL on error.
+
+       The function item_count returns ERR  (the  general  curses
+       error return value) on error.
+
+       The  function  set_menu_items returns one of the following
+       codes on error:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu is already posted.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+
+       The   SVr4   menu   library  documentation  specifies  the
+       item_count error value as -1 (which is the value of  ERR).
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_mark.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_mark.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2e386f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_mark.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_mark - get and set the menu mark string
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_mark(MENU *menu, const char *mark);
+       const char *menu_mark(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       In  order  to make menu selections visible on older termi-
+       nals without highlighting or color  capability,  the  menu
+       library  marks  selected  items  in  a  menu with a prefix
+       string.
+
+       The function set_menu_mark sets the mark  string  for  the
+       given  menu.   Calling set_menu_mark with a null menu item
+       will abolish the mark  string.   Note  that  changing  the
+       length  of  the  mark  string for a menu while the menu is
+       posted is likely to produce unhelpful behavior.
+
+       The default string is "-" (a dash). Calling  set_menu_mark
+       with a NULL menu argument will change this default.
+
+       The  function menu_mark returns the menu's mark string (or
+       NULL if there is none).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function menu_mark returns NULL on error.   The  func-
+       tion set_menu_mark may return the following error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_new.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_new.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d125a476 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_new.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_new - create and destroy menus
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       MENU *new_menu(ITEM **items);
+       int free_menu(MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  new_menu  creates a new menu connected to a
+       specified item pointer array (which  must  be  NULL-termi-
+       nated).
+
+       The  function  free_menu  disconnects  menu  from its item
+       array and frees the storage allocated for the menu.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function new_menu returns NULL on error.
+
+       The function free_menu returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu has already been posted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_opts.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_opts.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e4362ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_opts.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + +
+       menu_opts - set and get menu options
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_opts(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts);
+       int menu_opts_on(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts);
+       int menu_opts_off(MENU *menu, OPTIONS opts);
+       OPTIONS menu_opts(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_menu_opts  sets  all  the  given menu's
+       option bits  (menu  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
+       together).
+
+       The  function menu_opts_on turns on the given option bits,
+       and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function menu_opts_off  turns  off  the  given  option
+       bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+       The  function  menu_opts returns the menu's current option
+       bits.
+
+       The following options are defined (all are on by default):
+
+       O_ONEVALUE
+            Only one item can be selected for this menu.
+
+       O_SHOWDESC
+            Display  the  item  descriptions  when  the  menu  is
+            posted.
+
+       O_ROWMAJOR
+            Display the menu in row-major order.
+
+       O_IGNORECASE
+            Ignore the case when pattern-matching.
+
+       O_SHOWMATCH
+            Move the cursor to within the item  name  while  pat-
+            tern-matching.
+
+       O_NONCYCLIC
+            Don't   wrap   around  next-item  and  previous-item,
+            requests to the other end of the menu.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except for menu_opts, each routine returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu is already posted.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_pattern.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_pattern.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..61286891 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_pattern.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_pattern - get and set a menu's pattern buffer
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_pattern(MENU *menu, const char *pattern);
+       char *menu_pattern(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every  menu  has  an  associated pattern match buffer.  As
+       input events that are printable ASCII characters come  in,
+       they  are  appended  to this match buffer and tested for a
+       match, as described in menu_driver(3x).
+
+       The function set_menu_pattern sets the pattern buffer  for
+       the  given menu and tries to find the first matching item.
+       If it succeeds, that item becomes  current;  if  not,  the
+       current item does not change.
+
+       The  function  menu_pattern  returns the pattern buffer of
+       the given menu.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function menu_pattern  returns  NULL  on  error.   The
+       function  set_menu_pattern  may return the following error
+       codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_NO_MATCH
+            Character failed to match.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_post.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_post.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a181597f --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_post.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       menu_post  -  write or erase menus from associated subwin-
+       dows
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int post_menu(MENU *menu);
+       int unpost_menu(MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function post_menu displays a menu to  its  associated
+       subwindow.   To trigger physical display of the subwindow,
+       use  refresh  or  some  equivalent  curses  routine   (the
+       implicit  doupdate  triggered  by  an curses input request
+       will do). post_menu resets the  selection  status  of  all
+       items.
+
+       The  function  unpost_menu erases menu from its associated
+       subwindow.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines return one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu has already been posted.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_NO_ROOM
+            Menu is too large for its window.
+
+       E_NOT_POSTED
+            The menu has not been posted.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_requestname.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_requestname.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25b3f545 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_requestname.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_requestname - handle printable menu request names
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       const char *menu_request_name(int request);
+       int menu_request_by_name(const char *name);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function menu_request_name returns the printable name
+       of a menu request code.
+       The function menu_request_by_name searches  in  the  name-
+       table  for  a  request with the given name and returns its
+       request code. Otherwise E_NO_MATCH is returned.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       menu_request_name returns NULL on error and sets errno  to
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT.
+       menu_request_by_name returns E_NO_MATCH on error.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines are specific to  ncurses.   They  were  not
+       supported  on  Version 7, BSD or System V implementations.
+       It is recommended that any code depending on them be  con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_spacing.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_spacing.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71b88170 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_spacing.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_spacing - Control spacing between menu items.
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_spacing(MENU *menu,
+                            int spc_description
+                            int spc_rows,
+                            int spc_columns);
+       int menu_spacing(const MENU *menu,
+                        int* spc_description
+                        int* spc_rows,
+                        int* spc_columns);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_menu_spacing  sets the spacing informa-
+       tions for the menu.  spc_description controls  the  number
+       of spaces between an item name and an item description. It
+       must not be larger than TABSIZE. The menu system  puts  in
+       the  middle  of  this  spacing area the pad character. The
+       remaining parts are filled with spaces.  spc_rows controls
+       the  number of rows that are used for an item. It must not
+       be larger than 3. The menu system inserts then blank lines
+       between  item rows, these lines will contain the pad char-
+       acter in the appropriate positions.  spc_columns  controls
+       the number of blanks between columns of items. It must not
+       be larger than TABSIZE.  A value of 0 for all the  spacing
+       values  resets  them to the default, which is 1 for all of
+       them.
+       The function menu_spacing passes back the spacing info for
+       the menu. If a pointer is NULL, this specific info is sim-
+       ply not returned.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Both routines return E_OK on success. set_menu_spacing may
+       return  E_POSTED  if the menu is posted, or E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+       if one of the spacing values is out of range.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  are  specific  to ncurses.  They were not
+       supported on Version 7, BSD or System  V  implementations.
+       It  is recommended that any code depending on them be con-
+       ditioned using NCURSES_VERSION.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_userptr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_userptr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85201592 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_userptr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       menu_userptr - associate application data with a menu item
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_userptr(MENU *menu, const void *userptr);
+       const void *menu_userptr(const MENU *menu);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every menu and every menu item has a  field  that  can  be
+       used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-
+       driver code leaves it alone).  These functions get and set
+       the menu user pointer field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except  for  menu_userptr  (which  returns NULL on error),
+       each function returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The user pointer should be a void pointer.  We leave it as
+       a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/menu_win.3x.html b/Ada95/html/menu_win.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08b0517c --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/menu_win.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       menu_win  - make and break menu window and subwindow asso-
+       ciations
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_menu_win(MENU *menu, WINDOW *win);
+       WINDOW *menu_win(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_menu_sub(MENU *menu, WINDOW *sub);
+       WINDOW *menu_sub(const MENU *menu);
+       int scale_menu(const MENU *menu, int *rows, int *columns);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every  menu has an associated pair of curses windows.  The
+       menu window displays any title and border associated  with
+       the  window;  the menu subwindow displays the items of the
+       menu that are currently available for selection.
+
+       The first four functions get and set those windows.  It is
+       not necessary to set either window; by default, the driver
+       code uses stdscr for both.
+
+       In the set_ functions, window argument of NULL is  treated
+       as  though  it  were  stsdcr.   A menu argument of NULL is
+       treated as a request to change  the  system  default  menu
+       window or subwindow.
+
+       The  function scale_menu returns the minimum size required
+       for the subwindow of menu.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines that return pointers return NULL on error.   Rou-
+       tines  that  return an integer return one of the following
+       error codes:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_POSTED
+            The menu has already been posted.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_current.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_current.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d5cacd70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_current.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ + + +
+       mitem_current - set and get current_menu_item
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_current_item(MENU *menu, const ITEM *item);
+       ITEM *current_item(const MENU *menu);
+       int set_top_row(MENU *menu, int row);
+       int top_row(const MENU *menu);
+       int item_index(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_current_item sets the current item (the
+       item on  which  the  menu  cursor  is  positioned).   cur-
+       rent_item  returns  a  pointer  to the current item in the
+       given menu.
+
+       The function set_top_row sets the top row of the  menu  to
+       show  the  given  row  (the top row is initially 0, and is
+       reset to this value whenever the O_ROWMAJOR option is tog-
+       gled).   The  item  leftmost on the given row becomes cur-
+       rent.  The function top_row returns the number of the  top
+       menu row being displayed.
+
+       The function item_index returns the (zero-origin) index of
+       item in the menu's item pointer list.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       current_item returns NULL on error.
+
+       top_row and item_index  return  ERR  (the  general  curses
+       error value) on error.
+
+       set_current_item and set_top_row return one of the follow-
+       ing:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine detected an incorrect or  out-of-range  argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_BAD_STATE
+            Routine was called from an initialization or termina-
+            tion function.
+
+       E_NOT_CONNECTED
+            No items are connected to the menu.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The SVr4 menu library documentation specifies the  top_row
+       and  index_item  error  value as -1 (which is the value of
+       ERR).
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_name.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_name.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7af9608d --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_name.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       mitem_name - get menu item name and description fields
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       const char *item_name(const ITEM *item);
+       const char *item_description(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function item_name returns the name part of the given
+       item.
+       The function item_description returns the description part
+       of the given item.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       These routines returns NULL on error.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_new.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_new.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54e4b030 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_new.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       mitem_new - create and destroy menu items
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       ITEM *new_item(const char *name, const char *description);
+       int free_item(ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The function new_item allocates a new item and initializes
+       it from the name and description pointers.
+       The function free_item de-allocates an item.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function new_item returns NULL on error.
+
+       The function free_item returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_BAD_ARGUMENT
+            Routine  detected  an incorrect or out-of-range argu-
+            ment.
+
+       E_CONNECTED
+            Item is connected to a menu.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_opts.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_opts.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..02fd97e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_opts.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       mitem_opts - set and get menu item options
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_item_opts(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts);
+       int item_opts_on(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts);
+       int item_opts_off(ITEM *item, OPTIONS opts);
+       OPTIONS item_opts(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The  function  set_item_opts  sets  all  the  given item's
+       option bits  (menu  option  bits  may  be  logically-OR'ed
+       together).
+
+       The  function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits,
+       and leaves others alone.
+
+       The function item_opts_off  turns  off  the  given  option
+       bits, and leaves others alone.
+
+       The  function  item_opts returns the item's current option
+       bits.
+
+       There is only one defined option bit  mask,  O_SELECTABLE.
+       When this is on, the item may be selected during menu pro-
+       cessing.  This option defaults to on.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except for item_opts, each routine returns one of the fol-
+       lowing:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These routines emulate the System V  menu  library.   They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_userptr.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_userptr.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f8b5ef4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_userptr.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       mitem_userptr  -  associate  application  data with a menu
+       item
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_item_userptr(ITEM *item, const void *userptr);
+       const void *item_userptr(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Every menu item has a field  that  can  be  used  to  hold
+       application-specific  data  (that is, the menu-driver code
+       leaves it alone).  These functions get and set that field.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Except  for  item_userptr  (which  returns NULL on error),
+       each function returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+       The user pointer should be a void pointer.  We leave it as
+       a char pointer for SVr4 compatibility.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen  Pfeifer.   Manual  pages  and  adaptation for new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_value.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_value.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de0bd079 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_value.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + +
+       mitem_value - set and get menu item values
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       int set_item_value(ITEM *item, bool value);
+       bool item_value(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       If  you  turn  off  the menu option O_ONEVALUE (e.g., with
+       set_menu_opts or menu_opts_off;  see  menu_opts(3x)),  the
+       menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may
+       simultaneously be selected.
+
+       In a multi_valued menu, you  can  used  set_item_value  to
+       select the given menu item (second argument TRUE) or dese-
+       lect it (second argument FALSE).
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function set_item_value returns one of the following:
+
+       E_OK The routine succeeded.
+
+       E_SYSTEM_ERROR
+            System error occurred (see errno).
+
+       E_REQUEST_DENIED
+            The menu driver could not process the request.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/mitem_visible.3x.html b/Ada95/html/mitem_visible.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf4d67cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/mitem_visible.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       mitem_visible - check visibility of a menu item
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <menu.h>
+       bool item_visible(const ITEM *item);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       A  menu  item  is  visible  when it is in the portion of a
+       posted menu that is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is
+       scrollable,  in  particular,  this portion will be smaller
+       than the whole menu).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X), menu(3X).
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The header file <menu.h> automatically includes the header
+       file <curses.h>.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       These  routines  emulate  the System V menu library.  They
+       were not supported on Version 7 or BSD versions.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Juergen Pfeifer.  Manual  pages  and  adaptation  for  new
+       curses by Eric S. Raymond.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/ncurses.3x.html b/Ada95/html/ncurses.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0db3fafb --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/ncurses.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,490 @@ + + +
+       ncurses - CRT screen handling and optimization package
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       The curses library routines give the user a terminal-inde-
+       pendent method of updating character screens with  reason-
+       able  optimization.  This implementation is ``new curses''
+       (ncurses) and is the approved replacement for 4.4BSD clas-
+       sic curses, which has been discontinued.
+
+       The  ncurses  routines  emulate  the curses(3X) library of
+       System V Release 4 UNIX, and the XPG4 curses standard (XSI
+       curses)  but the ncurses library is freely redistributable
+       in source form.  Differences from the SVr4 curses are sum-
+       marized  under  the EXTENSIONS and BUGS sections below and
+       described in detail in the EXTENSIONS and BUGS sections of
+       individual man pages.
+
+       A  program  using  these  routines must be linked with the
+       -lncurses option, or (if it has been generated)  with  the
+       debugging  library  -lncurses_g.   (Your system integrator
+       may also have installed these libraries  under  the  names
+       -lcurses and -lcurses_g.)  The ncurses_g library generates
+       trace logs (in a file called 'trace' in the current direc-
+       tory) that describe curses actions.
+
+       The  ncurses  package supports: overall screen, window and
+       pad manipulation; output to windows and pads; reading ter-
+       minal  input;  control  over terminal and curses input and
+       output options; environment query routines; color  manipu-
+       lation; use of soft label keys; terminfo capabilities; and
+       access to low-level terminal-manipulation routines.
+
+       To initialize the routines, the routine initscr or newterm
+       must  be called before any of the other routines that deal
+       with windows and screens are  used.   The  routine  endwin
+       must be called before exiting.  To get character-at-a-time
+       input without echoing (most interactive,  screen  oriented
+       programs  want  this),  the  following  sequence should be
+       used:
+
+             initscr(); cbreak(); noecho();
+
+       Most programs would additionally use the sequence:
+
+             nonl();
+             intrflush(stdscr, FALSE);
+             keypad(stdscr, TRUE);
+
+       Before a curses program is run, the tab stops of the  ter-
+       the tput init command after the shell environment variable
+       TERM has been exported.  tset(1)  is  usually  responsible
+       for doing this.  [See terminfo(5) for further details.]
+
+       The  curses  library  permits  manipulation of data struc-
+       tures, called windows, which can be  thought  of  as  two-
+       dimensional  arrays of characters representing all or part
+       of a CRT screen.  A default window called stdscr, which is
+       the  size of the terminal screen, is supplied.  Others may
+       be created with newwin.
+
+       Note that curses  does  not  handle  overlapping  windows,
+       that's done by the panels(3x) library. This means that you
+       can either use stdscr or divide the screen into tiled win-
+       dows  and  not  using  stdscr  at all. Mixing the two will
+       result in unpredictable, and undesired, effects.
+
+       Windows are referred to by variables declared as WINDOW *.
+       These   data  structures  are  manipulated  with  routines
+       described here and elsewhere in the ncurses manual  pages.
+       Among  which  the  most basic routines are move and addch.
+       More general versions of these routines are included  with
+       names  beginning  with  w,  allowing the user to specify a
+       window.  The routines not beginning with w affect stdscr.)
+
+       After  using  routines  to manipulate a window, refresh is
+       called, telling curses to make the user's CRT screen  look
+       like  stdscr.   The characters in a window are actually of
+       type chtype, (character and attribute data) so that  other
+       information  about  the  character may also be stored with
+       each character.
+
+       Special windows  called  pads  may  also  be  manipulated.
+       These are windows which are not constrained to the size of
+       the screen and whose contents need not be completely  dis-
+       played.  See curs_pad(3X) for more information.
+
+       In  addition  to  drawing  characters on the screen, video
+       attributes and colors may be supported, causing the  char-
+       acters  to show up in such modes as underlined, in reverse
+       video, or in color on terminals that support such  display
+       enhancements.  Line drawing characters may be specified to
+       be output.  On input, curses is  also  able  to  translate
+       arrow  and  function  keys  that transmit escape sequences
+       into single values.  The video  attributes,  line  drawing
+       characters,   and  input  values  use  names,  defined  in
+       <curses.h>, such as A_REVERSE, ACS_HLINE, and KEY_LEFT.
+
+       If the environment variables LINES and COLUMNS are set, or
+       if  the program is executing in a window environment, line
+       and column information in the  environment  will  override
+       information read by terminfo.  This would effect a program
+
+       If  the environment variable TERMINFO is defined, any pro-
+       gram using curses checks for a local  terminal  definition
+       before  checking  in  the standard place.  For example, if
+       TERM is set to att4424, then the compiled terminal defini-
+       tion is found in
+
+             @DATADIR@/terminfo/a/att4424.
+
+       (The a is copied from the first letter of att4424 to avoid
+       creation of huge directories.)  However,  if  TERMINFO  is
+       set to $HOME/myterms, curses first checks
+
+             $HOME/myterms/a/att4424,
+
+       and if that fails, it then checks
+
+             @DATADIR@/terminfo/a/att4424.
+
+       This  is useful for developing experimental definitions or
+       when write permission in @DATADIR@/terminfo is not  avail-
+       able.
+
+       The  integer  variables  LINES  and  COLS  are  defined in
+       <curses.h> and will be filled in by initscr with the  size
+       of the screen.  The constants TRUE and FALSE have the val-
+       ues 1 and 0, respectively.
+
+       The curses routines also  define  the  WINDOW  *  variable
+       curscr which is used for certain low-level operations like
+       clearing and redrawing a screen containing  garbage.   The
+       curscr can be used in only a few routines.
+
+
+   Routine and Argument Names
+       Many  curses routines have two or more versions.  The rou-
+       tines prefixed with w require a window argument.  The rou-
+       tines prefixed with p require a pad argument.  Those with-
+       out a prefix generally use stdscr.
+
+       The routines prefixed with mv require a y and x coordinate
+       to  move to before performing the appropriate action.  The
+       mv routines imply a call to move before the  call  to  the
+       other  routine.  The coordinate y always refers to the row
+       (of the window), and x always refers to the  column.   The
+       upper left-hand corner is always (0,0), not (1,1).
+
+       The routines prefixed with mvw take both a window argument
+       and x and y coordinates.  The window  argument  is  always
+       specified before the coordinates.
+
+       In  each  case, win is the window affected, and pad is the
+
+       Option setting routines require a Boolean flag bf with the
+       value TRUE or FALSE; bf is always of type bool.  The vari-
+       ables  ch  and attrs below are always of type chtype.  The
+       types WINDOW, SCREEN, bool,  and  chtype  are  defined  in
+       <curses.h>.   The  type  TERMINAL  is defined in <term.h>.
+       All other arguments are integers.
+
+
+   Routine Name Index
+       The following table lists each curses routine and the name
+       of  the  manual  page  on which it is described.  Routines
+       flagged with `*' are ncurses-specific,  not  described  by
+       XPG4 or present in SVr4.
+
+       center  tab(/); l l l l .  curses Routine Name/Manual Page
+       Name  =  addch/curs_addch(3X)  addchnstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+       addchstr/curs_addchstr(3X)         addnstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+       addstr/curs_addstr(3X)               attroff/curs_attr(3X)
+       attron/curs_attr(3X)       attrset/curs_attr(3X)      bau-
+       drate/curs_termattrs(3X)                beep/curs_beep(3X)
+       bkgd/curs_bkgd(3X)  bkgdset/curs_bkgd(3X) border/curs_bor-
+       der(3X)                                box/curs_border(3X)
+       can_change_color/curs_color(3X)     cbreak/curs_inopts(3X)
+       clear/curs_clear(3X)    clearok/curs_outopts(3X)    clrto-
+       bot/curs_clear(3X)    clrtoeol/curs_clear(3X)   color_con-
+       tent/curs_color(3X)               copywin/curs_overlay(3X)
+       curs_set/curs_kernel(3X)     def_prog_mode/curs_kernel(3X)
+       def_shell_mode/curs_kernel(3X)       del_curterm/curs_ter-
+       minfo(3X)  delay_output/curs_util(3X) delch/curs_delch(3X)
+       deleteln/curs_deleteln(3X) delscreen/curs_initscr(3X) del-
+       win/curs_window(3X)      derwin/curs_window(3X)      doup-
+       date/curs_refresh(3X)               dupwin/curs_window(3X)
+       echo/curs_inopts(3X)      echochar/curs_addch(3X)     end-
+       win/curs_initscr(3X)                  erase/curs_clear(3X)
+       erasechar/curs_termattrs(3X)          filter/curs_util(3X)
+       flash/curs_beep(3X)     flushinp/curs_util(3X)      getbe-
+       gyx/curs_getyx(3X)        getch/curs_getch(3X)        get-
+       maxyx/curs_getyx(3X)     getmouse/curs_mouse(3X)*     get-
+       paryx/curs_getyx(3X)      getstr/curs_getstr(3X)      get-
+       syx/curs_kernel(3X)                   getwin/curs_util(3X)
+       getyx/curs_getyx(3X)   halfdelay/curs_inopts(3X)  has_col-
+       ors/curs_color(3X)               has_ic/curs_termattrs(3X)
+       has_il/curs_termattrs(3X)          has_key/curs_getch(3X)*
+       hline/curs_border(3X)               idcok/curs_outopts(3X)
+       idlok/curs_outopts(3X)            immedok/curs_outopts(3X)
+       inch/curs_inch(3X)     inchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X)     inch-
+       str/curs_inchstr(3X)             init_color/curs_color(3X)
+       init_pair/curs_color(3X)          initscr/curs_initscr(3X)
+       innstr/curs_instr(3X)       insch/curs_insch(3X)      ins-
+       delln/curs_deleteln(3X)         insertln/curs_deleteln(3X)
+       insnstr/curs_insstr(3X)             insstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+       isendwin/curs_initscr(3X)    keyname/curs_util(3X)    key-
+       pad/curs_inopts(3X)            killchar/curs_termattrs(3X)
+       leaveok/curs_outopts(3X)       longname/curs_termattrs(3X)
+       mcprint/curs_print(3X)*  meta/curs_inopts(3X)  mouseinter-
+       val/curs_mouse(3X)*              mousemask/curs_mouse(3X)*
+       move/curs_move(3X)     mvaddch/curs_addch(3X)    mvaddchn-
+       str/curs_addchstr(3X)         mvaddchstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+       mvaddnstr/curs_addstr(3X)         mvaddstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+       mvcur/curs_terminfo(3X)   mvdelch/curs_delch(3X)    mvder-
+       win/curs_window(3X)      mvgetch/curs_getch(3X)     mvget-
+       str/curs_getstr(3X)     mvinch/curs_inch(3X)      mvinchn-
+       str/curs_inchstr(3X)            mvinchstr/curs_inchstr(3X)
+       mvinnstr/curs_instr(3X)    mvinsch/curs_insch(3X)    mvin-
+       snstr/curs_insstr(3X)    mvinsstr/curs_insstr(3X)    mvin-
+       str/curs_instr(3X)      mvprintw/curs_printw(3X)      mvs-
+       canw/curs_scanw(3X)   mvwaddch/curs_addch(3X)   mvwaddchn-
+       str/curs_addchstr(3X)        mvwaddchstr/curs_addchstr(3X)
+       mvwaddnstr/curs_addstr(3X)       mvwaddstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+       mvwdelch/curs_delch(3X)  mvwgetch/curs_getch(3X)   mvwget-
+       str/curs_getstr(3X)                  mvwin/curs_window(3X)
+       mvwinch/curs_inch(3X)         mvwinchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X)
+       mvwinchstr/curs_inchstr(3X)       mvwinnstr/curs_instr(3X)
+       mvwinsch/curs_insch(3X)         mvwinsnstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+       mvwinsstr/curs_insstr(3X)   mvwinstr/curs_instr(3X)   mvw-
+       printw/curs_printw(3X)             mvwscanw/curs_scanw(3X)
+       napms/curs_kernel(3X)                  newpad/curs_pad(3X)
+       newterm/curs_initscr(3X)            newwin/curs_window(3X)
+       nl/curs_outopts(3X)     nocbreak/curs_inopts(3X)     node-
+       lay/curs_inopts(3X) noecho/curs_inopts(3X)  nonl/curs_out-
+       opts(3X)  noqiflush/curs_inopts(3X)  noraw/curs_inopts(3X)
+       notimeout/curs_inopts(3X)  overlay/curs_overlay(3X)  over-
+       write/curs_overlay(3X)         pair_content/curs_color(3X)
+       pechochar/curs_pad(3X)   pnoutrefresh/curs_pad(3X)    pre-
+       fresh/curs_pad(3X)  printw/curs_printw(3X)  putp/curs_ter-
+       minfo(3X)   putwin/curs_util(3X)   qiflush/curs_inopts(3X)
+       raw/curs_inopts(3X)             redrawwin/curs_refresh(3X)
+       refresh/curs_refresh(3X)   reset_prog_mode/curs_kernel(3X)
+       reset_shell_mode/curs_kernel(3X)   resetty/curs_kernel(3X)
+       resizeterm/resizeterm(3x)*   restartterm/curs_terminfo(3X)
+       ripoffline/curs_kernel(3X)         savetty/curs_kernel(3X)
+       scanw/curs_scanw(3X)            scr_dump/curs_scr_dump(3X)
+       scr_init/curs_scr_dump(3X)   scr_restore/curs_scr_dump(3X)
+       scr_set/curs_scr_dump(3X)             scrl/curs_scroll(3X)
+       scroll/curs_scroll(3X)           scrollok/curs_outopts(3X)
+       set_curterm/curs_terminfo(3X)    set_term/curs_initscr(3X)
+       setscrreg/curs_outopts(3X)   setsyx/curs_kernel(3X)   set-
+       term/curs_terminfo(3X)         setupterm/curs_terminfo(3X)
+       slk_attr/curs_slk(3X)*            slk_attroff/curs_slk(3X)
+       slk_attron/curs_slk(3X)           slk_attrset/curs_slk(3X)
+       slk_clear/curs_slk(3X)               slk_init/curs_slk(3X)
+       slk_label/curs_slk(3X)        slk_noutrefresh/curs_slk(3X)
+       slk_refresh/curs_slk(3X)          slk_restore/curs_slk(3X)
+       start_color/curs_color(3X)    subpad/curs_pad(3X)     sub-
+       win/curs_window(3X)     syncok/curs_window(3X)     termat-
+       trs/curs_termattrs(3X)  termname/curs_termattrs(3X)   tge-
+       tent/curs_termcap(3X)    tgetflag/curs_termcap(3X)   tget-
+       num/curs_termcap(3X)              tgetstr/curs_termcap(3X)
+       tgoto/curs_termcap(3X)  tigetflag/curs_terminfo(3X) tiget-
+       num/curs_terminfo(3X)   tigetstr/curs_terminfo(3X)   time-
+       out/curs_inopts(3X)     touchline/curs_touch(3X)    touch-
+       win/curs_touch(3X)                 tparm/curs_terminfo(3X)
+       tputs/curs_termcap(3X)    tputs/curs_terminfo(3X)   typea-
+       head/curs_inopts(3X)                  unctrl/curs_util(3X)
+       ungetch/curs_getch(3X) ungetmouse/curs_mouse(3X)* untouch-
+       win/curs_touch(3X) use_env/curs_util(3X) vidattr/curs_ter-
+       minfo(3X)  vidputs/curs_terminfo(3X) vline/curs_border(3X)
+       vwprintw/curs_printw(3X)    vwscanw/curs_scanw(3X)    wad-
+       dch/curs_addch(3X)   waddchnstr/curs_addchstr(3X)  waddch-
+       str/curs_addchstr(3X)             waddnstr/curs_addstr(3X)
+       waddstr/curs_addstr(3X)     wattroff/curs_attr(3X)    wat-
+       tron/curs_attr(3X)                  wattrset/curs_attr(3X)
+       wbkgd/curs_bkgd(3X)      wbkgdset/curs_bkgd(3X)      wbor-
+       der/curs_border(3X)     wclear/curs_clear(3X)      wclrto-
+       bot/curs_clear(3X)    wclrtoeol/curs_clear(3X)    wcursyn-
+       cup/curs_window(3X)                  wdelch/curs_delch(3X)
+       wdeleteln/curs_deleteln(3X)  wechochar/curs_addch(3X) wen-
+       close/curs_mouse(3X)*                werase/curs_clear(3X)
+       wgetch/curs_getch(3X)    wgetnstr/curs_getstr(3X)    wget-
+       str/curs_getstr(3X)                 whline/curs_border(3X)
+       winch/curs_inch(3X)    winchnstr/curs_inchstr(3X)   winch-
+       str/curs_inchstr(3X)      winnstr/curs_instr(3X)      win-
+       sch/curs_insch(3X)     winsdelln/curs_deleteln(3X)    win-
+       sertln/curs_deleteln(3X)          winsnstr/curs_insstr(3X)
+       winsstr/curs_insstr(3X)              winstr/curs_instr(3X)
+       wmove/curs_move(3X)          wnoutrefresh/curs_refresh(3X)
+       wprintw/curs_printw(3X)   wredrawln/curs_refresh(3X)  wre-
+       fresh/curs_refresh(3X)                wresize/wresize(3x)*
+       wscanw/curs_scanw(3X)    wscrl/curs_scroll(3X)    wsetscr-
+       reg/curs_outopts(3X)    wstandend/curs_attr(3X)    wstand-
+       out/curs_attr(3X)      wsyncdown/curs_window(3X)     wsyn-
+       cup/curs_window(3X)               wtimeout/curs_inopts(3X)
+       wtouchln/curs_touch(3X) wvline/curs_border(3X)
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       Routines  that  return  an integer return ERR upon failure
+       and an integer value other than ERR upon  successful  com-
+       pletion,  unless  otherwise  noted in the routine descrip-
+       tions.
+
+       All macros return the  value  of  the  w  version,  except
+       setscrreg,  wsetscrreg,  getyx,  getbegyx,  getmaxyx.  The
+       return values of setscrreg, wsetscrreg,  getyx,  getbegyx,
+       and getmaxyx are undefined (i.e., these should not be used
+       as the right-hand side of assignment statements).
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       terminfo(5) and 3X pages whose  names  begin  "curs_"  for
+       detailed routine descriptions.
+
+
+
+

EXTENSIONS

+       The curses library can be compiled with an option (-DTERM-
+       CAP_FILE) that falls back to  the  old-style  /etc/termcap
+       file  if  the  terminal  setup code cannot find a terminfo
+       entry corresponding to TERM.  Use of this feature  is  not
+       recommended,  as it essentially includes an entire termcap
+       compiler in the curses startup code, at  significant  cost
+       in core and startup cycles.
+
+       Compiling  with  -DTERMCAP_FILE changes the library's ini-
+       tialization sequence in a way intended to mimic the behav-
+       ior of 4.4BSD curses.  If there is no local or system ter-
+       minfo entry matching TERM,  then  the  library  looks  for
+       termcap  entries  in the following places: (1) if TERMINFO
+       is undefined, in the file named by  TERMCAP_FILE;  (2)  if
+       TERMINFO  is defined and begins with a slash, it is inter-
+       preted as the name of a termcap file to search  for  TERM;
+       (3) otherwise, if TERMINFO has a leading string that looks
+       like a terminal entry name list, and it matches TERM,  the
+       contents  of  TERMINFO is interpreted as a termcap; (4) if
+       TERMINFO looks like a termcap but doesn't match TERM,  the
+       termcap  file  is  searched  for among the colon-separated
+       paths in the environment variable  TERMPATHS  if  that  is
+       defined,  and  in  ~/.termcap  and the file value of TERM-
+       CAP_FILE otherwise.
+
+       Versions of curses compiled on PC clones  support  display
+       of  the  PC ROM characters (including ROM characters 0-31,
+       which stock SVr4 curses cannot display).  See  the  EXTEN-
+       SIONS sections of curs_addch(3x) and curs_attr(3x).
+
+       The curses library includes facilities for capturing mouse
+       events on certain terminals  (including  xterm).  See  the
+       curs_mouse(3X) manual page for details.
+
+       The  curses  library  includes  a  function  for directing
+       application output to a printer attached to  the  terminal
+       device.  See the curs_print(3X) manual page for details.
+
+
+
+

PORTABILITY

+       The curses library is intended to be BASE-level conformant
+       with the XSI Curses standard.   Certain  portions  of  the
+       EXTENDED  XSI  Curses  functionality (including color sup-
+       port) are supported.  The following  EXTENDED  XSI  Curses
+       calls  in  support  of wide (multibyte) characters are not
+       yet implemented: addnwstr, addwstr, mvaddnwstr,  mvwaddnw-
+       str,  mvaddwstr,  waddnwstr,  waddwstr, add_wch, wadd_wch,
+       mvwadd_wchnstr,  mvwadd_wchstr,  bkgrndset,  bkgrnd,  get-
+       bkgrnd, wbkgrnd, wbkgrndset, wgetbkgrnd, border_set, wbor-
+       der_set,  box_set,  hline_set,  mvhline_set,  mvvline_set,
+       mvwhline_set,    mvwvline_set,   whline_set,   vhline_set,
+       wvline_set,  echo_wchar,  wecho_wchar,  erasewchar,  kill-
+       wchar,    get_wch,    mvget_wch,    mvwget_ch,   wget_wch,
+       getwchtype, get_wstr,  getn_wstr,  wget_wstr,  wgetn_wstr,
+       mvget_wstr,  mvgetn_wstr, mvwget_wstr, mvwgetn_wstr, innw-
+       str,  inwstr,  winnwstr,  winwstr,  mvinnwstr,   mvinwstr,
+       mvwinnwstr,  mvwinwstr,  ins_nwstr, ins_wstr, mvins_nwstr,
+       mvins_wstr,   mvwins_nwstr,    mvwins_wstr,    wins_nwstr,
+       wins_wstr,   ins_wch,   wins_wch,  mvins_wch,  mvwins_wch,
+       in_wch, win_wch, mvin_wch, mvwin_wch, inwchstr, inwchnstr,
+       winwchstr,  winwchnstr,  mvinwchstr, mvinwchnstr, mvinwch-
+       str, mvwinwchnstr.
+
+       A small number of local differences (that  is,  individual
+       differences  between  the XSI Curses and curses calls) are
+       described in  PORTABILITY  sections  of  the  library  man
+       pages.
+
+       The routine has_key is not part of XPG4, nor is it present
+       in SVr4.  See the curs_getch(3X) manual page for  details.
+
+       The  routine  slk_attr is not part of XPG4, nor is it pre-
+       sent in  SVr4.   See  the  curs_slk(3X)  manual  page  for
+       details.
+
+       The  routines getmouse, mousemask, ungetmouse, mouseinter-
+       val, and wenclose relating to mouse  interfacing  are  not
+       part  of  XPG4,  nor  are  they  present in SVr4.  See the
+       curs_mouse(3X) manual page for details.
+
+       The routine mcprint was not present in any previous curses
+       implementation.   See  the  curs_print(3X) manual page for
+       details.
+
+       The routine wresize is not part of XPG4, nor is it present
+       in SVr4.  See the wresize(3X) manual page for details.
+
+       In  historic curses versions, delays embedded in the capa-
+       bilities cr, ind, cub1, ff and tab activated corresponding
+       delay  bits  in  the UNIX tty driver.  In this implementa-
+       tion, all padding is done by NUL sends.   This  method  is
+       slightly  more expensive, but narrows the interface to the
+       UNIX kernel  significantly  and  increases  the  package's
+       portability correspondingly.
+
+       In  the  XSI  standard  and  SVr4 manual pages, many entry
+       points have prototype arguments of the for char *const (or
+       cchar_t  *const,  or  wchar_t  *const,  or  void  *const).
+       Depending on one's interpretation of the ANSI  C  standard
+       tion const char *x is a modifiable pointer to unmodifiable
+       data, but char *const x' is  an  unmodifiable  pointer  to
+       modifiable  data.  Given that C passes arguments by value,
+       <type> *const as a formal type is at best  dubious.   Some
+       compilers  choke  on  the  prototypes.  Therefore, in this
+       implementation, they have been changed to const  <type>  *
+       globally.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       The  header  file  <curses.h>  automatically  includes the
+       header files <stdio.h> and <unctrl.h>.
+
+       If standard output from a curses program is re-directed to
+       something  which  is  not  a  tty,  screen updates will be
+       directed to standard error.  This was an undocumented fea-
+       ture of AT&T System V Release 3 curses.
+
+
+
+

AUTHORS

+       Zeyd  M.  Ben-Halim,  Eric  S. Raymond.  Descends from the
+       original pcurses by Pavel Curtis.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/panel.3x.html b/Ada95/html/panel.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9875c217 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/panel.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ + + +
+       panel - panel stack extension for curses
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <panel.h>
+
+       cc [flags] sourcefiles -lpanel -lncurses
+
+       PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win)
+       int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan)
+       int top_panel(PANEL *pan)
+       int show_panel(PANEL *pan)
+       void update_panels();
+       int hide_panel(PANEL *pan)
+       WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan)
+       int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *window)
+       int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx)
+       int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan)
+       PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan)
+       PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan)
+       int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *ptr)
+       const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan)
+       int del_panel(PANEL *pan)
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       Panels  are  curses(3X)  windows with the added feature of
+       depth.  Panel functions allow the use of  stacked  windows
+       and  ensure  the  proper  portions  of each window and the
+       curses stdscr window are hidden or displayed  when  panels
+       are  added,  moved,  modified or removed.  The set of cur-
+       rently visible panels is the stack of panels.  The  stdscr
+       window  is  beneath all panels, and is not considered part
+       of the stack.
+
+       A window is associated with every panel.  The  panel  rou-
+       tines  enable you to create, move, hides, and show panels,
+       as well as position a panel at any desired location in the
+       stack.
+
+       Panel routines are a functional layer added to curses(3X),
+       make only high-level curses calls, and work anywhere  ter-
+       minfo curses does.
+
+
+
+

FUNCTIONS

+       new_panel(win)
+              allocates   a   PANEL structure, associates it with
+              win, places the panel  on  the  top  of  the  stack
+              (causes   it  to   be   displayed  above  any other
+              panel) and returns a pointer to the new panel.
+
+       void update_panels()
+              refreshes the virtual screen to reflect  the  rela-
+              tions between the panels in the stack, but does not
+              update_panels() may be called more than once before
+              a  call  to doupdate(), but doupdate() is the func-
+              tion responsible for updating the physical  screen.
+
+       del_panel(pan)
+              removes the given panel from the  stack and deallo-
+              cates the PANEL structure (but not  its  associated
+              window).
+
+       hide_panel(pan)
+              removes  the  given  panel from the panel stack and
+              thus hides it from view. The PANEL structure is not
+              lost, merely removed from the stack.
+
+       show_panel(pan)
+              makes  a  hidden panel visible by placing it on top
+              of the panels in the panel stack. See COMPATIBILITY
+              below.
+
+       top_panel(pan)
+              puts  the  given visible panel on top of all panels
+              in the stack.  See COMPATIBILITY below.
+
+       bottom_panel(pan)
+              puts panel at the bottom of all panels.
+
+       move_panel(pan,starty,startx)
+              moves the given panel window so that its upper-left
+              corner  is  at  starty, startx.  It does not change
+              the position of the panel in the stack.  Be sure to
+              use  this  function,  not  mvwin(), to move a panel
+              window.
+
+       replace_panel(pan,window)
+              replaces the current window of  panel  with  window
+              (useful, for example if you want to resize a panel;
+              if you're using ncurses, you can call replace_panel
+              on  the output of wresize(3x)).  It does not change
+              the position of the panel in the stack.
+
+       panel_above(pan)
+              returns a pointer to the panel above pan.   If  the
+              panel  argument is (PANEL *)0, it returns a pointer
+              to the bottom panel in the stack.
+
+       panel_below(pan)
+              returns a pointer to the panel just below pan.   If
+              the  panel  argument  is  (PANEL  *)0, it returns a
+              pointer to the top panel in the stack.
+
+       set_panel_userptr(pan,ptr)
+              sets the panel's user pointer.
+              returns the user pointer for a given panel.
+
+       panel_window(pan)
+              returns a pointer to the window of the given panel.
+
+
+
+

DIAGNOSTICS

+       Each  routine  that  returns  a pointer returns NULL if an
+       error occurs. Each  routine  that  returns  an  int  value
+       returns OK if it executes successfully and ERR if not.
+
+
+
+

COMPATIBILITY

+       Reasonable  care  has been taken to  ensure  compatibility
+       with  the  native  panel  facility  introduced  in  SVr3.2
+       (inspection of the SVr4 manual pages suggests the program-
+       ming interface is unchanged).  The PANEL  data  structures
+       are  merely   similar. The  programmer is cautioned not to
+       directly use PANEL fields.
+
+       The functions show_panel() and top_panel()  are  identical
+       in  this  implementation,  and work equally well with dis-
+       played or hidden panels.  In the native System V implemen-
+       tation, show_panel() is intended for making a hidden panel
+       visible (at the top  of  the  stack)  and  top_panel()  is
+       intended  for  making an already-visible panel move to the
+       top of the stack. You are cautioned  to  use  the  correct
+       function   to   ensure  compatibility  with  native  panel
+       libraries.
+
+
+
+

NOTE

+       In your library list, libpanel.a should  be  before  libn-
+       curses.a;  that  is,  you want to say `-lpanel -lncurses',
+       not the other way around (which  would  give  you  a  link
+       error using GNU ld(1) and some other linkers).
+
+
+
+

FILES

+       panel.h interface for the panels library
+
+       libpanel.a the panels library itself
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       curses(3X)
+
+
+
+

AUTHOR

+       Originally   written   by   Warren  Tucker  <wht@n4hgf.mt-
+       park.ga.us>, primarily to assist  in  porting  u386mon  to
+       systems  without  a native panels library.  Repackaged for
+       ncurses by Zeyd ben-Halim.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/resizeterm.3x.html b/Ada95/html/resizeterm.3x.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18401194 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/resizeterm.3x.html @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + +
+       resizeterm - change the curses terminal size
+
+
+
+

SYNOPSIS

+       #include <curses.h>
+
+       int resizeterm(int lines, int columns);
+
+
+
+

DESCRIPTION

+       This  is  an extension to the curses library.  It provides
+       callers with a hook into the ncurses data to  resize  win-
+       dows, primarily for use by programs running in an X Window
+       terminal (e.g., xterm).  The function  resizeterm  resizes
+       the  standard  and current windows to the specified dimen-
+       sions, and adjusts other  bookkeeping  data  used  by  the
+       ncurses library that record the window dimensions.
+
+       When  resizing  the  windows, the function blank-fills the
+       areas that are extended. The  calling  application  should
+       fill in these areas with appropriate data.
+
+       The function attempts to resize all windows.  However, due
+       to the calling convention of pads, it is not  possible  to
+       resize  these  without  additional  interaction  with  the
+       application.
+
+
+
+

RETURN VALUE

+       The function returns the integer ERR upon failure  and  OK
+       on success.  It will fail if either of the dimensions less
+       than or equal  to  zero,  or  if  an  error  occurs  while
+       (re)allocating memory for the windows.
+
+
+
+

NOTES

+       While  this  function  is intended to be used to support a
+       signal handler (i.e., for SIGWINCH), care should be  taken
+       to  avoid invoking it in a context where malloc or realloc
+       may have been interrupted, since it uses those  functions.
+
+
+
+

SEE ALSO

+       wresize(3x).
+
+
+
+

AUTHOR

+       Thomas Dickey (from an equivalent function written in 1988
+       for BSD curses).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + diff --git a/Ada95/html/table.html b/Ada95/html/table.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f142107e --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/table.html @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ + + + +Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions + + +

Correspondence between ncurses C and Ada functions

+

Sorted by C function name

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
C nameAda nameman page
baudrate()Baudratecurs_termattrs.3x
beep()Beepcurs_beep.3x
bottom_panel()Bottompanel.3x
box()Boxcurs_border.3x
can_change_color()Can_Change_Colorcurs_color.3x
cbreak()Set_Cbreak_Modecurs_inopts.3x
clearok()Clear_On_Next_Updatecurs_outopts.3x
color_content()Color_Contentcurs_color.3x
copywin()Copycurs_overlay.3x
current_field()Currentform_page.3x
current_item()Currentmitem_current.3x
curs_set()Set_Cursor_Visibilitycurs_kernel.3x
data_ahead()Data_Aheadform_data.3x
data_behind()Data_Behindform_data.3x
def_prog_mode()Save_Curses_Modecurs_kernel.3x
del_panel()Deletepanel.3x
delay_output()Delay_Outputcurs_util.3x
delwin()Deletecurs_window.3x
derwin()Derived_Windowcurs_window.3x
doupdate()Update_Screencurs_refresh.3x
dup_field()Duplicateform_field_new.3x
dupwin()Duplicatecurs_window.3x
dynamic_field_info()Dynamic_Infoform_field_info.3x
echo()Set_Echo_Modecurs_inopts.3x
endwin()End_Windowscurs_initscr.3x
erasechar()Erase_Charactercurs_termattrs.3x
field_back()Backgroundform_field_attributes.3x
field_back()Backgroundform_field_attributes.3x
field_buffer()Get_Bufferform_field_buffer.3x
field_count()Field_Countform_field.3x
field_fore()Foregroundform_field_attributes.3x
field_fore()Foregroundform_field_attributes.3x
field_index()Get_Indexform_page.3x
field_info()Infoform_field_info.3x
field_init()Get_Field_Init_Hookform_hook.3x
field_just()Get_Justificationform_field_just.3x
field_opts()Get_Optionsform_field_opts.3x
field_opts()Get_Optionsform_field_opts.3x
field_opts_on()Switch_Optionsform_field_opts.3x
field_pad()Pad_Characterform_field_attributes.3x
field_status()Changedform_field_buffer.3x
field_term()Get_Field_Term_Hookform_hook.3x
field_type()Get_Typeform_field_validation.3x
field_userptrGet_User_Dataform_field_userptr.3x
flash()Flash_Screencurs_beep.3x
flushinp()Flush_Inputcurs_util.3x
form_driver()Driverform_driver.3x
form_fields()Fieldsform_field.3x
form_init()Get_Form_Init_Hookform_hook.3x
form_opts()Get_Optionsform_opts.3x
form_opts()Get_Optionsform_opts.3x
form_opts_on()Switch_Optionsform_opts.3x
form_page()Pageform_page.3x
form_sub()Get_Sub_Windowform_win.3x
form_term()Get_Form_Term_Hookform_hook.3x
form_userptrGet_User_Dataform_userptr.3x
form_win()Get_Windowform_win.3x
free_field()Deleteform_field_new.3x
free_form()Deleteform_new.3x
free_item()Deletemitem_new.3x
free_menu()Deletemenu_new.3x
getbegyx()Get_Window_Positioncurs_getyx.3x
getmaxyx()Get_Sizecurs_getyx.3x
getmouse()Get_Mousecurs_mouse.3x
getparyx()Get_Origin_Relative_To_Parentcurs_getyx.3x
getyx()Get_Cursor_Positioncurs_getyx.3x
halfdelay()Half_Delaycurs_inopts.3x
has_colors()Has_Colorscurs_color.3x
has_ic()Has_Insert_Charactercurs_termattrs.3x
has_il()Has_Insert_Linecurs_termattrs.3x
has_key()Has_Keycurs_getch.3x
hide_panel()Hidepanel.3x
idcok()Use_Insert_Delete_Charactercurs_outopts.3x
idlok()Use_Insert_Delete_Linecurs_outopts.3x
immedok()Immediate_Update_Modecurs_outopts.3x
init_color()Init_Colorcurs_color.3x
init_pair()Init_Paircurs_color.3x
initscr()Init_Screencurs_initscr.3x
initscr()Init_Windowscurs_initscr.3x
intrflush()Set_Flush_On_Interrupt_Modecurs_inopts.3x
is_linetouched()Is_Touchedcurs_touch.3x
is_wintouched()Is_Touchedcurs_touch.3x
isendwin()Is_End_Windowcurs_initscr.3x
item_count()Item_Countmenu_items.3x
item_description();Descriptionmitem_name.3x
item_index()Get_Indexmitem_current.3x
item_init()Get_Item_Init_Hookmenu_hook.3x
item_name()Namemitem_name.3x
item_opts()Get_Optionsmitem_opts.3x
item_opts()Get_Optionsmitem_opts.3x
item_opts_on()Switch_Optionsmitem_opts.3x
item_term()Get_Item_Term_Hookmenu_hook.3x
item_userptrGet_User_Datamitem_userptr.3x
item_value()Valuemitem_value.3x
item_visible()Visiblemitem_visible.3x
keyname()Key_Namecurs_util.3x
keypad()Set_KeyPad_Modecurs_inopts.3x
killchar()Kill_Charactercurs_termattrs.3x
leaveok()Leave_Cursor_After_Updatecurs_outopts.3x
link_field()Linkform_field_new.3x
longname()Long_Namecurs_termattrs.3x
menu_back()Backgroundmenu_attribs.3x
menu_back()Backgroundmenu_attribs.3x
menu_driver()Drivermenu_new.3x
menu_fore()Foregroundmenu_attribs.3x
menu_fore()Foregroundmenu_attribs.3x
menu_format()Formatmenu_format.3x
menu_grey()Greymenu_attribs.3x
menu_grey()Greymenu_attribs.3x
menu_init()Get_Menu_Init_Hookmenu_hook.3x
menu_items()Itemsmenu_items.3x
menu_mark()Markmenu_mark.3x
menu_opts()Get_Optionsmenu_opts.3x
menu_opts()Get_Optionsmenu_opts.3x
menu_opts_on()Switch_Optionsmenu_opts.3x
menu_pad()Pad_Charactermenu_attribs.3x
menu_pattern()Patternmenu_pattern.3x
menu_spacing()Spacingmenu_spacing.3x
menu_sub()Get_Sub_Windowmenu_win.3x
menu_term()Get_Menu_Term_Hookmenu_hook.3x
menu_userptrGet_User_Datamenu_userptr.3x
menu_win()Get_Windowmenu_win.3x
meta()Set_Meta_Modecurs_inopts.3x
mouseinterval()Mouse_Intervalcurs_mouse.3x
mousemask()Start_Mousecurs_mouse.3x
move_field()Moveform_field.3x
move_panel()Movepanel.3x
mvderwin()Move_Derived_Windowcurs_window.3x
mvwaddch()Addcurs_addch.3x
mvwaddchnstr()Addcurs_addchstr.3x
mvwaddnstr()Addcurs_addstr.3x
mvwchgat()Change_Attributescurs_attr.3x
mvwdelch()Delete_Charactercurs_delch.3x
mvwin()Move_Windowcurs_window.3x
mvwinch()Peekcurs_inch.3x
mvwinchnstr()Peekcurs_inchstr.3x
mvwinnstr()Peekcurs_instr.3x
mvwinsch()Insertcurs_winch.3x
mvwinsnstr()Insertcurs_winch.3x
napms()Nap_Milli_Secondscurs_kernel.3x
new_field()Createform_field_new.3x
new_field()New_Fieldform_field_new.3x
new_form()Createform_new.3x
new_form()New_Formform_new.3x
new_item()Createmitem_new.3x
new_item()New_Itemmitem_new.3x
new_menu()Createmenu_new.3x
new_page()Is_New_Pageform_new_page.3x
new_panel()Createpanel.3x
new_panel()New_Panelpanel.3x
newpad()New_Padcurs_pad.3x
newwin()Createcurs_window.3x
nl()Set_NL_Modecurs_outopts.3x
nodelay()Set_NoDelay_Modecurs_inopts.3x
notimeout()Set_Escape_Time_Modecurs_inopts.3x
overlay()Overlaycurs_overlay.3x
overwrite()Overwritecurs_overlay.3x
pair_content()Pair_Contentcurs_color.3x
panel_above()Abovepanel.3x
panel_below()Belowpanel.3x
panel_hidden()Is_Hiddenpanel.3x
panel_userptrGet_User_Datapanel.3x
panel_window()Get_Windowpanel.3x
panel_window()Panel_Windowpanel.3x
pechochar()Add_Character_To_Pad_And_Echo_Itcurs_pad.3x
pnoutrefresh()Refresh_Without_Updatecurs_pad.3x
pos_form_cursor()Position_Cursorform_cursor.3x
pos_menu_cursor()Position_Cursormenu_cursor.3x
post_form()Postform_post.3x
post_menu()Postmenu_post.3x
prefresh()Refreshcurs_pad.3x
qiflush()Set_Queue_Interrupt_Modecurs_inopts.3x
raw()Set_Raw_Modecurs_inopts.3x
redrawwin()Redrawcurs_refresh.3x
replace_panel()Replacepanel.3x
reset_prog_mode()Reset_Curses_Modecurs_kernel.3x
resetty();Reset_Terminal_Statecurs_kernel.3x
ripoffline()Rip_Off_Linescurs_kernel.3x
savetty()Save_Terminal_Statecurs_kernel.3x
scale_form()Scaleform_win.3x
scale_menu()Scalemenu_win.3x
scrollok()Allow_Scrollingcurs_outopts.3x
set_current_field()Set_Currentform_page.3x
set_current_item()Set_Currentmitem_current.3x
set_field_back()Set_Backgroundform_field_attributes.3x
set_field_buffer()Set_Bufferform_field_buffer.3x
set_field_fore()Set_Foregroundform_field_attributes.3x
set_field_init()Set_Field_Init_Hookform_hook.3x
set_field_just()Set_Justificationform_field_just.3x
set_field_max()Set_Maximum_Sizeform_field_buffer.3x
set_field_opts()Set_Optionsform_field_opts.3x
set_field_pad()Set_Pad_Characterform_field_attributes.3x
set_field_status()Set_Statusform_field_buffer.3x
set_field_term()Set_Field_Term_Hookform_hook.3x
set_field_type()Set_Typeform_fieldtype.3x
set_field_userptrSet_User_Dataform_field_userptr.3x
set_form_fields()Redefineform_field.3x
set_form_fields()Set_Fieldsform_field.3x
set_form_init()Set_Form_Init_Hookform_hook.3x
set_form_opts()Set_Optionsform_opts.3x
set_form_page()Set_Pageform_page.3x
set_form_sub()Set_Sub_Windowform_win.3x
set_form_term()Set_Form_Term_Hookform_hook.3x
set_form_userptrSet_User_Dataform_userptr.3x
set_form_win()Set_Windowform_win.3x
set_item_init()Set_Item_Init_Hookmenu_hook.3x
set_item_opts()Set_Optionsmitem_opts.3x
set_item_term()Set_Item_Term_Hookmenu_hook.3x
set_item_userptrSet_User_Datamitem_userptr.3x
set_item_value()Set_Valuemitem_value.3x
set_menu_back()Set_Backgroundmenu_attribs.3x
set_menu_fore()Set_Foregroundmenu_attribs.3x
set_menu_format()Set_Formatmenu_format.3x
set_menu_grey()Set_Greymenu_attribs.3x
set_menu_init()Set_Menu_Init_Hookmenu_hook.3x
set_menu_items()Redefinemenu_items.3x
set_menu_mark()Set_Markmenu_mark.3x
set_menu_opts()Set_Optionsmenu_opts.3x
set_menu_pad()Set_Pad_Charactermenu_attribs.3x
set_menu_pattern()Set_Patternmenu_pattern.3x
set_menu_spacing()Set_Spacingmenu_spacing.3x
set_menu_sub()Set_Sub_Windowmenu_win.3x
set_menu_term()Set_Menu_Term_Hookmenu_hook.3x
set_menu_userptrSet_User_Datamenu_userptr.3x
set_menu_win()Set_Windowmenu_win.3x
set_new_page()Set_New_Pageform_new_page.3x
set_panel_userptrSet_User_Datapanel.3x
set_top_row()Set_Top_Rowmitem_current.3x
show_panel()Showpanel.3x
slk_attr()Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributescurs_slk.3x
slk_attr()Get_Soft_Label_Key_Attributescurs_slk.3x
slk_attron()Switch_Soft_Label_Key_Attributescurs_slk.3x
slk_attrset()Set_Soft_Label_Key_Attributescurs_slk.3x
slk_clear()Clear_Soft_Label_Keyscurs_slk.3x
slk_init()Init_Soft_Label_Keyscurs_slk.3x
slk_label()Get_Soft_Label_Keycurs_slk.3x
slk_noutrefresh()Refresh_Soft_Label_Keys_Without_Updatecurs_slk.3x
slk_refresh()Refresh_Soft_Label_Keycurs_slk.3x
slk_restore()Restore_Soft_Label_Keyscurs_slk.3x
slk_set()Set_Soft_Label_Keycurs_slk.3x
slk_touch()Touch_Soft_Label_Keyscurs_slk.3x
start_clolor()Start_Colorcurs_color.3x
stdscrStandard_Windowcurs_initscr.3x
subpad()Sub_Padcurs_pad.3x
subwin()Sub_Windowcurs_window.3x
syncok()Set_Synch_Modecurs_window.3x
termattrs()Supported_Attributescurs_termattrs.3x
termname()Terminal_Namecurs_termattrs.3x
top_panel()Toppanel.3x
top_row()Top_Rowmitem_current.3x
touchline()Touchcurs_touch.3x
touchwin()Touchcurs_touch.3x
unctrl()Un_Controlcurs_util.3x
ungetch()Undo_Keystrokecurs_getch.3x
ungetmouse()Unget_Mousecurs_mouse.3x
untouchwin()Untouchcurs_touch.3x
update_panels()Update_Panelspanel.3x
waddch()Addcurs_addch.3x
waddchnstr()Addcurs_addchstr.3x
waddnstr()Addcurs_addstr.3x
wattr_get()Get_Character_Attributecurs_attr.3x
wattr_get()Get_Character_Attributecurs_attr.3x
wattron()Switch_Character_Attributecurs_attr.3x
wattrset()Set_Character_Attributescurs_attr.3x
wbkgd()Change_Backgroundcurs_bkgd.3x
wbkgdget()Get_Backgroundcurs_bkgd.3x
wbkgdset()Set_Backgroundcurs_bkgd.3x
wborder()Bordercurs_border.3x
wchgat()Change_Attributescurs_attr.3x
wclear()Clearcurs_clear.3x
wclrtobot()Clear_To_End_Of_Screencurs_clear.3x
wclrtoeol()Clear_To_End_Of_Linecurs_clear.3x
wdelch()Delete_Charactercurs_delch.3x
wdeleteln()Delete_Linecurs_deleteln.3x
wechochar()Add_With_Immediate_Echocurs_addch.3x
wenclose()Enclosed_In_Windowcurs_mouse.3x
werase()Erasecurs_clear.3x
wgetch()Get_Keystrokecurs_getch.3x
wgetnstr()Getcurs_getstr.3x
whline()Horizontal_Linecurs_border.3x
winch()Peekcurs_inch.3x
winchnstr()Peekcurs_inchstr.3x
winnstr()Peekcurs_instr.3x
winsch()Insertcurs_winch.3x
winsdelln()Insert_Delete_Linescurs_deleteln.3x
winsertln()Insert_Linecurs_deleteln.3x
winsnstr()Insertcurs_winch.3x
wmove()Move_Cursorcurs_move.3x
wnoutrefresh()Refresh_Without_Updatecurs_refresh.3x
wredrawln()Redrawcurs_refresh.3x
wrefresh()Refreshcurs_refresh.3x
wscrl()Scrollcurs_scroll.3x
wsetscrreg()Set_Scroll_Regioncurs_outopts.3x
wsyncdown()Synchronize_Downwardscurs_window.3x
wsyncup()Synchronize_Upwardscurs_window.3x
wtimeout()Set_Timeout_Modecurs_inopts.3x
wtouchln()Change_Line_Statuscurs_touch.3x
wvline()Vertical_Linecurs_border.3x
diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b696e9a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-choice_field_types_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ + + + + + +
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--              Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types          --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.6 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  You must instantiate this package for any user defined field type
+--  to make it visible to the runtime.
+--
+generic
+   type User is new Ada_Defined_Field_Type with private;
+   type User_Access is access User;
+   with function Field_Check (Fld  : Field;
+                              Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+   with function Character_Check (Ch   : Character;
+                                  Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+   with function Next_Choice (Fld  : Field;
+                              Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+   with function Prev_Choice (Fld  : Field;
+                              Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types is
+--
+--  Nothing public.
+--  But we need the body.
+    pragma Elaborate_Body;
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Choice_Field_Types;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28c6fa6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_types_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + + +

+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                 Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types              --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.3 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+with Ada.Finalization; use Ada.Finalization;
+
+--  You must instantiate this package for any user defined field type
+--  to make it visible to the runtime.
+--
+generic
+   type User is new Ada_Defined_Field_Type with private;
+   type User_Access is access User;
+   with function Field_Check (Fld  : Field;
+                              Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+   with function Character_Check (Ch   : Character;
+                                  Info : User_Access) return Boolean;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types is
+--
+--  Nothing public. All happens magically.
+--
+private
+   type Tracker is new Limited_Controlled with null record;
+
+   procedure Initialize (Obj : in out Tracker);
+   procedure Finalize   (Obj : in out Tracker);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_Types;
+
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ad321cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-field_user_data_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data            --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.3 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+   type User is limited private;
+   type User_Access is access User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data is
+
+   --  The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own
+   --  internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer
+   --  with the low level C routines for this field without taking care of
+   --  this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines
+   --  the user pointer of this field, you should get first the low level
+   --  user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first
+   --  member the Ada95 user pointer for this field. You should never change
+   --  the low level user pointer of an Ada created field.
+   --
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_userptr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_User_Data (Fld  : in Field;
+                            Data : in User_Access);
+   --  AKA: set_field_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_User_Data (Fld  : in  Field;
+                            Data : out User_Access);
+   --  AKA: field_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Field_User_Data;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..be754bed --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms-form_user_data_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data            --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.3 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+   type User is limited private;
+   type User_Access is access User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data is
+
+   --  The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own
+   --  internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer
+   --  with the low level C routines for this form without taking care of
+   --  this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines
+   --  the user pointer of this form, you should get first the low level
+   --  user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first
+   --  member the Ada95 user pointer for this form. You should never change
+   --  the low level user pointer of an Ada created form.
+   --
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_userptr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_User_Data (Frm  : in Form;
+                            Data : in User_Access);
+   --  AKA: set_form_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_User_Data (Frm  : in  Form;
+                            Data : out User_Access);
+   --  AKA: form_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms.Form_User_Data;
+
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..add98be2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-forms_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,920 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Form                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.9 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  form binding, generated at Sun Feb  2 17:21:44 1997
+--  This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!
+--  Run the generator instead.
+--  |
+with System;
+with Ada.Tags; use Ada.Tags;
+with Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+with Interfaces.C;
+with Interfaces.C.Strings;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms is
+
+   pragma Linker_Options ("-lform");
+
+
+   Space : Character renames Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space;
+
+   type Field        is private;
+   type Form         is private;
+   type C_Field_Type is private;
+
+   Null_Field        : constant Field;
+   Null_Form         : constant Form;
+   Null_Field_Type   : constant C_Field_Type;
+
+
+   type Field_Justification is (None,
+                                Left,
+                                Center,
+                                Right);
+
+   type Field_Option_Set is
+      record
+         Visible   : Boolean;
+         Active    : Boolean;
+         Public    : Boolean;
+         Edit      : Boolean;
+         Wrap      : Boolean;
+         Blank     : Boolean;
+         Auto_Skip : Boolean;
+         Null_Ok   : Boolean;
+         Pass_Ok   : Boolean;
+         Static    : Boolean;
+         Reserved  : Boolean;
+      end record;
+   pragma Pack (Field_Option_Set);
+   pragma Convention (C, Field_Option_Set);
+
+   for Field_Option_Set use
+      record
+         Visible   at 0 range  0 ..  0;
+         Active    at 0 range  1 ..  1;
+         Public    at 0 range  2 ..  2;
+         Edit      at 0 range  3 ..  3;
+         Wrap      at 0 range  4 ..  4;
+         Blank     at 0 range  5 ..  5;
+         Auto_Skip at 0 range  6 ..  6;
+         Null_Ok   at 0 range  7 ..  7;
+         Pass_Ok   at 0 range  8 ..  8;
+         Static    at 0 range  9 ..  9;
+         Reserved  at 0 range 31 .. 31;
+      end record;
+   for Field_Option_Set'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
+   --               different on your system.
+
+   Default_Field_Options : Field_Option_Set;
+   --  The initial defaults for the field options.
+
+   type Form_Option_Set is
+      record
+         NL_Overload : Boolean;
+         BS_Overload : Boolean;
+         Reserved    : Boolean;
+      end record;
+   pragma Pack (Form_Option_Set);
+   pragma Convention (C, Form_Option_Set);
+
+   for Form_Option_Set use
+      record
+         NL_Overload at 0 range  0 ..  0;
+         BS_Overload at 0 range  1 ..  1;
+         Reserved    at 0 range 31 .. 31;
+      end record;
+   for Form_Option_Set'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
+   --               different on your system.
+
+   Default_Form_Options : Form_Option_Set;
+   --  The initial defaults for the form options.
+
+   type Buffer_Number is new Natural;
+
+   type Field_Array is array (Positive range <>) of aliased Field;
+   pragma Convention (C, Field_Array);
+
+   type Field_Array_Access is access all Field_Array;
+
+   subtype Form_Request_Code is Key_Code range (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 57);
+
+   --  The prefix F_ stands for "Form Request"
+   F_Next_Page                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1;
+   F_Previous_Page            : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2;
+   F_First_Page               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3;
+   F_Last_Page                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4;
+
+   F_Next_Field               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5;
+   F_Previous_Field           : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6;
+   F_First_Field              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7;
+   F_Last_Field               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8;
+   F_Sorted_Next_Field        : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9;
+   F_Sorted_Previous_Field    : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10;
+   F_Sorted_First_Field       : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11;
+   F_Sorted_Last_Field        : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12;
+   F_Left_Field               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13;
+   F_Right_Field              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14;
+   F_Up_Field                 : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15;
+   F_Down_Field               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16;
+
+   F_Next_Char                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17;
+   F_Previous_Char            : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 18;
+   F_Next_Line                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 19;
+   F_Previous_Line            : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 20;
+   F_Next_Word                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 21;
+   F_Previous_Word            : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 22;
+   F_Begin_Field              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 23;
+   F_End_Field                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 24;
+   F_Begin_Line               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 25;
+   F_End_Line                 : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 26;
+   F_Left_Char                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 27;
+   F_Right_Char               : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 28;
+   F_Up_Char                  : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 29;
+   F_Down_Char                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 30;
+
+   F_New_Line                 : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 31;
+   F_Insert_Char              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 32;
+   F_Insert_Line              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 33;
+   F_Delete_Char              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 34;
+   F_Delete_Previous          : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 35;
+   F_Delete_Line              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 36;
+   F_Delete_Word              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 37;
+   F_Clear_EOL                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 38;
+   F_Clear_EOF                : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 39;
+   F_Clear_Field              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 40;
+   F_Overlay_Mode             : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 41;
+   F_Insert_Mode              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 42;
+
+   --  Vertical Scrolling
+   F_ScrollForward_Line       : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 43;
+   F_ScrollBackward_Line      : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 44;
+   F_ScrollForward_Page       : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 45;
+   F_ScrollBackward_Page      : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 46;
+   F_ScrollForward_HalfPage   : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 47;
+   F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage  : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 48;
+
+   --  Horizontal Scrolling
+   F_HScrollForward_Char      : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 49;
+   F_HScrollBackward_Char     : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 50;
+   F_HScrollForward_Line      : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 51;
+   F_HScrollBackward_Line     : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 52;
+   F_HScrollForward_HalfLine  : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 53;
+   F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 54;
+
+   F_Validate_Field           : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 55;
+   F_Next_Choice              : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 56;
+   F_Previous_Choice          : constant Form_Request_Code := Key_Max + 57;
+
+   --  For those who like the old 'C' style request names
+   REQ_NEXT_PAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Page;
+   REQ_PREV_PAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Page;
+   REQ_FIRST_PAGE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_First_Page;
+   REQ_LAST_PAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Last_Page;
+
+   REQ_NEXT_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Field;
+   REQ_PREV_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Field;
+   REQ_FIRST_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_First_Field;
+   REQ_LAST_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Last_Field;
+   REQ_SNEXT_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Next_Field;
+   REQ_SPREV_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Previous_Field;
+   REQ_SFIRST_FIELD : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_First_Field;
+   REQ_SLAST_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Sorted_Last_Field;
+   REQ_LEFT_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Left_Field;
+   REQ_RIGHT_FIELD  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Right_Field;
+   REQ_UP_FIELD     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Up_Field;
+   REQ_DOWN_FIELD   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Down_Field;
+
+   REQ_NEXT_CHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Char;
+   REQ_PREV_CHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Char;
+   REQ_NEXT_LINE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Line;
+   REQ_PREV_LINE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Line;
+   REQ_NEXT_WORD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Word;
+   REQ_PREV_WORD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Word;
+   REQ_BEG_FIELD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Begin_Field;
+   REQ_END_FIELD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_End_Field;
+   REQ_BEG_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Begin_Line;
+   REQ_END_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_End_Line;
+   REQ_LEFT_CHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Left_Char;
+   REQ_RIGHT_CHAR   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Right_Char;
+   REQ_UP_CHAR      : Form_Request_Code renames F_Up_Char;
+   REQ_DOWN_CHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Down_Char;
+
+   REQ_NEW_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_New_Line;
+   REQ_INS_CHAR     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Char;
+   REQ_INS_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Line;
+   REQ_DEL_CHAR     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Char;
+   REQ_DEL_PREV     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Previous;
+   REQ_DEL_LINE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Line;
+   REQ_DEL_WORD     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Delete_Word;
+   REQ_CLR_EOL      : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_EOL;
+   REQ_CLR_EOF      : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_EOF;
+   REQ_CLR_FIELD    : Form_Request_Code renames F_Clear_Field;
+   REQ_OVL_MODE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Overlay_Mode;
+   REQ_INS_MODE     : Form_Request_Code renames F_Insert_Mode;
+
+   REQ_SCR_FLINE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_Line;
+   REQ_SCR_BLINE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_Line;
+   REQ_SCR_FPAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_Page;
+   REQ_SCR_BPAGE    : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_Page;
+   REQ_SCR_FHPAGE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollForward_HalfPage;
+   REQ_SCR_BHPAGE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_ScrollBackward_HalfPage;
+
+   REQ_SCR_FCHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_Char;
+   REQ_SCR_BCHAR    : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_Char;
+   REQ_SCR_HFLINE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_Line;
+   REQ_SCR_HBLINE   : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_Line;
+   REQ_SCR_HFHALF   : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollForward_HalfLine;
+   REQ_SCR_HBHALF   : Form_Request_Code renames F_HScrollBackward_HalfLine;
+
+   REQ_VALIDATION   : Form_Request_Code renames F_Validate_Field;
+   REQ_NEXT_CHOICE  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Next_Choice;
+   REQ_PREV_CHOICE  : Form_Request_Code renames F_Previous_Choice;
+
+
+   procedure Request_Name (Key  : in Form_Request_Code;
+                           Name : out String);
+
+   ------------------
+   --  Exceptions  --
+   ------------------
+   Form_Exception : exception;
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_new.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Create (Height       : Line_Count;
+                    Width        : Column_Count;
+                    Top          : Line_Position;
+                    Left         : Column_Position;
+                    Off_Screen   : Natural := 0;
+                    More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First)
+                    return Field;
+   --  AKA: new_field()
+
+   --  |
+   function New_Field (Height       : Line_Count;
+                       Width        : Column_Count;
+                       Top          : Line_Position;
+                       Left         : Column_Position;
+                       Off_Screen   : Natural := 0;
+                       More_Buffers : Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First)
+                       return Field renames Create;
+   --  AKA: new_field()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Delete (Fld : in out Field);
+   --  AKA: free_field()
+   --  Reset Fld to Null_Field
+
+   --  |
+   function Duplicate (Fld  : Field;
+                       Top  : Line_Position;
+                       Left : Column_Position) return Field;
+   --  AKA: dup_field()
+
+   --  |
+   function Link (Fld  : Field;
+                  Top  : Line_Position;
+                  Left : Column_Position) return Field;
+   --  AKA: link_field()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_just.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Justification (Fld  : in Field;
+                                Just : in Field_Justification := None);
+   --  AKA: set_field_just()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Justification (Fld : Field) return Field_Justification;
+   --  AKA: field_just()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_buffer.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Buffer
+     (Fld    : in Field;
+      Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
+      Str    : in String);
+   --  AKA: set_field_buffer()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Buffer
+     (Fld    : in Field;
+      Buffer : in Buffer_Number := Buffer_Number'First;
+      Str    : out String);
+   --  AKA: field_buffer()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Status (Fld    : in Field;
+                         Status : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: set_field_status()
+
+   --  |
+   function Changed (Fld : Field) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: field_status()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Maximum_Size (Fld : in Field;
+                               Max : in Natural := 0);
+   --  AKA: set_field_max()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_opts.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Options (Fld     : in Field;
+                          Options : in Field_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: set_field_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Switch_Options (Fld     : in Field;
+                             Options : in Field_Option_Set;
+                             On      : Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: field_opts_on()
+   --  AKA: field_opts_off()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Options (Fld     : in  Field;
+                          Options : out Field_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: field_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Options (Fld : Field := Null_Field)
+                         return Field_Option_Set;
+   --  AKA: field_opts()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_attributes.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Foreground
+     (Fld   : in Field;
+      Fore  : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+      Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+   --  AKA: set_field_fore()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Foreground (Fld  : in  Field;
+                         Fore : out Character_Attribute_Set);
+   --  AKA: field_fore()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Foreground (Fld   : in  Field;
+                         Fore  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+                         Color : out Color_Pair);
+   --  AKA: field_fore()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Background
+     (Fld   : in Field;
+      Back  : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+      Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+   --  AKA: set_field_back()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Background (Fld  : in  Field;
+                         Back : out Character_Attribute_Set);
+   --  AKA: field_back()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Background (Fld   : in  Field;
+                         Back  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+                         Color : out Color_Pair);
+   --  AKA: field_back()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Pad_Character (Fld : in Field;
+                                Pad : in Character := Space);
+   --  AKA: set_field_pad()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Pad_Character (Fld : in  Field;
+                            Pad : out Character);
+   --  AKA: field_pad()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_info.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Info (Fld                : in  Field;
+                   Lines              : out Line_Count;
+                   Columns            : out Column_Count;
+                   First_Row          : out Line_Position;
+                   First_Column       : out Column_Position;
+                   Off_Screen         : out Natural;
+                   Additional_Buffers : out Buffer_Number);
+   --  AKA: field_info()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Dynamic_Info (Fld     : in Field;
+                           Lines   : out Line_Count;
+                           Columns : out Column_Count;
+                           Max     : out Natural);
+   --  AKA: dynamic_field_info()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_win.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Window (Frm : in Form;
+                         Win : in Window);
+   --  AKA: set_form_win()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Window (Frm : Form) return Window;
+   --  AKA: form_win()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Sub_Window (Frm : in Form;
+                             Win : in Window);
+   --  AKA: set_form_sub()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Sub_Window (Frm : Form) return Window;
+   --  AKA: form_sub()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Scale (Frm     : in Form;
+                    Lines   : out Line_Count;
+                    Columns : out Column_Count);
+   --  AKA: scale_form()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_hook.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   type Form_Hook_Function is access procedure (Frm : in Form);
+   pragma Convention (C, Form_Hook_Function);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Field_Init_Hook (Frm  : in Form;
+                                  Proc : in Form_Hook_Function);
+   --  AKA: set_field_init()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Field_Term_Hook (Frm  : in Form;
+                                  Proc : in Form_Hook_Function);
+   --  AKA: set_field_term()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Form_Init_Hook (Frm  : in Form;
+                                 Proc : in Form_Hook_Function);
+   --  AKA: set_form_init()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Form_Term_Hook (Frm  : in Form;
+                                 Proc : in Form_Hook_Function);
+   --  AKA: set_form_term()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Field_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
+   --  AKA: field_init()
+   pragma Import (C, Get_Field_Init_Hook, "field_init");
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Field_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
+   --  AKA: field_term()
+   pragma Import (C, Get_Field_Term_Hook, "field_term");
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Form_Init_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
+   --  AKA: form_init()
+   pragma Import (C, Get_Form_Init_Hook, "form_init");
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Form_Term_Hook (Frm : Form) return Form_Hook_Function;
+   --  AKA: form_term()
+   pragma Import (C, Get_Form_Term_Hook, "form_term");
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Redefine (Frm  : in Form;
+                       Flds : in Field_Array);
+   --  AKA: set_form_fields()
+   --  With a bit more comfort. You don´t need to terminate the Field_Array
+   --  with a null entry. This is handled internally in the binding.
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Fields (Frm  : in Form;
+                         Flds : in Field_Array) renames Redefine;
+   --  AKA: set_form_fields()
+
+   --  |
+   function Fields (Frm : Form) return Field_Array_Access;
+   --  AKA: form_fields()
+
+   --  |
+   function Field_Count (Frm : Form) return Natural;
+   --  AKA: field_count()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Move (Fld    : in Field;
+                   Line   : in Line_Position;
+                   Column : in Column_Position);
+   --  AKA: move_field()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_new.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Create (Fields : Field_Array) return Form;
+   --  AKA: new_form()
+
+   --  |
+   function New_Form (Fields : Field_Array) return Form renames Create;
+   --  AKA: new_form()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Delete (Frm : in out Form);
+   --  AKA: free_form()
+   --  Reset Frm to Null_Form
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_opts.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Options (Frm     : in Form;
+                          Options : in Form_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: set_form_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Switch_Options (Frm     : in Form;
+                             Options : in Form_Option_Set;
+                             On      : Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: form_opts_on()
+   --  AKA: form_opts_off()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Options (Frm     : in  Form;
+                          Options : out Form_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: form_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Options (Frm : Form := Null_Form) return Form_Option_Set;
+   --  AKA: form_opts()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_post.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Post (Frm  : in Form;
+                   Post : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: post_form()
+   --  AKA: unpost_form()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_cursor.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Position_Cursor (Frm : Form);
+   --  AKA: pos_form_cursor()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_data.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Data_Ahead (Frm : Form) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: data_ahead()
+
+   --  |
+   function Data_Behind (Frm : Form) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: data_behind()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_driver.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   type Driver_Result is (Form_Ok,
+                          Request_Denied,
+                          Unknown_Request,
+                          Invalid_Field);
+
+   --  |
+   function Driver (Frm : Form;
+                    Key : Key_Code) return Driver_Result;
+   --  AKA: form_driver()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_page.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   type Page_Number is new Natural;
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Current (Frm : in Form;
+                          Fld : in Field);
+   --  AKA: set_current_field()
+
+   --  |
+   function Current (Frm : in Form) return Field;
+   --  AKA: current_field()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Page (Frm  : in Form;
+                       Page : in Page_Number := Page_Number'First);
+   --  AKA: set_form_page()
+
+   --  |
+   function Page (Frm : Form) return Page_Number;
+   --  AKA: form_page()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Index (Fld : Field) return Positive;
+   --  AKA: field_index()
+   --  Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of fields
+   --  with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low
+   --  level call.
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_new_page.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_New_Page (Fld      : in Field;
+                           New_Page : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: set_new_page()
+
+   --  |
+   function Is_New_Page (Fld : Field) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: new_page()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_fieldtype.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   type Field_Type is abstract tagged null record;
+   type Field_Type_Access is access all Field_Type'Class;
+
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Field_Type)
+                         return C_Field_Type is abstract;
+   --  This function returns the C libraries handle to the field type.
+   --  May be you need this if you want to interface to lower level
+   --  routines in the form library.
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Field_Type) is abstract;
+   --  AKA: set_field_type()
+   --  But: we hide the vararg mechanism of the C interface. You always
+   --       have to pass a single Field_Type parameter.
+
+   type C_Defined_Field_Type is abstract new Field_Type with null record;
+   --  This is the root of all field typed defined in C, i.e. this are
+   --  the predefined field types in the form library.
+
+   type Alpha_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type
+      with record
+         Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0;
+      end record;
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Alpha_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   type Alpha_Numeric_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+      record
+         Minimum_Field_Width : Natural := 0;
+      end record;
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Alpha_Numeric_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Alpha_Numeric_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   type Integer_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+      record
+         Precision   : Natural;
+         Lower_Limit : Integer;
+         Upper_Limit : Integer;
+      end record;
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Integer_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Integer_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   type Numeric_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+      record
+         Precision   : Natural;
+         Lower_Limit : Float;
+         Upper_Limit : Float;
+      end record;
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Numeric_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Numeric_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   type String_Access is access String;
+
+   type Regular_Expression_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+      record
+         Regular_Expression : String_Access;
+      end record;
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Regular_Expression_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Regular_Expression_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   type Enum_Array is array (Positive range <>)
+      of String_Access;
+
+   type Enumeration_Info (C : Positive) is
+      record
+         Names                : Enum_Array (1 .. C);
+         Case_Sensitive       : Boolean := False;
+         Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False;
+      end record;
+
+   type Enumeration_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with private;
+
+   function Create (Info : Enumeration_Info;
+                    Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False)
+                    return Enumeration_Field;
+   --  Make an fieldtype from the info. Enumerations are special, because
+   --  they normally don't copy the enum values into a private store, so
+   --  we have to care for the lifetime of the info we provide.
+   --  The Auto_Release_Names flag may be used to automatically releases
+   --  the strings in the Names array of the Enumeration_Info.
+
+   function Make_Enumeration_Type (Info : Enumeration_Info;
+                                   Auto_Release_Names : Boolean := False)
+                                   return Enumeration_Field renames Create;
+
+   procedure Release (Enum : in out Enumeration_Field);
+   --  But we may want to release the field to release the memory allocated
+   --  by it internally. After that the Enumeration field is no longer usable.
+
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Enumeration_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Enumeration_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   --  The next type defintions are all ncurses extensions. They are typically
+   --  not available in other curses implementations.
+
+   type Internet_V4_Address_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type
+     with null record;
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : in Field;
+                       Fld_Type : in Internet_V4_Address_Field);
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Internet_V4_Address_Field)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+
+   type Ada_Defined_Field_Type is abstract new Field_Type with null record;
+   --  This is the root of the mechanism we use to create field types in
+   --  Ada95. You don't have to redefine the Set_Field_Type and
+   --  Native_Field_Type methods, because they work generically on this
+   --  class.
+
+   procedure Set_Type (Fld      : Field;
+                       Fld_Type : Ada_Defined_Field_Type);
+
+   function Native_Type (Ftype : Ada_Defined_Field_Type)
+                         return C_Field_Type;
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page form_field_validation.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Type (Fld : in Field) return Field_Type_Access;
+   --  AKA: field_type()
+   --  AKA: field_arg()
+   --  In Ada95 we can combine these
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+private
+
+   type Field        is new System.Address;
+   type Form         is new System.Address;
+   type C_Field_Type is new System.Address;
+
+   Null_Field        : constant Field        := Field (System.Null_Address);
+   Null_Form         : constant Form         := Form  (System.Null_Address);
+   Null_Field_Type   : constant C_Field_Type :=
+     C_Field_Type (System.Null_Address);
+
+   type CPA_Access is access Interfaces.C.Strings.chars_ptr_array;
+
+   type Enumeration_Field is new C_Defined_Field_Type with
+      record
+         Case_Sensitive       : Boolean := False;
+         Match_Must_Be_Unique : Boolean := False;
+         Arr                  : CPA_Access := null;
+      end record;
+
+   --  In our binding we use the fields user pointer as hook to maintain
+   --  our own info structure about the field type. To be able to still
+   --  provide a user pointer, we use this wrapper.
+   --
+   type Field_User_Wrapper is
+      record
+         U : System.Address;    --  the hook we provide for the user
+         T : Field_Type_Access; --  may be null
+         N : Natural;           --  use counter
+      end record;
+   pragma Convention (C, Field_User_Wrapper);
+   type Field_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Field_User_Wrapper;
+   pragma Controlled (Field_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+   function Set_Field_Userptr (Fld : Field;
+                               Wrp : Field_User_Wrapper_Access)
+                               return Interfaces.C.int;
+   pragma Import (C, Set_Field_Userptr, "set_field_userptr");
+
+   function Field_Userptr (Fld : Field) return Field_User_Wrapper_Access;
+   pragma Import (C, Field_Userptr, "field_userptr");
+
+   --  In our binding we use the forms user pointer as hook to maintain
+   --  our own info structure about the field association. To be able to still
+   --  provide a user pointer, we use this wrapper.
+   --
+   type Form_User_Wrapper is
+      record
+         U : System.Address;      --  the hook we provide for the user
+         I : Field_Array_Access;
+      end record;
+   pragma Convention (C, Form_User_Wrapper);
+   type Form_User_Wrapper_Access is access all Form_User_Wrapper;
+   pragma Controlled (Form_User_Wrapper_Access);
+
+   function Set_Form_Userptr (Frm : Form;
+                              Wrp : Form_User_Wrapper_Access)
+                              return Interfaces.C.int;
+   pragma Import (C, Set_Form_Userptr, "set_form_userptr");
+
+   function Form_Userptr (Frm : Form) return Form_User_Wrapper_Access;
+   pragma Import (C, Form_Userptr, "form_userptr");
+
+   procedure Register_Type   (T   : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class;
+                              Cft : in C_Field_Type);
+   procedure Unregister_Type (T   : in Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class);
+   function  Search_Type (T : Ada_Defined_Field_Type'Class)
+                          return C_Field_Type;
+
+   Generation_Bit_Order : constant System.Bit_Order := System.Low_Order_First;
+   --  This constant may be different on your system.
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Forms;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5675d804 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-item_user_data_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data             --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.2 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+   type User is limited private;
+   type User_Access is access User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data is
+
+   --  The binding uses the same user pointer for menu items
+   --  as the low level C implementation. So you can safely
+   --  read or write the user pointer also with the C routines
+   --
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_userptr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_User_Data (Itm  : in Item;
+                            Data : in User_Access);
+   --  AKA: set_item_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_User_Data (Itm  : in  Item;
+                            Data : out User_Access);
+   --  AKA: item_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Item_User_Data;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2cbd2338 --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus-menu_user_data_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--               Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data             --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.2 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+generic
+   type User is limited private;
+   type User_Access is access User;
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data is
+
+   --  The binding uses the C level user pointer already for its own
+   --  internal purposes. So you can´t easily manipulate the user pointer
+   --  with the low level C routines for this menu without taking care of
+   --  this special situation. If you want to read or write with C routines
+   --  the user pointer of this menu, you should get first the low level
+   --  user pointer. This points to a record, that always has as its first
+   --  member the Ada95 user pointer for this menu. You should never change
+   --  the low level user pointer of an Ada created menu.
+   --
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_userptr.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_User_Data (Men  : in Menu;
+                            Data : in User_Access);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Set_User_Data);
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_User_Data (Men  : in  Menu;
+                            Data : out User_Access);
+   --  AKA: menu_userptr
+   pragma Convention (C, Get_User_Data);
+
+end Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus.Menu_User_Data;
+
+
+ +

+

+This is BETA software. The interface is subject to change without notice.

+ + +

This hypertext format was generated by David A. Wheeler's ada2html + + + diff --git a/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd1ce0cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Ada95/html/terminal_interface-curses-menus_s.html @@ -0,0 +1,617 @@ + + + + + +

+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--                                                                          --
+--                           GNAT ncurses Binding                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--                      Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menu                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--                                 S P E C                                  --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Version 00.92                                                           --
+--                                                                          --
+--  The ncurses Ada95 binding is copyrighted 1996 by                        --
+--  Jürgen Pfeifer, Email: Juergen.Pfeifer@T-Online.de                      --
+--                                                                          --
+--  Permission is hereby granted to reproduce and distribute this           --
+--  binding by any means and for any fee, whether alone or as part          --
+--  of a larger distribution, in source or in binary form, PROVIDED         --
+--  this notice is included with any such distribution, and is not          --
+--  removed from any of its header files. Mention of ncurses and the        --
+--  author of this binding in any applications linked with it is            --
+--  highly appreciated.                                                     --
+--                                                                          --
+--  This binding comes AS IS with no warranty, implied or expressed.        --
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  Version Control:
+--  @Revision: 1.7 @
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+--  menu binding, generated at Sun Feb  2 17:21:44 1997
+--  This module is generated. Please don't change it manually!
+--  Run the generator instead.
+--  |
+with System;
+with Interfaces.C;
+with Ada.Characters.Latin_1;
+
+package Terminal_Interface.Curses.Menus is
+
+   pragma Linker_Options ("-lmenu");
+
+
+
+   Space : Character renames Ada.Characters.Latin_1.Space;
+
+   type Item is private;
+   type Menu is private;
+
+   ---------------------------
+   --  Interface constants  --
+   ---------------------------
+   Null_Item : constant Item;
+   Null_Menu : constant Menu;
+
+   subtype Menu_Request_Code is Key_Code
+     range (Key_Max + 1) .. (Key_Max + 17);
+
+   --  The prefix M_ stands for "Menu Request"
+   M_Left_Item       : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 1;
+   M_Right_Item      : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 2;
+   M_Up_Item         : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 3;
+   M_Down_Item       : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 4;
+   M_ScrollUp_Line   : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 5;
+   M_ScrollDown_Line : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 6;
+   M_ScrollDown_Page : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 7;
+   M_ScrollUp_Page   : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 8;
+   M_First_Item      : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 9;
+   M_Last_Item       : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 10;
+   M_Next_Item       : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 11;
+   M_Previous_Item   : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 12;
+   M_Toggle_Item     : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 13;
+   M_Clear_Pattern   : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 14;
+   M_Back_Pattern    : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 15;
+   M_Next_Match      : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 16;
+   M_Previous_Match  : constant Menu_Request_Code := Key_Max + 17;
+
+   --  For those who like the old 'C' names for the request codes
+   REQ_LEFT_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Left_Item;
+   REQ_RIGHT_ITEM    : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Right_Item;
+   REQ_UP_ITEM       : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Up_Item;
+   REQ_DOWN_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Down_Item;
+   REQ_SCR_ULINE     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollUp_Line;
+   REQ_SCR_DLINE     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollDown_Line;
+   REQ_SCR_DPAGE     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollDown_Page;
+   REQ_SCR_UPAGE     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_ScrollUp_Page;
+   REQ_FIRST_ITEM    : Menu_Request_Code renames M_First_Item;
+   REQ_LAST_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Last_Item;
+   REQ_NEXT_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Next_Item;
+   REQ_PREV_ITEM     : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Previous_Item;
+   REQ_TOGGLE_ITEM   : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Toggle_Item;
+   REQ_CLEAR_PATTERN : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Clear_Pattern;
+   REQ_BACK_PATTERN  : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Back_Pattern;
+   REQ_NEXT_MATCH    : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Next_Match;
+   REQ_PREV_MATCH    : Menu_Request_Code renames M_Previous_Match;
+
+   procedure Request_Name (Key  : in Menu_Request_Code;
+                           Name : out String);
+
+   ------------------
+   --  Exceptions  --
+   ------------------
+
+   Menu_Exception : exception;
+   --
+   --  Menu options
+   --
+
+   type Menu_Option_Set is
+      record
+         One_Valued        : Boolean;
+         Show_Descriptions : Boolean;
+         Row_Major_Order   : Boolean;
+         Ignore_Case       : Boolean;
+         Show_Matches      : Boolean;
+         Non_Cyclic        : Boolean;
+         Reserved          : Boolean;
+      end record;
+   pragma Pack (Menu_Option_Set);
+   pragma Convention (C, Menu_Option_Set);
+
+   for Menu_Option_Set use
+      record
+         One_Valued        at 0 range  0 ..  0;
+         Show_Descriptions at 0 range  1 ..  1;
+         Row_Major_Order   at 0 range  2 ..  2;
+         Ignore_Case       at 0 range  3 ..  3;
+         Show_Matches      at 0 range  4 ..  4;
+         Non_Cyclic        at 0 range  5 ..  5;
+         Reserved          at 0 range 31 .. 31;
+      end record;
+   for Menu_Option_Set'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
+   --               different on your system.
+
+   Default_Menu_Options : Menu_Option_Set;
+   --  Initial default options for a menu.
+
+   --
+   --  Item options
+   --
+   type Item_Option_Set is
+      record
+         Selectable : Boolean;
+         Reserved   : Boolean;
+      end record;
+   pragma Pack (Item_Option_Set);
+   pragma Convention (C, Item_Option_Set);
+
+   for Item_Option_Set use
+      record
+         Selectable at 0 range  0 ..  0;
+         Reserved   at 0 range 31 .. 31;
+      end record;
+   for Item_Option_Set'Size use Interfaces.C.int'Size;
+   --  Please note: this rep. clause is generated and may be
+   --               different on your system.
+
+   Default_Item_Options : Item_Option_Set;
+   --  Initial default options for an item.
+
+   --
+   --  Item Array
+   --
+   type Item_Array is array (Positive range <>) of aliased Item;
+   pragma Convention (C, Item_Array);
+
+   type Item_Array_Access is access all Item_Array;
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_new.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Create (Name        : String;
+                    Description : String := "") return Item;
+   --  AKA: new_item()
+
+   --  |
+   function New_Item (Name        : String;
+                      Description : String := "") return Item
+     renames Create;
+   --  AKA: new_item()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Delete (Itm : in out Item);
+   --  AKA: free_item()
+   --  Resets Itm to Null_Item
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_value.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Value (Itm   : in Item;
+                        Value : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: set_item_value()
+
+   --  |
+   function Value (Itm : Item) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: item_value()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_visible.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   function Visible (Itm : Item) return Boolean;
+   --  AKA: item_visible()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_opts.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Options (Itm     : in Item;
+                          Options : in Item_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: set_item_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Switch_Options (Itm     : in Item;
+                             Options : in Item_Option_Set;
+                             On      : Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: item_opts_on()
+   --  AKA: item_opts_off()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Options (Itm     : in  Item;
+                          Options : out Item_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: item_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Options (Itm : Item := Null_Item) return Item_Option_Set;
+   --  AKA: item_opts()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_name.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Name (Itm  : in Item;
+                   Name : out String);
+   --  AKA: item_name()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Description (Itm         : in Item;
+                          Description : out String);
+   --  AKA: item_description();
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page mitem_current.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Current (Men : in Menu;
+                          Itm : in Item);
+   --  AKA: set_current_item()
+
+   --  |
+   function Current (Men : Menu) return Item;
+   --  AKA: current_item()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Top_Row (Men  : in Menu;
+                          Line : in Line_Position);
+   --  AKA: set_top_row()
+
+   --  |
+   function Top_Row (Men : Menu) return Line_Position;
+   --  AKA: top_row()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Index (Itm : Item) return Positive;
+   --  AKA: item_index()
+   --  Please note that in this binding we start the numbering of items
+   --  with 1. So this is number is one more than you get from the low
+   --  level call.
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_post.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Post (Men  : in Menu;
+                   Post : in Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: post_menu()
+   --  AKA: unpost_menu()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_opts.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Options (Men     : in Menu;
+                          Options : in Menu_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Switch_Options (Men     : in Menu;
+                             Options : in Menu_Option_Set;
+                             On      : Boolean := True);
+   --  AKA: menu_opts_on()
+   --  AKA: menu_opts_off()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Get_Options (Men     : in  Menu;
+                          Options : out Menu_Option_Set);
+   --  AKA: menu_opts()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Options (Men : Menu := Null_Menu) return Menu_Option_Set;
+   --  AKA: menu_opts()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_win.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Window (Men : in Menu;
+                         Win : in Window);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_win()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Window (Men : Menu) return Window;
+   --  AKA: menu_win()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Sub_Window (Men : in Menu;
+                             Win : in Window);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_sub()
+
+   --  |
+   function Get_Sub_Window (Men : Menu) return Window;
+   --  AKA: menu_sub()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Scale (Men     : in Menu;
+                    Lines   : out Line_Count;
+                    Columns : out Column_Count);
+   --  AKA: scale_menu()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_cursor.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Position_Cursor (Men : Menu);
+   --  AKA: pos_menu_cursor()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_mark.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Mark (Men  : in Menu;
+                       Mark : in String);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_mark()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Mark (Men  : in  Menu;
+                   Mark : out String);
+   --  AKA: menu_mark()
+
+   --  |=====================================================================
+   --  | Man page menu_attribs.3x
+   --  |=====================================================================
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Set_Foreground
+     (Men   : in Menu;
+      Fore  : in Character_Attribute_Set := Normal_Video;
+      Color : in Color_Pair := Color_Pair'First);
+   --  AKA: set_menu_fore()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Foreground (Men   : in  Menu;
+                         Fore  : out Character_Attribute_Set);
+   --  AKA: menu_fore()
+
+   --  |
+   procedure Foreground (Men   : in  Menu;
+                         Fore  : out Character_Attribute_Set;
+                         Color : out Color_Pair);
+   --  AKA: m